A video resource made available showed how the staff of Falmouth University approach a Critical Review Journal and especially during assessment, so it became clearer how I might adapt some details of my own blog.
This video was returned to on 16 October. This lecture tunes in to the representation of people through community collaborative practice.
I then relate Judy Harrison’s work to my practice to find out what I can take from it.
Studying at college with what were to become famous names such as Martin Parr and others, Judy was in good company. Judy’s work showed a great deal of social concern around the topic of identity, migration and racism. Her work also featured themes of strong women in farming and in the pottery industry.
Judy’s work showed genuine concern for people as she spent time talking with them. Examples here were the women working on farms. Judy noted the importance of engaging with the women who were her subjects. This was part of slowing down. She did not want to take advantage of her subjects.
An element of rephotography existed as Judy often returned to the original places and so was aware of changes that had occurred.
[metaslider id=3014 cssclass=””]
Judy instigated the setting up of workshops in migrant communities and by lending cameras, and by showing how to use them her subjects were able to document their own identities. This was a lengthy venture in which Judy was involved for 15 years.
The collaborative work toured and exhibited nationally.
[metaslider id=3022 cssclass=””]
Work began to locate in a third space, between shooting indoors and outdoors. Her collaborators were able to bring gestures of performance and create images of self-expression. People were given a voice. She would often go back over the years. The children had grown into adults and now had their own children.
Judy then became concerned to document place, people and school. Her concern was to mend a cultural divide, through a literacy project.
Her work changed to that of the decline in the potteries and she became deeply ingrained in the remaining industry and alludes to the sensory experience in that working environment with the smell of clay and dust.
[metaslider id=3035 cssclass=””]
Judy is an advocate of making work on photographic film as a means of slowing down. This compares with the Final photo project. As a photographer, 35mm film use has been readopted. However, its use is infrequent. The digital practice is unavoidable in the Final photo project where unseen data on the digital sensor is key. Slowing down still occurs but this occurs at the post-processing of image art in the digital darkroom.
#Advice
The work is not about Nostalgia. Is nostalgia a negative?
Obtain a balance between others’ interests and the photographer’s interests.
Collaboration is encouraged by the University. A challenge is knowing how to mark the work. Family archive prints are a newly introduced part of my project as I seek direction in mixing art with photographs others can identify with. If seen as collaboration it is in the context of using historical records.
Bibliography
Photographs – courtesy Judy Harrison from Falmouth University Guest Lecture
These are my reflections on Week 4, the Week in which the Final Project Proposal was submitted to Canvas Assignment.
This is slightly back to front in that the assignment submission was Monday and so the remainder of the week saw other activities take place:
Shoot 4 – a combination of healing and recording family archive images.
WordPress restructuring took place and was a major overhaul.
The P2P meeting was attended on Tuesday.
A 121 meeting has been booked to receive Proposal feedback from my Supervisor and eminent photographer Dr Wendy McMurdo.
Item 1 above was a very significant step forward in the development of new themes for the portfolio visual language and has been blogged here and here. This is the most important take-away point from the previous module, exhibition and portfolio. Acting early is key in order to avoid running out of time after Christmas. Something I reflected on afterwards when contextualising and in particular in following a podcast was the need to avoid, I feel, the move of primary focus towards a theme of NOSTALGIA. This needs unwrapping as it could in one sense become the project’s downfall. However, archive photography has proven its worth too and as well this is a time for experimentation. A second concern is around the idea that women have been portrayed in photography by men. This was pointed out in a podcast discussion with exciting, emerging women photographers Juno Calypso, Maisie Cousins and Sophie Green.
Item 2 WordPress activity became a major undertaking. The inspiration and resources were also blogged.
A direction change is to the revived interest in using the family archive of film prints. Again this is to do with developing my visual language. Initial indications are quite revealing:
Experience in scanning film negatives revived after my visit to the Falmouth University, Institute of Photography IoP. Prior to this, I’d done some archive film scanning of a reasonably low resolution using a portable scanner. This was enough to satisfy my interest at the time. At the IoP some current films were developed: three 35mm films and two 4 by 5 negatives. The film was processed both by hand and on a developing machine. A drum scanner was used to digitize the results.
Based on earlier experience using a portable scanner to create digital versions of a real archive, it seemed that a couple of years elapsed time might be involved in making a comprehensive capture. This had coloured my view on starting to scan another 5 or 6 generations of the family archive.
The estimate, making it infeasible for a full scan during an FMP, unless another approach was considered. What unfolded was a quick look through the archive, and a mass of images was captured on a smartphone in rapid time. This has different effects: it made selecting and using specific photos possible. These were printed photographs as opposed to film. What was clear was the content of pictures I was interested in making the process more focussed. I was looking at specific places: landscape, farms, buildings but also people in the maternal line or closely connected.
The downside of the initial session is to do with a consistent and controlled capture set-up that could be improved. As a first pass, this was highly successful, though. There are options: I can invest time in cleaning up the photographs in digital. My usual preference is digital retouching. I could revisit the archive and make new scans, either in a more controlled fashion or using expensive scanning equipment. A constraint I placed on the activity was the need to engage and have a discussion. It wasn’t a grab but a sensitively handled meeting.
I decided not to separate any of the prints of special interest from the archive for controlled scanning. The thing is that so much can be read from the grouping of prints and their order as it aids discussion when identifying people and places.
In the event, there was an engaging discussion during the inspection of prints and some good scanned results were obtained. Images of specific interest had been picked out and rephotographed. This was a collaborative effort and was quite swift. Another session may be arranged to reconfirm a few identities.
Categories were decided, and these fall into headings related to people and place:
Menfolk,
Women especially mothers,
Children,
Farming, Landscape, and Activities.
[metaslider id=2670 cssclass=””]
My project so far has been portrayed as connecting with the 1900s as I collapse time through an unchanging aspect of Biology, mitochondria.
Further suggestions arising from the Tuesday P2P meetings is to record an oral history. This suggestion related to another revival. From recent experience, it would introduce an atmosphere around any Exhibition and supplement information in taking it to the public as a Project book.
Part of this is the centenary commemoration 2014-2018.
Recent experience has underlined viewer interest in photographs containing people, exactly what these archive images contain. What must not be lost is the role these photographs play in providing supporting context to my main abstract work.
The archive turned up other gems such as a wartime identity card and a really old photograph envelope with markings that urge making extra prints.
I have to date maintained a close focus on a specific branch of the family but am now ready to spread a little wider during my FMP project.
There are several maternal lines. In a sense this makes the work more interesting to make and hopefully to view.
I have a cooling off period as I think through how all this affects my project.
A constraint I address is having enough images to proceed with an edit for an exhibition and for a book. A consequence is this early activity in gathering and taking pictures. I hope to have learned from my previous study module.
Having said this, I have already met distraction especially in restructuring this blog. The cost of doing so should be repaid later as it becomes easier to research from my CRJ.
Howard Rachel (2018) Repetition is truth via Dolorosa. Edited by A. C. Beard Jason. London: Other Criteria Books. Available at: newportstreetgallery.com.
The project direction is such that an alternative figurative image direction is being sought. At the end of PHO703 a resolved body of work was created.
An attempt is is now to be made to move on from Warfare to a theme of place. The purpose is to create new work for an existing practice whose intent is Identification with people and place past.
[metaslider id=2177 cssclass=””]
The place is that of coastal inland where the landscape and seascape will have altered little other than the ruin of abandoned buildings.
So to enhance abstract work using images of the fauna and flora of today as representation of that experienced by ancestors.
Photographs made now span or collapse into a single moment a timespan of over 100 years. This is the same for a Biology of female transmission of the highly stable mitochondrial DNA. The two themes form a parallel, strengthening the identification of specific family members today with specific others in the past.
This was another video in the initial backlog of lectures that had gone unmentioned/undiscovered for reason(s) unknown.
Introduction
Jon Tonks is a British photographer based in the UK. His work focuses on telling stories about people’s lives shaped by history and geography. With an MA in Documentary Photography & Photojournalism from London College of Communication, his work has been featured in The New York Times, The Guardian, Sunday Times, Telegraph and FT Weekend Magazines, the British Journal of Photography and more. He has been shortlisted for the Taylor Wessing National Portrait Prize three times, twice for the Terry O’Neill Award, and in 2014, Tonks was presented with the Vic Odden Award by the Royal Photographic Society for his first book Empire – a journey across the South Atlantic exploring life on four remote British Overseas Territories. The book was hailed by Martin Parr as one of his best books of the year. His work is now in a number of private collections, both in the UK and abroad, including The Hyman Collection of British photography, and the Houston Museum of Fine Arts, Texas. https://www.jontonks.com/
Projects discussed:
Empire – this was based around Ascension, Saint Helena then Tristan de Cuna, 2007-2014.
Falklands for which a book was published
South Pacific 2014-2020
Multi-story arts-based charity commissions Magnum photographers. Took part in a project about the Black Country around Sandwell and the Polish and Eastern European migrants.
Vanuatu – a South Pacific island where colonial and missionary influences were rejected. Its people instead identified with the economic strength of the US and awaited the arrival of a white man as US citizen who would bring change.
[metaslider id=3095 cssclass=””]
#Advice
Jon’s work followed on from his photojournalism. He worked for a local newspaper for a while but it was very limiting. At this point, he turned to his study of the lesser-known Empire. Following portfolio review was asked to do something more exciting so went back to revisit. He showed the book dummy at University.
The experience in Jon’s case was he didn’t know what the outcomes might be for his work. Work just snowballed.
It can help to go to Photo Fairs and Portfolio Reviews, but these can be harsh and will reduce some people to tears.
Jon started with simple portraits. One a group of boys and a bicycle was put forward as a Taylor Wessing entry.
Tonks’ Falklands book was published by Dewe Lewis. The layout was of simple two page spreads with a photo on one page with the text opposite. A specialist was used to do the map artwork. Almost by surprise, the Falklands book sold out. A second edition was created, of which there are some left.
Doing the projects again, they’d be done in a slightly different manner.
Projects can take 6 years, 7 years and evolve.
Release forms were used with the Ascension project but this evolved to asking permission and taking contact details if the work was to be used in a commercial sense. What the work does is represent things as what are. Everyone knew why the photographer was there and what he was doing.
Self-funded projects were possible through weddings and some documentary work for the Nokia brand. Tonks relocated from London to cheaper areas. He felt he missed some openings and events.
There is the idea of pitching to a newspaper and building up a relationship. It is difficult to do it with full-time commissions.
The new location in Bath it quite centrally placed. Being local you get to pick up work there.
It is important to realise the kind of photographer you aren’t. Realise what you’re good at and not so good at. Try to remain focussed like an arrow.
Paula is from Spain, studied Law while being mentored in street and documentary photography. She travelled to London to study for a certificate at Central Saint Martins, then she studied her MA at the University of Westminster. She now lectures and is researching for her PhD.
Until taking up academic studies, her work did not have a subject specialism, but it does now.
She described her projects and these have found success.
Free Hope
Homes of political activists in Cuba. The spaces were photographed and pictures published alongside an outtake from the associated interview.
Common Space
When Europe was going through a massive recession, day to day decisions were being made in the European Parliament buildings by faceless people. The work photographs the office spaces where these people operate.
As the furniture of a futuristic style was featured the aluminium prints were made at different sizes to keep the furniture to scale in the photographs. creating a kind of typology.
The work was also published in a newspaper format. This made sense as most people would only be aware of the European Parliament from the newspapers or television.
The newspaper added context around the location of the buildings photographed. Installation shots were made that show the newspaper being read.
[metaslider id=3065 cssclass=””]
Winter Holidays 2011-2013
In Andora in the Pyrenees, there is a transformation being made to a winter holiday resort. The project photographs the human intrusions built into the natural landscape. These are sometimes brutal and generally, look out of place and especially so in the summer.
Alto al Miedo (Ceasefear)
A project photographed in the aftermath of the ETA ceasefire in the Basque region. A thousand people died and there was extortion of small businesses.
The project photographed graphic still life scenes of seafood brutalised in different ways as a metaphor for what had gone on.
Helena 2013
Helena is a muse from Greek literature. She was written about by a man and desired by men who would go crazy over her. The project gave voice to Helena and alls here to respond in an evocative conceptual work.
The Rope 2014
This was the most personal project and most poetic. It is of fragile family memories and the photographs which hide identity, are left unexplained.
Followers Work in Progress 2017
The Followers project uses archive photographs from the Czech secret police archives detailing who a person met, where and what time. There was a style of photography where the camera was not put to the eye. There is a striking similarity to social media profiles where we now give away the information for free so it can be used by the authorities as and when they need to. The work uses 35mm film photography with pictures taken in the secret service style, in the same places but of people photographing themselves on smartphone or tablet.
#Advice
Think about aluminium prints as a publication method.
After the MA the photographer became very busy making numerous projects but has had to slow down during her PhD.
Make interview recordings and include excerpts alongside an exhibition.
When making is Work in Progress, the photographer had already gone public and had the completed work lined up for a group exhibition in May 2020. Being active so is a way of taking an idea to completion.
The following statements are recorded as thinking points rather than being prescriptive advice.
There is a consistent visual language, for work made across a range of different subjects.
For Caterina (our host), during her studies, there was a need to create a consistent visual language as if that was important.
The work evolved organically from Pure Documentary to Conceptual, to Pure Conceptual,
Nigel Ready CRJ here worked on a book on his FMP worked with Victoria.
Introduction
We’re now into the new year 2020 and a good time to have looked back at this video of the making of a book on the landscapes of Seamus Heaney, for now, MA graduate Nigel Ready.
There is more activity with Victoria who is returning to give another talk in her series followed shortly afterwards with a review session which has been ‘booked’.
Addressed during the break has been the limited numbers of pictures available to publish and so this has been worked on. Still not satisfied, there are now more images where each theme has a limited to draw upon. Making a book is going to be a big challenge notwithstanding having hand bound a book already for the course.
Challenges also are cover embossing / cover image as that craft has not been tried out.
Victoria’s Guest Lecture
What follows are some key points and a few images that serve to remind.
[metaslider id=4083 cssclass=””]
Apart from the introductory slide showing some of the scope of Victoria’s work, the others cover: the brief, reply, embossing of cover, the outake with shovel that determined something of the cover design.
Production steps
This outlines some of the points when working with a book designer.
The brief in the slide above was accompanied by a tight edit. The reply slide content widens what the book designer gets to see for the edit.
At the early stage the photographer has cropped in to images and they have a significance that can be lost on the viewer. The scope was quickly reduced to poet Seamus Heaney. Victoria twice used web resources to get a feel of the poet speaking/reading his poetry and of the styles of cover others had used before taking inspiration from Nigel’s photos.
Resolve what you are saying.
Determine emotional response and voice.
Allow wider selection to depict the subtleties of a complex subject. This used 150 photographs. It was only 64 at the start.
Get a feel (YouTube readings).
Work always starts with the photography and cases of two images saying the same thing reduced to one image.
Choose top images in editing down.
Made pairings and made a run (narrative).
Narrative shouldn’t be forced.
Go by the run of the images. Outcomes could be adjust, re-create or reshoot. Probably best is to stick to the run where possible?
Title VERSO inspired by listening to the poet. Digging the earth and turning the soil, turning words and in bookmaking verso is the left had turned page. So a name and a narrative.
Developments led to borders and lines and visual themes.
Some photographs remain personal to the photographer yet fall outside the narrative e.g. being not moody enough. These are separated out.
With a PDF and printed pages, many hours are spent re-arranging pages and tweaking.
Next were design features. The photography informs the design, Accompanied by the Google search of visual language others have used.
Decide on graphics and type to create a mood and tone. The cover design was embossed as ploughed fields with typography inspired by the poet’s gravestone.
Summary in relation to the Motherline project.
The starting position was alluded to at the top of this blog. Book experience has included being published in a group photographic project, and having learned how images are laid out and paired up, along with an awareness of typography being important as well as transitions etc. Finally, rudimentary making has been done by way of a practice book, a dummy and an exhibition pamphlet. A number of other books have been witnessed being reviewed.
In essence, the subject matter of design has many varied parts and practice is neat but fairly elementary, especially compared to what is on the shelves of the bookshop.
An attempt will be made at preparing a piece of work needed for the meeting with Victoria. The base question is whether there is enough image content to fill a book in a consistent manner.
Related activity around a module end and the lead in to a book and an exhibition was an experience gained. The challenge is over what can be done in the available time and being ready.
I’d given a public talk on Photography in the past, around 2016, where I talked mainly about my focus on Abstract Art. I mention this not just because of the consistency in the practice choice but because more to the point I’d used an automatic slide advance approach to time my talk to an allotted time period.
That was very much like a Pecha Kucha, which differs in having a defined 20-second slide duration, but given I’d practised my talk, it turned out on the evening that apart from fairly blinding lights there was no lighting for my notes and so I proceeded to talk off the cuff. It went surprisingly well and the overall presentation was second perfect.
For the Falmouth FMP, preparation was somewhat different as for a start I’d been overseas, well to Amsterdam at least and with the many distractions of the Unseen exhibition, other exhibitions and travel.
Well, of course, I’d planned ahead and had set about an initial structuring alongside several goes at scripting from various angles to see what might work.
It only needed to be assembled and polished but for a bout of influenza that laid me low for a week, so there against all my plans I found myself cobbling the presentation together at the last moment. What with several confusions over my booking, I ended up with an earlier slot than anticipated. No time to record over audio and file on YouTube but made it in the end for another off the cuff presentation.
Artist Susan Hiller’s work Auras: Homage to Marcel Duchamp 2008 features found portraits of individuals surrounded by clouds of light: ‘metaphors for our selves in the digital age.’ Hiller is alluding to the 1910 Portrait of Dr. Dumouchel by Duchamp (1887–1968), a historical aura portrait in the clairvoyant tradition. (Tate, 2019)
I wouldn’t want clairvoyance to be the dominant visual reading of my project. What I do is create intergenerational identification by gene transmission.
So, the question. Will my intent be taken the wrong way?
Hiller’s colour work Aura’s flows from this portrait of Dr Dumouchel:
Dr Dumouchel – Marcel Duchamp
Auras – Susan Hiller (Homage 2019)
Emanations – Michael Turner
My work could possibly be made to go in this direction as I now have archive portraits as well as a colour abstract. The abstract immediately above is similar to Aura’s.
A summary of Hiller’s career and work exhibited/installed at the Lisson Gallery is presented by the BBC in their Introducing Arts website (BBC 2015). An artist talk is provided on the site.
Sadly Hiller died and her obituary can be found on the BBC website. This contains the heading “Connection, empathy, identification” from which I sense a parallel with my practice as Identification is an underlying theme.
From the obituary (BBC, 2019) there is mention of ghosts, “Ghosts are invisible to most people, but visible to a few.”. There has to be some concern as this year, ghosts began to appear in my abstract work.
Artist 2 Evan Roth – Red Lines
The work of Roth is described at the Artangel website (Roth, 2020).
Connecting you to the landscape of the internet.
Evan Roth: red lines – from the ArtAngel website (Roth, 2019)
A network of mesmerising video landscapes is streamed free to your home or workplace in this pioneering new project by Evan Roth.
Roth has travelled to coastal sites around the world where the cables that make the internet possible emerge from the sea. Filmed in infrared, the same spectrum in which data is transmitted online, the videos reveal another side of the internet, one that moves at the speed of weather, wind, and tide.
Evan Roth – infrared from the ArtAngel website (Roth, 2019)
Red Lines can be experienced by anyone in the world. To join the network, all you need is a device like a smartphone, tablet or laptop, and an internet connection. Devices should ideally be plugged into power and connected to an internet connection with no data limits (check with your service provider) with the browser set to http://p2p.redlines.network.
In summary, the connection to my practice appears to be infrared, computers and landscape through internet transmission. The images are at places where internet cables emerge into the open at the end of a “red line” or connection to another geographic location.
A sentiment behind the work is given by this quote:
(In Maori culture)… your connection to the land you walk on helps shape your very identity. You are who you are because of who came before you; the earth and waters that supported them, now support you. – Janina Matthewson
Artist 3 David Fathi
David Fathi presents his work within the FMP module here. The interest for my work is the crossover between science and art. A blog post expands the research. The connected blog post from Week 5 can be found here.
Discussion as a reminder was about three projects, the first two books then the installation.
Book: Anecdotal … nuclear bomb testing on own lands e,g US Nevada
Book: Wolfgang … Pauli Quantum physics, anecdotes of things going wrong, CERN archive
Installation: The Last Road .. Henrietta Lacks archive HeLa cells
The migration to installations fell out from presenting Wolfgang creatively in numerous settings. Don’t let the form of archives seduce you. Maintain control.
I went back to watch this Guest Lecture video and make observations.
#Advice
Sarah’s many projects are formed though collaboration in the making. The work is very much out in the public domain. This was true of the Pickpocket performance work that used a professional pickpocket to set-up a reverse pickpocket as a means to training artists who are always being asked to contribute their work without a fee.
The many other works were also collaborations, mainly with the emergency services, regarding training for riots or fire, gunfire and explosions. These are dynamic interactions in the real world and end up in print.
An observation Sarah makes is around social coding and stereotyping in the scenes used for practice. Whether this is the type of furniture in a room or being briefed that a mother went to the shops and left her children in the flat where the fire is (an intention being to help stop fire fighters from identifying personally with the circumstances).
[metaslider id=2991 cssclass=””]
Advice included a point about get your work out there and show your work or it will never take off. It will remain under your bed.
The art business is very hierarchical in Britain when it comes to accepting photographic art. You don’t want to fall into the trap of making painterly work. Presumably, this relates to the photographer adapting to the gallery market instead of staying true to the foundations of their work.
The session ends with a call to making physical prints, Even small prints rather than exhibition size. Make them and move them around. This is especially important in an online environment such as our MA course.
Bibliography
Photographs – Sarah Pickering from Falmouth video lecture
Here is the link to the video for this case study.
#Advice
This case study contextualises Gideon’s work which like Lixenburg’s is published over several platforms Exhibition, Film, Publication and Web once public interest had been established. Their work evolved over the longer timeframe.
This gives us the idea that our own work might gain traction and so we have been forewarned. There is also the reality of what we can achieve in 6 months and how we should involve others early to go public with more than one route.
There is quite a lot of useful advice on FMP production given by relating to Gideon Mendels project Djangal (jungle camp in Calais).
His work presented a problem of camp interns being offended by photographers. Instead Gideon decided like in an earlier project on flooding to gather the artefacts left over and rephotograph as well as create an installation.
He made several visits over a few months to do the photography which is consistent with our available time on our FMP.
This sets a standard for Falmouth FMP students, I imagine is the idea. In a sense, the previous module led us to practice and Landings 2019 organising experience also helped. In spite of having not known about this case study at the outset, it was stumbled upon, I was naturally set to propose several publication routes. Had I known of the Case studies in time, I could have watched them before making my proposal as it would have reinforced my ideas.
Interestingly Mendel settled on a floating style with objects photographed in the studio on black or white backgrounds. This is very similar to my newly developed approach in photographing Fauna here.
Bibliography
Photographs – Gideon Mendel from the Falmouth FMP video lecture
Develop your photographic practice through the synthesis of practical work, contextual research and professional activities, and with the integration of other disciplines.
Make personal observations and form critical opinions to analyse and appraise your own work, as well as the work of your peers and other practitioners.
Establish an understanding of the range of professional contexts for the dissemination and consumption of contemporary photographic practice, and identify opportunities to engage with audiences and markets.
Apply a critical awareness of the diversity of contemporary photographic practice to the development of your own work, and inform your practice through historical, philosophical, ethical and economic contextualization.
Exercise discernment in the making, resolution and presentation of practical work, and an ability to communicate ideas through creative visual strategies.
Demonstrate an awareness of a range of photographic and image-making processes, and display accomplishment of photographic skills relevant to your practice specialism.
This video provides a case study of Dana’s work. She started off with a commissioned piece for a newspaper. The quality of the portraiture led to funding to revisit the US over 20 years. The work culminated in a collaboration that resulted in a compelling presentation through the web.
The use of a large format 5 by 4 field camera made Dana’s work special and led to the making of beautiful large scale prints. I don’t think MA students would be expected to accomplish 20 years of success in 6 months remaining. However, it is worthwhile remembering where beautiful portfolio images can lead and so to be both motivated and aware of what can transpire. Our very best work we realise will not happen in a rush at the end of our studies but has to be built up over the months ahead. We need to have already begun.
The use of film would not work for me. At present, the only portraits I have come from the family archive as my work reaches back over a century.
#Advice
Start early with our FMP project work and perhaps aim towards multiple ends: book, exhibition, web, audio, video as appropriate. We need to be focussed on online delivery of our assignments
Following submission of the Surfaces and Strategies module, activity goes on during the Assessment Period prior hopefully to starting the Final Major Project. During this time my solo exhibition ran on and gathered a high quality of feedback.
Three activities conducted during this period aid learning and maintain “fuel in the tank” while the solo exhibition proved a great learning opportunity.
Only as a mention here, I’ve signed up again for competition photography although I prioritise this behind the MA Photography course. I have met with success in this by publishing work in my own inimitable humorous or quirky style but have cut right back on entries only putting in work if I’ve managed to keep up with the studies. There is one area where I’m getting a bit of bother because I’ve not been able to give it enough attention. I won the odd competition I entered but I’ve not done enough for overall success. It is a pain to manage. It will still have to wait though. Maybe during the Assessment Period I can find some time to make bulk entries. It’s not the same though.
Landings 2019 Solo Exhibition – Glow
Here is the Exhibition and Portfolio summary
Inspired by something I saw in a Gallery, I made a Your Comment board with feedback from the solo exhibition.
Your Comments
Gallery and Exhibition Visits
Two visits queued at the moment are in Amsterdam and Bristol
Unseen Amsterdam
Bristol – Martin Parr Foundation and RPS Paintworks
Meanwhile, a number gallery trips have been made. During the Assessment Period I wished to catch up on exhibitions of choice that were due to close in the short term, so I didn’t miss them. Some short term planning resolved this and plans are going in place for the medium and longer term.
For example there’s a Professional Development workshop on exhibition curation I should find useful, either as a means of refining my own work or if my interest remains, in curating other’s work.
The Photographers Gallery
Manuel Alvarez Bravo, Platinum and Gelatin Silver Prints.
The National Portrait Gallery – Cindy Sherman
The Tate Modern – Painter Natalia Goncharova
Here we have a painter working with additive processes as opposed to the photographic subtractive one. However, there is a visual language and there are signs and so an overlap in the visual.
Modernism is present as a theme yet for painting this is different to photography. Van Gogh was seen to be the master of modernism in painting where in photography it was about an honesty in recognising limitations in concentrating on the frame, exaggerating the limitations in colour that painters try to mask, and a defiance of perspective that painters so cleverly introduce to fool the eye into seeing depth in a surface.
It was fascinating to see the hanging plan for groups of work. Compared to my recent triptychs there were width variations (outer paintings uniformly narrower). I had a height variation from my archive image reuse between exhibition catalogue (black) and mounted print.
I identified through my experiences related to the subject matter. I enjoyed the simplicity of the multiportraits. I also, related to the theme of war and it’s dark portrayal as Lithoprints and content of war and religion almost forced together into a tight frame. I noted the uniformity of these images and the signs used and the implied action or movement.
I enjoyed the mixed media for example wall prints, cabinet displayed books and a reading in Russian the latter giving a chance to sense the expression of the voice as the sound of Russian speakers particularly in reflective mood has almost never been heard. I don’t know if that is part of our propaganda like at one time with Irish broadcasts where narration was heard dubbed over the original voice. Russian speakers simply are not presented in a way to empathise with perhaps as an enemy of the state.
<add example photographs from the exhibition as allowed for personal non commercial use including education>
The Tate Modern – Sculptor Takis
Takis – Tate Modern
Reading
Takis’ exhibition book. Not said in the book, that was produced ahead of time, Takis cooperated with the Tate Modern over the presentation of his work in London. Sadly he died in August before seeing the opening.
I reported in Week 11 the learnings from a dry run of my exhibition versus portable facsimile that allows to carry the exhibition to audiences where my work receives almost constant attention in a number of social situations.
Although I sound like I prefer the accessibility of the portable exhibition, I have a full eight day run of studio exhibition to learn more about context. I do have a challenge in managing the building as well as the exhibition.
Announcements have gone out on social media channels to the wider area in which it is taking place. Notices have gone out to two local photography societies, one of which has its own exhibition running that I’ll need to attend. Lets see if it is a clash or a strength – I imagine the two exhibitions will support each other. I was invited to the other.
Of course on social media channels I’ve gone live across Instagram and several Facebook groups.
Here is the shape of the announcement with details:
Landings 2019 exhibition at Amersham Photographic Studios 16 Aug – 24 Aug 2019
After a delay or mix up in communications (a message I never received), I had not seen some feedback. Given how rapidly my (and others) work has evolved in my case in little more than a week, it proved rather vital. I forever remind of the time and attention that goes into my work being akin to painting.
Anyway, improvements continue as I now separate out from my work the colour work or celebration of life. I’m now focussed down on war and loss and also have a more consistent colour palette, mostly black and white and the red of blood.
There is so much more balance than at any point during the whole 12 weeks of the module. The change was straightforward to implement as it meant reducing to 18 prints, these now I decided to group as triptychs.
I’m sure I will return to my saturated colour work, if that theme takes off in future.
The print in the figure above is a bit small to read so here is the website link. This gives a statement alongside the images.
I found I was never entirely certain as to the bounds of acceptability to the University of mix and presentation of images. It is basically clear. Near the end I overproduced on prints and could tell from a dry run of my Landings 2019 exhibition. This provided interesting interaction especially as my facsimile of the exhibition in a portable box gathered quite a lot of attention.
Learning was about how other photographers read some of the images and the hanging plan. The black and white exhibition catalogue received positive comment.
As it was an informal look at the work I learned it is best to set out the large prints first as a string of one very informed question after another on top of other competing interactions meant I didn’t get as far as a full hanging of either the prints or miniatures. As an impromptu show it was very lively indeed which played to my interests in the social interaction around photography in general.
Given the consolidation down to 18 prints I should be able to show all of the miniatures on a table top, instead of having to actively handle them – not enough hands. I’m undecided on two points. I would like to replicate the miniatures with a back binding, to tie each triptych into a set of three. I’ve had demands for both and I know what works best for me as I get lesser activity while trying to answer questions (binding would suit me). In critique the loose miniatures with some spare images in reserve I find always works better for the reviewer. If I have time I’ll have both. I couldn’t have done this before today due to fixing the narrative line.
I will report back as I gather more learning of gallery versus portable context of how different surfaces work.
As for my abstract re-photography those three images fell out of the mix at this point in time. I couldn’t shoehorn them in without visibly weakening the portfolio.
A case of work ethic versus visual sensitivity and decision making.
A final point, is will I get back to that abstract only world that I truly favour? A case of growing specialisation. I have a increasing number of my colour abstract images and have a growing hints of commercial value to them this past 9 months. I don’t think that can be ignored given the limited returns gained in general photography.
I think of the greatest Scottish landscape photographer and maker of stereograph cards, George Washington Wilson who created a very successful business and reputation before health failed him and the Inland Revenue ravaged the business handed on to his family in a major test case in which almost all was sadly lost then tide and time and technology moved on.
Reflections on Surfaces
There are numerous learning points regarding the making. The intent was to place the surfaces on a trajectory that led to the deliverable assignments for the Surfaces and Strategies module of the MA Photography course.
So how is learning shaping up in terms of the different production methods and contexts I’ve engaged in?
Now I can make publications in dummy form. Additional time and effort would allow many of the finishing touched to be added e.g. page numbers and cover jacket etc.
It has been a real pleasure to take the images from the digital domain and see them in print. I used ZINK 2×3 prints in a portable version of the exhibition, black and white print on matte paper which was also a joy and on gloss paper for the main exhibition.
I had an intent to use backlighting and was halted by the cost of LED light boxes. However, I discoverd that my gloss prints on 280 weight paper allows light to pass through from the back. As a result of this discovery I’ll take two examples and print and mount them for backlighting using studio lights.
During a visit to Arles Les Recontres del la Photographie I recorded many examples of backlighting and hanging and display methods and now have my own accessible and cost effective method.
I plan to use my ready made videos. One is an old vimeo recording that is very short that creates an ambience. The second is the Week 2 Hollywood style trailer I made that [rovides additional context. It’ll be great to see all these parts collected together. I have a feeling of theatre in the making.
What I look forward to is unexpected reactions and comments from and interactions with visitors to the exhibition space. I have to thank my Studio Owner for providing access to the space.
The practicalities of running the the exhibition as staff is that I’ll be overloaded with managing the studio space and fronting the work. It will be a stretch but is going to be exciting.
The exhibition in a box with its new content, I plan to take out on the road. It will go to Bristol for crtique and I have several other venues to go to including groups of walking friends who probably wouldn’t make the journey to the Studio. There is an art interest amongst these folks which I enjoy in conversation and I’m always being asked to show more work. Another visit I’d like to take the box is to a hospital. I can if appropriate interact with someone who has now been a long time there.
I question the culture of gallery exhibition in making the portable version and already I can see how much farther it can reach at the same time as being more tangible than web based presentation.
I have a set of 2×3 prints as handouts or for charitable sale. The mini printer I use and a set of precut cards have been prepared for printing and mounting as orders on demand. I will see how this additional interaction fares – I predict it should go really well although it is another job on top of everything else. It will be very worthwhile.
I’m experimenting with something I was advised to drop, that of pointing a smartphone at an image to play a 15 second video. Were into bells, whistles and I have to work out how well considered this is. Given the biology involved in my work maybe I can get away with the 15 second video of a protein cell research using computational biology. It is easy to pass over, but I think I want to find out how audience reacts.
Image grouping is a late addition to the visual language used. A third gallery template has been selected that nearly works. By dropping the heavy borders that crept in for black and white printing of the exhibition catalogue the web. I’ve taken on board the need for file variants esentially for each surface of display.
The challenge in using Portfoliobox relates to variable sizing as can be see clearly here: WIP Portfolio. The sizing is overcome in the figure below by creating one large summary file of the hanging plan.
Surface – Exhibition
fig: Title: Glow – Hanging Plan for Landings 2019
Artist statement
In this work, the characteristic glow we emit in healing and bodily repair helps identify with ancestors who perished in a Great War. The work is at the intersection of biology, photography and art.
Archive images develop a visual language for the work.
Career experience in analogue, digital and computing technologies is a constant in the subject area of this photographic imagery. Career also placed me in the theatre exploited in this imagery.
Fold-out book of exhibition prints
And so to make a fold-out book of the above hanging plan.
Surface – Publications
I’ve modelled publication four in my series of adventures this module.
practice handbinding of perfect bound block
my book of locks for the Ed Ruscha activity
my exhibition catalogue (black and white)
my exhibition prints as fold-out (colour)
I’ve imposed the page order and structure and printed the folding sheets. It is loose bound at the minute as it is secondary to the assignements and I can see how much time and care is needed to cut and sew and glue.
At this stage I’m pleased with the weight of the assembled printed papers but predict the structure might be unweildy on the binding. Already I’m thinking that I should move to A2 paper and fold that in a more sympathetic manner towards a secure binding. Put it all down to practice and learning experience.
Surface – Presentation
My attempt at using the Pareto or 80:20 principle was an optimistic way of engaging my time. The presentation surface was not exactly culled but has had to progress really informally. I’m bound to get a moment during the exhibition and especially after assignment hand-in.
I have practice at doing this informally in the studio environment and I’ll presenbt as the opportunity warrants. The idea would be to demonstrate an end to end image capture through processing to print.
I’d describe also how I use DNA as my theme of information carrier if there was interest and explain how collaboration can be made to work.
Outreach
Something I want to do when I find the space in my schedule is to longer term look out for others (friends) who specialise in abstract painting and photography and friends who like to make books (or portable exhibitions).
Rather than mingle with a wider general audience, it could be set the world on fire to meet other specialists.
Is it just me that reaches an epiphany so close to the end of each module?
In suddenly getting how to resolve the visual language in my portfolio the concern is I’ve gone too far in introducing archive images.
I’ve avoided costly stock pricing and user licensing issues. I declare reuse of a key image. Archive and abstract imagery intermingle and need to be listed out for marking. I’ll take advice as I’ve noticed a wavering in course advice depending on the content, who you speak to and some inconsistency when clarifying and reclarifying.
Week 10 Individual Tutorial
I’d strengthened my research into the subject of place, the spiritual and in science and art to help contextualise my portfolio.
I saw how context fits in book format especially having looked again at the book (exhibition catalogue) produced for Repetition is Truth Via Dolo Rosa, by painter Rachel Howard. Her photo, an interview and an essay with contextualising black and white images. Then there is the bulk of her abstract paintings and contact sheet layout with some text.
I had something prepared that worked over two portfolio web pages but it needed to be one. This was soon spotted in the discussion and there was an epiphany as an archive image and an abstract were paired. Visually, the images talked. I’ve since gone to an archive source and my project archive processed image style and sequenced a smattering of these throughout the web page and changed the template accordingly. I’ve tried to introduce a rhythmical visual style. If it works there are exciting possibilities for book page layout.
For the usual reasons it is taking a big risk, introducing fresh material this late in the module. The risk has been taken and some scope remains for review and rethink/amendment. I have to work smart to prevent making and remaking of material outputs (new book dummy, exhibition in a box and large prints).
figure: Portfolio 7 Aug 19
The contact sheet is a mix of reworked archive images and modernist abstract expressionistic images. Visually the intention is to provide the viewer with a way into the work.
Week 10 Peer Webinar
In my experience of past modules, peer to peer review works well as an extension of the weekly webinars.
It will be late in the week before I can record a draft Oral Presentation, a review of which would be the most useful thing at the moment.
The portfolio has progressed to having the context added to aid the viewer.
Making is on the plan to be done over the next couple of days (book and remake the exhibition in a box).
Realistically, Monday 13 Aug is best or earliest for me.
I’d be happy to discuss the WIP Portfolio before then.
Week 10 Introduction Keep Going
A summary of my plans for this week.
I began the week making sure I covered off the activities with 3 Aug closing date as this stops the build-up or backlog. It also helped with CRJ maintenance
I started writing for the Oral Presentation, but my mind got challenged over context, decision making and risk. With Abstract practice, it takes time to gather knowledge and gain experience. I resolved a creative block, in making abstract landscapes while also having gone to Arles 2019. Work thankfully started flowing but not soon enough for Landings 2019.
Update on Wednesday
Attend Monday Office Hours. Done. There was an enlightening discussion about built-in pressures of the module. And a helpful mention of decision making and risk-taking which we are encouraged to do.
Priority:
Process enough images to start my edit. Done.
Conclude research/implement (more) visual context to abstract work to aid the viewer. Ready for review.
also
Do some rephotography in the spirit of the module. Done
Read more history of photography and concerning The Spiritual in Art (Kandinsky) to contextualise my work in the abstract (Rexer and MoMA). Ongoing
I had considered and finally decided to build an installation in a box and I took it to crit in Arles. It provides a tactile presentation – viewers pick up mounted 2 by 3 Zink prints (Lifeprint Zink links to server and 20sec videos not used at the moment as this is new work and is not yet fully considered.
The viewer unavoidably is exposed to the graphics/visuals of the public for commercially marketed products. This is part of my strategy to bridge to the viewer.
The commercial side of DNA testing is public, we can all participate where it is of interest.
I have waited for results and now have artefacts the viewer can touch. A visual introduction occurs by using the installation box.
First left hand image is of Healing.
Categories installed
Ghost images
Landscape / seascape
Glow images
Inner space / outer space
Week 9 Webinar
I’m resolved to concentrate on making enough abstract work for my WIP Portfolio.
I decided to enrol in two sessions this week, one with my tutor to give an update on visuals progress and making since we met last a fortnight earlier (the Arles visit intervened): then I had a second session this time with our Modernist Abstract photography specialist.
Very recently my work has come under increasing fire from non abstract practitioners. And again the general demands of the course call for finished work ahead of the Final Major Project Modules.
My intent with an abstract portfolio is to work on a plane that crosses over between photography and art. It is more demanding intellectually and naturally more difficult for many to access. Imagine a Shakespeare work being reduced to a boy fancied a girl and their families fell out. Easier to understand yes, but such a loss, I say.
As owners of our work we obviously maintain artistic control over our practice. As for us being increasingly challenged, a springboard diver performing, does not accept a late input from their coach to add a somersault to the run up.
For the upcoming Oral Presentation and as support to the WIP Portfolio, it became clear that an Artist Statement was missing. The normal pitch is succinct and so to a longer statement. I shall edit down from this:
Artist Statement
In this work, I use the characteristic glow we emit in healing and bodily repair to identify with ancestors who perished in a Great War. The work is at the intersection of biology, photography and art.
Archive images I made are used to develop a visual language for the work.
The concept that guides the work is one of exploiting the lens-based digital camera and processing software. I make the invisible, visible and modern capability to identify with a time past.
Landscape portrayal when sought links to my heritage left behind in Scotland, yet ghost images or signs of belief are found in a glow.
Earlier career experience at the sharp end of technology is a constant influence alongside design authority experience in the subject area of my photographic imagery.
Methodology: Challenging the Limits
Three components of light are my interest. Surface reflected light, surface penetration light and my greatest interest, light emanations from the (heat) of the body. I alter the balance between the latter and the former. I consider the environment with the subject, the lens-based digital camera and the digital processing in post as an integrated whole. Taking this together with elements of chance in the data capture and my imagination leads to the final results.
In summary and in line with the thinking of Flusser what I do is subvert the process of image making.
Stage 1
The lens creates a shallow depth of field for the close-up work I do, So I control the lighting for balance and luminance and work at higher DoF, which actually is still quite shallow. I focus stack to bring the contours of my recent work into sharper focus.. Without controlled lighting, I stacked 61 individual photographs which caused me to adapt the lighting and lens aperture. In my portfolio, some images are 6 photographs. The reason I mention this is because I define that as one type of re-photography albeit with a very short time interval between shots. The tripod position is exact. There are correctable and minute differences in perspective as the lens motor is commanded to ever closer position of the glass. This is handled in the automatic software.
Stage 2
Next, I subvert the digital sensor and the associated filter. Sensors readily detect infra-red IR spectrum light and manufacturers install a filter to cut out as much as if practically possible. Filters have technical limitations in a drop off of effectiveness. The fraction of IR passed can be viewed for example in holding a tv controller up to a smartphone camera. The IR is made visible live on screen.
Stage 3
I subvert the processing software. My professional experience has been in algorithm design as well as in more recently in generative digital art. I have a sense of where coded features will break down and readily observe the effects. Analogies might be in television with the style of picture breakup on the original analogue sets and again on modern digital platforms.
Results
There is no surprise that odd things happen to images by chance, but the magical thing for me is that it is the original data in the photograph that drives the final image output, albeit with a high degree of subversion applied by the author.
Unlike glitching techniques, which which are popular with some, I do not undermine file integrity as in searching and replacing bytes to mix it up and potentially break the file. I use the high power of modern computing to create abstracted glow layers I combine.
I apply a level of digital art to enhance the magic of what I can see in the subverted image. Maybe this is characteristic of the photographer as a frustrated painter. I land up with a consistent mix of re-presentations of landscape or seascape or mountains, or simply glow effects, or of inner space and outer space and more recently a growing series of images of ghosts. Something subconscious must drive the outcomes.
Week 10
With enough images made I could now contemplate an edit and apply myself with some seriousness to the viewer and the impact of mixing archive and abstract work.
It took me several steps including examining how the painter Rachel Howard approached the problem in the exhibition guide/book for Repetition is Truth via Dolo Rosa. It is a good example and I can use it in my book, but I need to figure out what to do for my web portfolio of images.
I now have something worth review.
Here on ISSUU is the latest mix of my portfolio work. I’ve introduced archive images to break out the visual language and give an access point for the viewer.
I had a break in productivity by engaging in abstract re-photography.
I took my subject matter for photography, that of healing wounds and with the original person and new healing (from mosquito bites) I recreated the methods of producing saturated colour abstracts of a type from an earlier module.
This gives a stark comparison with my current work is the first thing. The second had to do with recreating steps for what is a destructive editing process. So I got to compare the working method with that in the earlier module.
Commercial Production and Standardisation of Process versus Creativity
What is plain now is how hard I’ve tried to contain the wilder aspects of abstraction bringing technique under control to allow reproducibility. It was great for knocking out sets of images that go together or at least it improved the chances of such. However, I’d forgotten how much freedom I used to express with my earlier imagery and how much of the enjoyment I’d lost. Freedom and joy returned with this attempt at abstract re-photography.
A downside of absolute consistency I have discovered is to do with viewer focus. When they see a stream of consistent work I understand that they might stop looking any further and give up on the work. By being more expressive, I take a chance and reintroduce variety.
Week 8
I had at this stage created a large catalogue of photographs as abstract material. With one foot in photography and another in art, it does take me appreciable time to “paint” from the original.
I needed to work quickly and it seemed a good idea to stop myself from spreading out into too many areas by setting a constraint. I opted to do abstract landscapes, but in the event, inspiration had dried up or I’d lost something on the intuitive selection of the right photographs to work on and maybe through my learning instead of making, I was lacking practice.
It took me a whole week of concentrated effort and finally, I got back the inspiration. Along the way, every other subject type appeared in my week’s work and so I had to use once more a variety of abstract topics.
Time pressure and learning activities and making a book and an exhibition in box were probably the distraction behind this.
My work was still short of images for a portfolio and given the importance of this in the MA Photography marking scheme I had no choice but to continue on. Meanwhile, crits (somehow I fitted in a 5) placed me under increasing pressure to adapt to the viewer and I was being encouraged to task risks. Not quite yet though.
Week 7
Abstract Landscape
Improbabilities and chance (file size, false colour and fringing)
A long term fascination of processing in the abstract for the author concerns the direction obtained on examination of the data within an image. A deliberate engagement in this activity provides eternal fascination and is allied with my other practice as a technologist. With experience, it is possible to pre-visualise then begin to press an image in a given direction. It is about seeking out the effects of non-linearities when working in post. Seen when extracting the red healing glow of the subject matter. Some might view these actions in terms of unintended use.
This week I implemented resolution improvements to my working methods. This was previously avoided but needed to be addressed for large scale print. Why avoided? It is known that standard filters respond less well or not at all with modern higher resolution equipment and resulting images. I don’t use standard filters but nevertheless, the software response holds true. The glow images I seek, through levelling now contain a lot more fine detail and this visual style persists across images that are subject to the new method.
In summary, I began improving my method and unintentionally obtained previously unseen effects and I now observe new branches in visual direction.
Outcomes regularly relate to chance hence my past comments about non-repeatability and my resorting to batch processing to get consistent images within these sets of images. My attempt to get images that go together.
The methods of improving resolution naturally lead to larger file sizes. What I didn’t expect was a 1.2GB layered file of what on the surface amounted to a black tile.
There is scope for rationalising this down to a smaller file by removing layers that can readily be added back. Maybe I need to stage my work by keeping all of the original processing but make a subsidiary flattened file. I’ve not been caused to (forced to) go down this route just yet as machine and network performance can cope. The slightly slower performance is acceptable given the retained flexibility to create (I’m in a phase of exploration of abstract landscapes) retained
I now get images with the look of black sandpaper. What I pre-visualise has more structure, something to lead the viewer’s eye. That has now gone it seems.
I tried downscaling to lower resolution. No success so far.
In my search for abstract landscapes, a colour effect (false colour) and fringing effect (moire) appeared on the screen. The effect was literally that, on-screen. It could not be saved or copied to a layer. The fringing is not present at higher magnification. When visible fringing is fixed at other magnifications. Moire fringing might be expected to produce continually altering patterns not a fixed pattern. Anyway, I need to think about what is going on and meanwhile, I captured the effect by taking a photograph of the screen.
figure: transient fringing effect (magnify to view full effect)
The false colour is not the false colour found in infra-red photography, but more like a selection mask style (without invoking a selection mask and not responding to commands to remove the mask if that is what it is). I’ll investigate. There was a software error that affected an earlier portfolio where a small red rectangle appeared in Lightroom images and persisted. A software update resolved the error in my images. I did take inspiration from the effect as at the time I sought to layer in glyphs and other effects as a visual narrative construction.
Week 6
My work is seen through another lens as I start to churn out work for this module. I’ve sorted through and tagged 310 photographs. These are candidates for processing into abstract landscapes.
I changed or should I say improved my method. Using a more configurable tripod and computer software for a remote live view, I can now obtain even inaccessible shots with improved resolution and focus. I do this in a conflicted situation where I need to be able to scale to very large (art as an experience sized) prints, starting from a small scale subject matter. No one wants or wishes for large scale injury or healing sites. While I know that my methodology calls for removing details in favour of glow. I’m forever destined to be conflicted.
Week 5
Two things have gained influence. Now I’ve created a trailer I realise the importance of imagined landscapes in my work. I also realise how much work there is ahead and so decided to use the Pareto 80 to 20 principle as it should allow me the scope to engage with all three surfaces: Exhibition, Publication and Workshop to gain valuable experience ahead of the FMP modules.
The discussion also grew around the visual language of science. Side by side stereograms has a closer match to my work than red/cyan anaglyphs. The incorporation of photos of some of the apparatus I concocted could be of interest. I’d have to make sure it didn’t dominate. I’m still not resolved as to what to do around glyph layers. I found these quite effective in my last module work. I have been distracted by moving towards then away from text captioning of abstract work. There is resolution required over the narrative.
Collaboration has been present in the background of my work and came to the fore as I created the video trailer. I’ve never seen such excitement. This does have future or should I say immediate scope for inclusion.
Week 4
During this week, I explored the relation of science, the biology I refer to in my work, and this allowed me to explore a new visual language. A side by side stereogram fitted better alongside my work than anaglyphs. For large scale presentation, I would prefer anaglyphs. I do understand that red and cyan edge representation does grate against black and white work.
Where does this leave me? I think I have to be mindful of the facts concerning visual language.
Update: subsequent conversations lead me to unpack my actions (our / student actions) when working between black and white and colour. I also begin to bring to the fore collaboration.
Week 3
The narrative development of my abstract visuals is intended to take on an element of political and social direction as I identify with roots in Scotland I share with brothers Andrew and Richard and others from the soldier ranks who made the greatest sacrifice and go unrecognised for their bravery in the worst of condition that was the Great War.
We are from the same lands where there is a quiet beauty and shared cultural identity and so I look to add something to my work, either as a brief essay or as supporting installation. It is still early in the project development as I have three modules in which to gain resolution. I have yet to figure this out and critique how it fits. Well, it fits, but how so with abstract work?
Introduction
figure Week 3 my first attempt at reestablishing colour in my practice
Having been through a development stage of portraying monochrome images, which I admit support the sombre, my instincts cause me to return to a celebration of life and of course, this brings back colour. For me, it is a respite and is a valid expression of my second narrative (celebration) that has been on hold for a couple of months.
However, monochrome is not dead.
Working with black-and-white, I can confirm, is an important skill and I continue to develop this through:
a. Metering.
b. Camerawork (fine-tuning settings)
c. Post-processing (dodge and burn, contrast enhancement).
I’m currently publishing black and white mainly to Instagram and colour can be found back inside my project.
As mentioned before in my CRJ blog, I continue to process like images together, to get the consistency I seek. Using this with colour is different as it allows me to pick the best of the bunch by this method, then edit groups of colour images. I have to find out how successful this method will be across a portfolio.
Week 2
I have a number of new photographs to process. On this occasion bodily impressions are used. These were originally substituted in the past, for a minor injury and as a technique works as the effect of glow is the same as for minor injury. I need to post-process.
I began looking at my work in wider ways and discussed this in Module Leader Office Hours. I need to be careful that I understand where my work comes from and maintain the resolved nature rather than take my work and cause it to fray at the edges. Resolved means resolved.
Week 1
For me an unexciting start this week. I lack orientation over what the present new module will lead me to. This is my base image process and is at least serves as a baseline for comparison with future weeks. The contact sheet images are in effect part processed. Update: by Week 5 I had elected to create more imaginings of landscapes. In which case I can return to do further layering.
I concentrated on my making of new work for edit as is necessary for follow on activities such as Landings 2019 Exhibition and doing my Work in Progress Portfolio for assessment.
I managed quite late to get the first set of images together, and I built myself an exhibition in a box.
The exhibition in a box and my photobook dummy were taken to Arles for the crits. I benefited from this, and it has done the obvious and generated more work for me to complete! Should have stayed at home? No way, I’d have missed so much valuable input. However, progress on this front has been at the expense of teaching in a workshop.
Week 8 Independent Reflection
The exhibition I made in a box, and my photobook dummy was taken to Arles for the crits. I benefited from this, and it has done the obvious and generated more work for me to complete! Should have stayed at home? No way, I’d have missed so much valuable input. However, progress on this front has been at the expense of teaching in a workshop.
Week 8 Activity Teaching
My preferred approach is informal and takes place in a learning environment. I get to spend time with accomplished pros. It is excellent if an exchange is in response to being quizzed about my photography. When the opportunity arises, then there is already some buy-in, and from there it is down to me to respect others’ time. Similar questions might occur in different contexts, and so I get a chance to be challenged and work out a slick answer.
Another approach is to show interest in others and discover areas of interest that overlap, and then I may get the chance to ask the questions, and so the communication continues. At times I can take other learners particular challenges and relate them to my methods and compare notes, probably on technique. There is a specialist audience for abstract work, but at the same time, there is leeway if people are concerned with mindfulness or photography as therapy, both very popular at the moment.
The subject matter can range across, macro, art photography, portraiture, photographic projects, product photography, light painting, studio lighting, and more besides.
Week 8 Some Considerations
Week 8 Introduction Thinking About Helping Others
Strengths
Working independently and collaboratively
Creative
Problem-solving
Studio lighting
Street photography
Photojournalism
Digital technologies including photoshop (Adobe qualified)
Interacting with people, in public and one to one.
Working with professionals and teams on set.
Weaknesses
Practice at teaching outside the business and technical sphere
This is purely for practice as it relates to the earlier Ed Ruscha challenge.
I’m working on the page imposition.
An update: I completed the imposition in Photoshop, having made up a model for the signatures and numbered them by hand. The action gave me a double-sided printing sequence. It was then down to the practical steps of making, which turned out well enough, especially for my first printed book. I haven’t had the heart to slice into the pages to guillotine the edges by hand cutting with a sharp blade. I particularly enjoyed picture matching and have two more of these books to make: one on chains as they form lovely catenary lines and make interesting junctures; the other is of phone entry systems I started to document after poking around Leicester Square hotel night entrances. I’d eventually hope to make a boxed set, for a bit more experience of making. I have to halt myself and get on with the other learnings available to us.
Week 7 Some Considerations
Week 7 Forum Sorting Images
So here I have new work rather than a collection of everything. As I write this, I have a dummy practice book already made, and once my module edit is ready, I will repeat the making exercise. This is an A5 handmade book with kettle stitched signatures, case bound. For an A4 sized book, I would try perfect binding. This would be a good back up position, as it is easier to do the page sequencing (imposition).
My abstract images are halfway between photography and painting so take a while each to craft. This is the bottleneck I have had to contend with over the past several modules, but it has worked for me even if the project activity is backloaded. This can be quite pressured, of course.
Week 7 Introduction Thinking About Pages
Although I’m an advocate of the library online books and other eBooks, my photography pile library is currently taking up room on my studio sofa, leaving insufficient space for rest. Grief, three more outcrops of piled books surround me. There is nothing in these piles to compare with the sort of publication I would make as the constraints of the MA Photography course seem to limit me to pamphlet-sized books.
I love books and have had to meter their use a bit more during the current module. I was starting to sound as if I’d swallowed a photographic dictionary!
I came out of the webinar with a glow perhaps of having been let off lightly. It was a larger group, and all of the other students’ work came under critical scrutiny except mine. Maybe I felt relief. I also felt that there is more to benefit from with sharp critique. Perhaps it was easier to keep on time if the Tutor avoided causing me to respond or explain the visual motives, or maybe I already had been given the right advice in a previous session and needed more time to explore.
As I have come back from Week 7 to update Week 6, the tale did unfold. More of this in my Week 7 reflection.
Week 6 Independent Reflection
The way the course flows at this stage, I can plan the making of an installation/exhibition.
I can (then) take this work forward into the University-sponsored Landings 2019 Exhibition, plus by Week 12 have this flow into my Work in Progress WIP Portfolio.
Perhaps I make some assumptions in this, but I can see a logical flow of work from one activity into the next in an ideal manner.
So what is the issue I uncover here as there is indeed an issue?
First, to look inside where my perceptions and perspectives intervene. Maybe I seek out the ideal or have a strengthening desire to continue to improve my work. As I carry forward my abstraction into a third module, I feel I need to make progress, by refining the work. The abstracts I make need to be right, of course, but better than last time. My technique may have already reached a kind of pinnacle, and so I press for the unobtainable. At this point, factors arise like actually is it possible to keep turning out work I base on chance, on the data recorded in the original photograph. The presence of healing from more serious accidents or incidents would drive this, but for moral reasons cannot happen. There was a severe injury, but it did not manifest externally other than through puffing up. Ligament and cartilage do not have a steady blood supply. Healing is through adaption by building up strength in the surrounding and supporting muscle rather than through biological repair as we have here an example of slow healing.
With events being immediate and severe, my natural reaction triggered to protect and help, rather than act to make a photograph.
I turn to bodily impression as a fallback, where pressure marks react in a similar way to healing before quickly disappearing. My actions were over a spectacular and geometric pressure mark was frustrated. For whatever reason, perhaps to do with cooling of the area the subject matter was not traumatic, and any heat just dissipated. I processed the photo(s), but my technique failed to extract the heat or any signs of glow. Not always perceptible to the eye, a healing site does need to glow my method to work. I passed over this and reflect now on events.
This learning occurred, but time pressure would continue to build the demand for shareable results. Many other students are not displaying work in progress. Maybe my so-called Pareto based decision to engage with three surfaces is driving beyond what is genuinely feasible at Week 6.
Turning to external considerations, I perceive that critiques build in a natural assumption that we show finished work and so it is judged as finished work. What I have learned quite recently is that I need to be open and say what stage of development is with the second year yet to fully unfold.
We need to remain faithful to an expectation that our work ought to adapt and change with the various contexts of the MA Photography course.
The amount of photography I do each Module is slowing. The presence of healing dictates progress but so too does technique improvement.
I started with consistent lighting, then incorporated flash and improved focus of close-up low DoF constraints. On schedule, I have introduced the Focus Stacking technique.
My first attempt stacked 61 images, far too many. I adjusted my settings to get fully in focus results with 4 to 6 pictures stacked.
While it is still summer, I can flood the subject with natural lighting instead of using flash. The environment is something I have reacted to, and I now get to examine the consequences. In a shorter timeframe, a project’s set-ups would be more stable or consistent. With my work running over a two year period variables, in lighting have to be accommodated.
Events cause me to draw a comparison with the conditions of Vincent Van Gogh. He worked in the beautifully consistent light found in Arles. Van Gogh also was prolific, as he turned out vast quantities of paintings in a short period. There are many differences in our circumstances if we compare painting with photography or more precisely with healing glow photography.
Week 6 Activity Models
Rather than the computer of a constructed model, I looked at setting up a live venue. I’m thinking North West London location.
This environment could work as my practice emphasises the glow we emit in healing etc. I’m sure you‘ve me heard me describe this before. I need to explore and unwrap the requirements and benefits.
I have three elements set up here in the image above. There is more latitude than this for mounted print display, lightbox viewing and large screen presentation. Early thoughts are:
Mounted prints hanging from the top wire. Point lights shown can be on at the start, and be switched off for viewing. Maybe hang translucent prints. Already I’m going over the top but why not explore the possibility as the facility is there but try not to waste time on diversions.
IKEA tables and legs shown are in sets: hire lightboxes and lay these out on the tabletops. Print on translucent material – I’d have to check how effective or not this would be. Perhaps arrange tables to display photographs on lightboxes set out as a square (abstract fovea?); draw the cables together and tie in the centre (optic nerve like). Ignore the metaphors of seeing, getting carried away in this first exciting stage.
Large screen present/not present? If present, display related portfolio work or with permission of the Module Leader make a live link to the Landings site as a centrepiece.
Footfall – a drive might bring some folks in. However, as a display of art as an experience, something I aspire to, a video feed could be streamed to the web.
There is scope for an artists talk. Also, the scope must exist to invite a proposal from another student/lecturer. A positive is that alternative works that are taken together ought to enrich the experience.
There’s scope to build a display stand as there are other plain walls. Alternatively, I could contemplate the hire of a set of easels, to mount prints.
Enough for now as there are already many unanswered points to be addressed.
Draw up a plan/ to-do list is next.
Ps already I have some other ideas to try out / to simplify matters.
Week 6 Some Considerations
Week 6 Introduction Thinking About Spaces
It was impossible limiting myself to just one alternative space.
Immediately the mind turns to white wall exhibition spaces. But there is a suggestion of using the shoe – an off the wall suggestion (apologies for the pun)?
(A) What impressed me this last fortnight was the portable exhibition in a box. The idea is this. You make a box about the size of a lever arch folder.
Then inside, you include a collection of photographs and materials related to a project. An accordion fold exhibition of pictures would be the eye-catching piece. Then there might be a hand made book about the making of the show. Other artefacts you include are there to be picked up and examined. Here is a photo of the kind of thing.
(B) Another idea is related to the outside world – thinking outside of the box (stop the puns now). Galleries can be looked on as an exclusive preserve of the few. Why not print on a massive scale on weatherproof material. Hang the exhibition on the outside walls of buildings, such as around a university campus?
Come on Falmouth University, who do we approach for permission?
(C) The technically minded (and well off – I saw some recent costings), might be inclined to procure gallery space in a virtual world. Art curation takes place in Second Life an online space. Sales can be made (I heard somewhere).
(D) There is something starchy and rigid suggested by the term exhibition. Print on material and silk would be another choice. Then the images primarily if abstract, become much more portable and more manageable to store.
(E) Following on from (D) the silk or other material could be in the form of clothing or accessories like a scarf or shawl and of course could be worn.
(F) How about this thought, which I’ve already started to look at for some inexplicable reason. I took a cereal box containing wrapped Shredded Wheat. I carefully unwrapped the contents and gauged the printing area and folds and glue points. With this information, the cereal bars/biscuits can then be re-wrapped in a print jacket. We are talking one step up from tissue paper here. You have to question why and how applicable this is to a given project. I just liked the materiality but not so much the scale. When the exhibition is over, you can grab a bowl and some milk and eat the display contents!
I hope someone on the course takes inspiration from one of the suggestions or at least has fun reading this post.
In the space of around two working days, I had a fantastic run of three meetings that challenged my thinking and direction and yet in a supportive way.
As these meetings acted together, I draw them together here along with two activities in the same period.
I began with the 24-hour challenge where I’d pre-visualised and had then adapted. In short, an intent to expose photo paper or burn paper under a magnifying glass. The forecast led to a change of plan.
I linked my activity to my project through scientific imagery of biology by appropriating images and mixing them in a way to create a stereogram and some anaglyphs. I had so much enjoyment, I must say. For one day, I loosened the shackles and departed from the structure and intensity of abstract work.
The plan to make a sundial, sketch the gnomon shadow and read out the grid of light and shadow automatically, went ahead.
We had our first meeting, and I listened to the challenge of finding a way to link the scientific how to connect the 24-hour challenge activity to my project. I could include photographs of the apparatus and contraptions I’d used.
Next up, the office hours meeting. The discussion was necessary, and I tried to get a grasp of one area the Workshop task. The task is versed in the practicalities of photographic technique, yet the debate became focussed on pedagogy. I had a few doubts about the delivery intent and became resolved that the weeks to follow would lend clarification. We accepted the advice that allowing ideas to settle can be productive compared to pushing ahead. Finally, I took from the office hours meeting thoughts of a potentially hot topic of faulty intent.
We were advised to carefully unwrap why we might shoot in colour to only to go on and remove the colour from the photograph in post-processing. Be warned. I had earlier considered running with both black and white and colour. At the present stage, I do not yet have to resolve this completely.
And so back to the current topic, and the one to one meeting. The 121 meeting was short though contextualised by all that I’ve written in the above paragraphs. We discussed the black and white or monochrome approach versus colour. The pioneers of photographers used black and white as a means of abstracting the world around them as we see in colour. My return to colour took place based on the theme of the vibrant celebration. I felt I had justified by my actions.
However, I did take the next set of images back to black and white. Perhaps the data in the photos led me in this direction or possibly at heart, I remain soulful and so cannot break free. The conflict continues.
I can rationalise the topic down to lighting or light if rationalising is indeed the correct approach. I’ll adopt the term unpacking and proceed with the analysis. The light in my work is surface, penetrated and emitted, the latter being unique within my digital work. So far as I have learned from my practice, I shoot in colour and reduce it by digital post-processing, although not eliminate tones. I take the tonal element down to allow the emitted light to gain presence. I often refer to the glow of life. I reach back thematically to feel the presence of ancestors never met. Again, I sometimes refer to the handshake with the living being a manifestation of specific others in the past.
So colour is an essential step. Then to the aesthetic and decisions about historical commemoration which suits black and white, the celebration of our lives that suites colour. I conflict this thought with my long term assertion that ancestors worlds get depicted in black and white, yet they lived their lives in colour.
My photographic heritage is an influence. My extended-term career as a digital technologist evolved while I was away from photography. When I returned to photography, I was different from others in being open to breaking the limits in post. Post often leads to discussions of moral issues, but I have no regret because digital-first, is my world. A photograph is a data set. I know modern photography through this lens as being at the intersection of science and art.
Looking ahead to the next six weeks, I stated my intention to self-publish. I’d done some research or reading into the domains of books and exhibitions. I arrived at an intermediate point that intersects the two: an exhibition of say ten identical books. Only the cover colour designates the preferred order and the page number to be displayed.
The intent is several-fold. People rarely experience ten copies displayed. The viewer can then disrupted the exhibition. If a viewer wishes to move from stand to stand to change the pages viewed, they can. I also disrupt the convention of the gallery space of spacing the viewer away from the walls to prevent touch. I invite touch. I am not so precious about my exhibition to want to protect it from contact.
Thinking it through maybe I place prints on the wall with a book in front of each to establish a starting visual structure.
I might need spares. If there is no interaction, so be it. If there is destruction or theft, then the spares can be called upon as replacements. I’d love to timelapse film unfolding events.
I have to realise the risks of the extremes, no viewers or interaction through to over-involvement. There will need to be a definite means of enticement if it is to become a game. On writing that last word, game, I now realise the impact the game would have in undermining the intent that goes into my work. I must avoid gaming books versus exhibition. I’ll save the idea for a more appropriate subject.
Finally, I should consider collaboration, for example of family.
I next set about mixing images of my own with some those of a family member, for my film trailer. This activity was triggered back in week 2.
From the finished film trailer, my collaborator contributed photographs of Highland cattle and one of the birds. We had walked the lands of my ancestors. Apart from learning something new about my work, the trailer generated a lot of enthusiasm and engagement of a level I’d not previously experienced in my practice.
Altogether I have made a lot longer a write up than I ever anticipated. I can justify the length as evidence of the critical unfolding and changing of my work within this MA Photography course. I do switch activity a lot by engaging with the Course. It is so easy for me to be distracted and forget a critical insight. These things are too valuable to lose.
Week 5 Independent Reflection
Well, let’s hope I can manage this optimistic plan. Failing in parts of one or more tasks is not an absolute failure. If I learn from the experiences, and they help towards the ultimate aim of producing successful outcomes in the FMP modules.
What I now need to do has become clear:
Engage with the newly released materials.
Read into the provided references.
Make work on Abstract Landscapes of War, of faded memories.
I’ve done most of my reflecting below and need to make a start.
Week 5 Activity Roadmaps
I’m going to attempt a work called Abstract Landscapes of War. I say attempt as I have to read the data in my photographs and find the means of continuing to abstract landscapes. These have arisen in most unexpected ways and should be feasible, although time estimation will be tricky.
I wrote in my CRJ about scoping work over the next weeks and about how I need to limit to reasonable expectations around the MA. I intend to use the Pareto 80 to 20 principle and by achieving 80% of the defined outputs with 20% of the effort. The total amounts to 60% just for the Exhibition, Publication and Workshop, then there is a further 20% making 80% effort for photography and digital post-processing.
I have other activities such as attending Arles photo festival at a fairly crucial time in the delivery schedule.
My priorities are Book over the Exhibition, over Workshop for my MA Project. I wish to gain from the learning experiences of each to help me progress later in the Final Major Project modules.
I have to shoot continuously throughout the module for a successful abstract landscape edit. Existing photography during the module has been developed to a level that requires further refinement. My abstract landscapes developed through several stages and now at Week 5, I have decided on a theme so I need to revisit already processed abstracts.
The trailer activity highlighted how the landscape and seascape are ingrained in my work, so I would like to explore further. There is a risk as I’d need 20 images to make a successful edit of a final 15.
Week 5 Workshop BriefWeek 5 Publication Brief
Examples of making from RPS Handmade Bookbinding Course
(A) What do you want the publication to say/do?
(B) How do you want it to achieve that?
(C) Do your pictures (critically) support / contradict that intention?
The requirement is to handmake publication material. At the moment, the breadth of what could be published is in its entirety greater than what needs to be in scope. A brainstorming would allow me to consider the full extent.
An illustrated text of commemorated histories
Book for Ed Rusha task
Boxed presentation of three books: locks, chains and entry phones
Pamphlet for exhibition
Catalogue of exhibition prints with an introductory essay and a quote
Leaflets promoting the show alongside social media
Business Cards (consider logo design)
An art book containing abstract images
An electronic version of some of the above items using ISSUU
A boxed portable presentation
An InDesign publication ordered through Blurb
So, not all these are within the scope of the Surface and Strategy tasks, but it is helpful to know the potential extent of work when provisioning tools and materials and when deciding formats.
There are various decisions over softback versus hardback
Cover illustration (can do softback)
Perfect binding versus kettle stitched binding versus stapled saddle stitch.
Quality of materials
Composition tools
Professional printing – already decided I will handmake
Paper type and quality
Cover thickness 2-3mm versus 3-4mm for more substantial work
Size A2/A2+ folded, A3/A3+ folded, A4 folded and possibly smaller for a boxed portable show of work.
Colour versus monochrome – I’d been highly conflicted working in monochrome when it was against my instinct.
At this point, the task has yet to run. The questions A, B and C posed above will then be addressed. I still have some reference reading to do.
For now, suffice it to say that I’d endeavour to exercise taste and demonstrate visual awareness. There will be an opportunity to apply a growing experience. Constraints on cover illustration and branding would direct choices unless I elect to use professional services, especially for cover design.
Week 5 Exhibition Brief
Turning first to the Landings Exhibition 2019, I said I’d keep in mind the Pareto 80 to 20 principle.
A brand new set of work would be fantastic, and there lies the hope.
Maybe I need to think what my project is in the whole and in relating to it see if there is a part I can do and that uses some pre-existing work.
After the Trailer making exercise, I have gained an insight into the content and how I might emphasise place.
I always introduce my practice in two parts: a historical element commemorates bravery in a war; a celebratory feature as an expression of our freedom gained.
Within my work lies the consideration of travel and place. The full scope covers Scotland, Canada, United States, India, France and Belgium.
I had yet to expand photography to overseas locations and currently have placed a brake on travel.
So of place, I have the homeland as representational photography (type A) and the trenches as an abstract battlefield (type B) and home as abstract (type C) captioned as fading memories of home.
I believe these representational and abstract forms would work in an exhibition. My absolute best work is yet to come in the FMP part once the coursework element eases. So for now, Landscape it is.
There is quite a lot of work I need to do. I also need to clarify my use of project work from before the course. My current quest is to resolve visual narrative, something that a representational and abstract combined might ease.
Ultimately, I have two candidate places for an exhibition, but I might want to save these for the FMP. I need to start looking. Perhaps I begin with an online show as I have prepared already for my portfolio. An eZine could work well for the exhibition catalogue.
If I did make an online exhibition, I would still want to make physical objects.
Physical objects have the advantage that I can carry them to reviews. Objects I can keep as a tangible reminder of this critical phase of the development of my project.
At this point, I feel that a physical exhibition has to be preferred. I need to reconsider this for my plan.
Week 5 The Weeks to Come
And so now to consider three surfaces and what to commit to for this module. The idea is to gain experiences ahead of the impending Final Major Project.
If I think about how I might respond to these tasks, there is a natural approach I could take and a more intense planned approach.
The natural approach ultimately is the style that I would be most creative at. I would have time to explore, to read the data contained within the photographs I process and to make something of an edit. I’m thinking here in the first instance of creating a book. A book was on my agenda before I began this MA Photography course and is something I wish to make as part of my collaborative historical work. I have committed to skills development and am ready to practice bookmaking. Already I find there is a minefield of detailed considerations in the editing, layout and making. I gained experience ahead of this point by engaging in the Ed Rusha activity before the module start and which is still ongoing. A primary behavioural consideration for me is being satisfied with knowing without the compulsion to make. I have to plan my activity to prevent my interest from merely moving on to the next big thing. It shouldn’t dictate my actions, though.
A planned approach, however, is a necessary part of photographic practice, and so it is clear that I need to adopt a plan. My enthusiasm in the first instance would lead to the incorporation of three surfaces from the Surfaces and Strategies module. Experience within and beyond the course tells me intuitively that doing all three tasks to a level of perfection is not going to be feasible. The repercussion no doubt will be an immediate rationalisation process kicking in, late in the plan as reality dawns when time runs out on this project.
A solution I like is to adopt the Pareto principle, also known as an 80, 20 rule. You create 80% with 20% effort, and this seems most appropriate to what I have to do at the current stage of my development. Three surfaces are the way forward. By the Pareto method, I’d use a 60% slice of effort. There is more. Add another 20% for continuing my photography, in which I need to invest time, especially when making allowance for digital post-processing activity.
I need to decide how much of each surface activity to do. I ought to state my intended cut-off to make sure I gain a lot of experience both of the making and my response to workload. I could timebox and pull up short on surface tasks. I understand this approach would not be satisfactory for the Final Major Project FMP. The Surfaces and Strategies Module, though, is an introductory module to the FMP and so timeboxing could work. The weakness in timeboxing would be the lack of definition of what the 80% achievement represents. More clarity is required.
I have taken all of the opportunities presented to meet my tutor and other students online. I did so again this week in the context of a 24-hour challenge the course had set for us.
I decided to explore how to supplement the visual narrative of my abstract work and ended up using photographs from the realm of scientific and computational biology and synthesised 3D images.
I had appropriated and mixed ideas in line with course discussion about such practice. I started with an exploration of what the public or viewer might expect to see generally in biological images. How could I expand visual narratives to reach out to the viewer?
I could adopt 3D, although this was not my intention. I’ll think about that. I have time to try out some ideas during the current Surfaces and Strategies Module.
Colour images I make, I envisage being presented as transparencies on lightboxes for best effect. At £33 x 20 that is an expensive option and I still have to establish the feasibility of printing on translucent material. I read somewhere that Epson printer using pigment ink should work although drying takes longer. With this in mind, what I discovered by synthesising 3D for myself was a new effect I liked. The red-cyan anaglyptic images I made presented as if light poured through a transparency layer and cast a shadow on a wall behind.
I shall also be mindful of the science being something separate to the art in my work and try not to let it distract. I learned that I need to exercise care and balance the inter-disciplinary visuals.
My first response to the activity this week failed due to poor weather conditions. As a cameraless approach, I’d wanted to time how long paper took to burn under a magnifying glass. Afterwards, I did go back to this but stopped because the method is exceptionally crude (lacks any finesse), there is a risk of fire and the risk of the bright sun causing eye damage. I stopped that. A mind experiment only.
Pending still is yet another method of recording that doesn’t use a camera. I wanted to make a sundial and sketch the gnomon shadow for different hours. A grid would act like pixels and be light, or under the shadow, they would be dark. A computer would be used to speak the pattern. An update has now been provided immediately below.
Week 4 Independent Reflection
This weeks content has an applied element and helped to develop my practice. Practice explored new visual presentation, which is a development point. I do not appropriate and yet was challenged to, and this made me feel uncomfortable as well as mindful of licensing and permission. I needed to examine visuals for reasons for exploration.
In summary, audio rather than visual output was the result, and I didn’t use a camera.
If you listen to the track, maybe 30 seconds or less is to be advised. It even drives me crazy.
I copied the light and dark squares as text into Adobe Audition and generated speech (Audition – Effect – Generate – Speech). I had previously discovered a Flanger effect called the Crazy Clock of Doom, which sounds a little more exciting, and the name appeals to my sense of humour. (Audition – Effects – Flanger – The Crazy Clock of Doom.
Week 4 Activity Hands Off
I decided to take some media images from the realm of human biology and computational biology and apply some technical methods to obtain 3D visuals. That helps me explore visual themes as my abstract expressionist work uses common DNA as a link to the past.
In 2004 my desktop computer worked away as a part of the World Community Grid. The first thing I chose to support was the then Human Proteome Folding project. My machine is now working on finding Human Cancer Markers.
I did not realise until this week how my photography had gained influence from this field of computational biology.
And so from the Science Museum, I took the model of the famous double helix and used it to create a stereogram pair. I landed on this presentation after trying several different approaches, and this was the best result for such a delicate subject.
I find I can Freeview and get the depth using just my eyes. The London Stereoscopic Company sent me a simple viewer designed by Brian May (of Queen) that cost about £5.
I had seen red and cyan anaglyphs in the past and found today this method worked well on a set of cellular images I grabbed from the World Community Grid facebook group.
A friend gave me a pair of cardboard viewing spectacles, and in trying to get the 3D effect, I stumbled upon a layer visual that took me by surprise. I like it. The result is a wall with the image on it, then a nearer version of the image as if on a transparent surface.
I’m so excited about this because I recently considered using light boxes to display my abstract work.
Until you look at the following with specialised specs, it is hard to gain access. However, there is a more latitude on image size, and that is important in my work as I still have in mind the idea of the viewer looking closeup to become immersed in art as an experience. These are still early days.
I’m glad to have done this activity as it seems like now I make the progress I was seeking to make in starting this new module.
My earlier venture into microscopy took me to x80 magnification which is nowhere near the 3 to 5 Angstrom units of resolution used in scientific research, so for the supporting images, I need to appropriate, and remix the work of someone else. If I go much further, then I need to sort out rights and permissions. The stock images I looked at have a cost of £50 for a base image, and I would still need to create the 3D They are less visually stimulating. The license is a lot when, as a student, you don’t yet know what you’ll end up doing.
I’ve got some more lined up to make the five images by the end of today. At the moment, I’m wrestling with third party images and mixing them to sample the visual language of cellular biology.
Week 4 Presentation 4 Turn Away
When I engage in my photographic practice, I scan for bodily injury/repair and may need to use a mirror to check specific framing and focus. Although I take a photograph, the situation often requires someone else to be a photographer. I created strategies to use in place of a second photographer. When I photograph a family member, the constraint becomes one of acting directly and with speed as the subject is only willing to cooperate a short while.
Week 4 Presentation 3 Force
I do not use force for the satisfaction of exercising power over the medium. Instead, I interpret the data in an image and try to read the direction in which it will go if I process it. With experience, I choose which stills I can work on to make a significant effect. I have had to practice a lot. Ever since my first digital camera and post-processing suite, I have practised, and I continue to do so. I previsualize style or type of outcome but let the image data provide the direction.
I am selective and respond to the data in a photograph.
Others may view my approach as passive. I would ask the question, is aikido passive? Aikido is a martial art and philosophy and is a way of unifying life energy. I would settle for that.
Week 4 Presentation 2 Smuggle
I explained below how I use my intent. The outcome is a visual effect of glow, in the underlying image. I reject the need for a high pixel count in my practice. Medium resolution is better suited to my intent. The photography software I use is passive when there is a lot of detail. Filters no longer have a good effect.
I look at the sensor data for the living glow of repair. Detail of a wound or human hair would be distasteful in my art and would serve as a distraction. I wish to create an experience in looking.
There is a concept of a one-pixel cinema, which I see a parallel to my work. Let me explain what the one-pixel cinema is. It acknowledges how to manage colour in film scenes. It goes beyond the use of LUTs. Films from companies such as Disney deploy a recognisable tone aesthetic that harmonises across the film catalogue. I’ve described what is behind a one-pixel cinema and will now explain how it works. The programmer identifies the dominant colour in each scene. The programmer would reduce each frame in turn, except there are some complications.
Several frames can invoke change and make visual sense by overlaying an original full frame.
The programmer reduces the whole film to a single-pixels that cycle through the dominant colours from the scenes.
I deconstruct my images but not to the extreme just described.
Week 4 Presentation 1 Outwit
I started with the lens to begin with and then thought turned to the camera. I realised that it’s code is designed to read the sensor, but in doing so, it compensated for allowable lens aberration. That way, lens manufacturing can stop short of absolute perfection. I take an integrated view of the apparatus and so thought now turns to the software designed to read the camera files once on a computer. Today this could be a smartphone, tablet, laptop computer, or a workstation. And so I view this as a whole, at least in terms of apparatus.
Photography is, therefore, about the lens, the camera, and the processing software. I then identify the constraints in the processing software, and I will force an algorithm to generate an unintended effect that I can use.
I have designed algorithms and so am tuned to finding limitations that create useful results. For example, I initially mute the effect of colour to give way to the infrared light that the filter inside the camera fails to stop getting through. I get my pictures to glow where there is a source of heat, for example, where the body acts to heal an injury.
I’ve given one example of what I do with the software. I do not de-privilege the apparatus by seeking alternative processes.
I do not advertise my methods so yes there is a black box but may relent once the experimentation matures into a technique, Nothing is firm just yet.
Week 4 Forum Human
I responded to the forum over whether it is possible to have non-human photography.
Movement detection software as an app running in tandem on the pairing of an old smartphone and a new smartphone can auto-trigger and send the user an email containing each snap. This brings into focus a modern dilemma of consumerism, what to do with old equipment that still works. In this example, the first and second apparatuses become linked thanks to the convenience of wifi and the availability of unlimited internet data plans alongside the accessibility of integrated camera and networked computer functionally. This approach is based on machine detection of the moving target and the extension of technological innovation into the field of a machine on machine integration based here on a consequence of a consumerist society.
Week 4 Introduction Playing Against the Camera
I suppose the freedom I experience is a result of knowing that the photography software designed to allow the photographer to improve an image will begin to breakdown at absolute extremes. I seek to find useful ways of breaking the software. I act intuitively with the data the camera has captured, and I test how it responds to my actions.
I do look elsewhere, as I attempt to return to film and photo paper. I do not have the full facilities of a darkroom, but I am gradually building up my expertise and equipment. There is a certain amount of politics at home about turning a space into a darkroom and especially in introducing chemicals into the house. I can force the issue, but there again, I am a digital worker and create lots of exciting challenges without an absolute need to find real alternatives.
I go back to Week 3 (from Week 7) in catch-up on some gaps in my coursework as I’d spent my time helping someone back to their feet so they could get around. Something to do with sports which are meant to be good for us.
Week 3 Resources
Week 3 Independent Reflection
I’m currently in the first phase of my project, and in doing abstract work, I still need to resolve essential issues.
Colour versus black and white I’m conflicted over although this is working itself out.
Visual narratives as they apply to my engagement with the viewer needs further attention too. It was suggested I create a bridge or provide some way into the work.
I tend to finish my Portfolio work with a Title and Captions. I’ve investigated visual language related to science and have been researching commercial visual language around DNA analysis.
An interest in other students works led me to analyse and discover more concerning my work.
(A) I read the SAGE Handbook of visual research and realise I may need to do more with the Integrated Framework. It is not directly applicable to me, I thought. I have now started to build my research on Visual Social Research.
(B) I need to forward think my strategy for engaging a museum and work collaboratively, possibly with funding. The idea is one thing; putting a structure around this is something else.
Week 3 Webinar Opening Up
This week my abstract visual work, that connects to the past through the biology of DNA is beginning an attempted transformation inspired by my ongoing contribution since 2004 to the world community grid and visuals of computational biology originally under the project called Human Proteome Folding phases I and II that completed in 2006.
If I ask why, then this ongoing contribution is now recognised by me as a subtle influence on my making of images that I did not acknowledge until this week of the module and that may help visually direct the narratives in my work that had previously been covered through text captions that ran in a rhythmic call and response alongside hand-drawn glyphs layered into my work.
With the ability of scientific microscopy to resolve down to 3 to 5 angstroms, and the power of supercomputers to model cellular structures then there is a modern world of imagery like those shown below from projects as far-ranging as cancer markers, ziko virus, and many more through to the development of treatments for autism.
Whether to appropriate or license materials to sit amongst or alongside my abstracts or whether possibly unavoidably now, to transform my photographs in these and other visual directions, is the question at the moment.
Fig 1 computational images from World Community Grid
Week 3 Activity Making Zines
If there is going to be a coincidence, there might as well be more than one.
Concept eZine
While an earlier week of the module was running, I’d independently been in communication with the Contemporary Photography world. Having seen the need for an editor for a Contemporary Photography Zine titled Concept, I offered to help, although I wouldn’t be fully available until June 2020, when this MA Photography course should complete for my intake.
Photo chain eZine (the Module group I joined)
The initial idea proposed by one of the students had good uptake, and work commenced right-away on a photo chain. We waited for our turn to respond to a photograph received from a member of the chain.
I took a received image that exhibited the idea of containment of time and moved it further into the surreal by looking within.
London 23-6-2019 21:13:10
Version 1 of the Zine can now be found on Issuu at this link
iPhone Zine – Cranes
In response to an open request to collaborate, the following winter nighttime scene of a crane in the snow, with moon present, was sent in.
I wouldn’t be surprised if this out of camera photograph didn’t make the edit. Being a dark, blurry image, it might not fit in.
Week 3 Presentation 3 Help from the Crowds
(A) How can crowdsourcing aid my project without causing concern?
I’d spawn the template for my work for use with other families. In that sense, we are isolated or disconnected. Later generations of my own family may wish to continue to extend the work as they please. If they obtain genetic results as raw data, they’d need to protect their data. These are early days, and higher analytical power will make connections we might not expect today. Also, the raw data may inadvertently reveal information to third parties about close relatives.
Fortunately, my method does not require DNA testing, per se.
Crowdfunding could aid the ongoing development of my project beyond the current stage of the MA Photography course. I have seen an example of an Army medical museum that allowed in an artist to work with children in creating work under National Lottery funding. I gain encouragement for my next phase work — one thing at a time.
(B) What could I learn from my participants through crowdsourcing or mass participation?
There are numerous learnings I’d categorise under psychological factors. There are raw feelings I have experienced that others may potentially suffer.
Potential participants may form defensive strategies, around dignity, and other resistive arguments. The work can affect knowledge, experience and beliefs. Some will wish to forget the past, leave the dead behind and focus on the now and potential future.
Week 3 Presentation 2 Helping Others
Discussion
(A) Within my projects, how much agency do my subjects have in the creative decisions?
None insofar as genetic research is modern and did not exist for my subjects. It was only in the middle of the 20th Century that Watson and Crick discovered the double-helix structure of DNA.
As I interpret visually using glow, it is hard to know what other methods might work. Onward abstraction allows landscape/seascape or inner /outer world re-presentations. Within this, I sometimes introduce the form of tartan subtly. There is nothing culturally awry. Perhaps my perceptions of battle and the fading memories of home would meet with resistance as it can be hard for survivors to relate to traumatic conditions. The National War Memorial in Edinburgh is a great outpouring of the Scottish peoples’ loss. The memorial inscription says, for now, they are in God’s hands they shall suffer no more. I feel able to portray conditions without causing harm.
As a matter of choice, I portray healing as opposed to injury or wound. Healing has a direct connection through the warm glow I process of the physical body.
(B) Who is my primary audience and subsequently, my secondary audience?
Family is the immediate audience, as the work already causes us to unite or join together and reflect in thought and conversation as it affects our identity.
Once concluded, I can go public.
A growing interest in heritage through DNA has seen several commercial start-ups such as LivingDNA and AncestryDNA. There are numerous others. An upswell in interest is apparent, and individuals pay to have DNA analysed.
As part of my research, I’ve now obtained a view of the related and growing area of visual culture and representation. My method operates at around four generations and around a hundred years and is suitable for very much longer. This concerns recognising the connection with mitochondrial DNA.
The application of Y chromosome or YDNA provides a parallel for self as male. I’d considered this from the perspective of sisters of a male person having a one-sixteenth connection with fourth-generation male ancestors. I’m barred by nature from this connection.
Mitochondrial DNA fits my work as an energy giver in the context of action associated with War.
I’ve validated my method and built my knowledge base so gradually prepare for future application.
I’ve considered this at greater length than I’d anticipated when I started writing but supporting research has helped confirm my approach.
I’ve also just had the opportunity to discuss my photography and genetics with a medical practitioner who was somewhat interested in this work. By now, I can gauge people’s facial expression for engagement with the message as it affects their interests. The medic showed genuine interest. I didn’t get the specialist referral I was openly fishing for so will follow-up at a later point. I respect and value their time.
(C) In sharing my work, how can I retain the agency of the participants for a secondary audience without speaking on their behalf?
I think this comes down to working from factual data and trust in the propriety of relationships.
The historical research has to be of academic standing and use factual information that we have checked. The place never transformed and remains true to the rural nature of peoples lives in this case.
In terms of glow in my pictures, DNA is the information carrier. Mutations occur but rarely so in mDNA. Full visible characteristics are simplified or removed from my visuals. Hair and wrinkles, including effects of ageing, do not confound. In that sense, I do not allow the physical form to enter the work. Recent technical improvement has taken place by focus stacking. Stacking removes out of focus depth indications enabling standardised 2D framing of images. I’m saying this farther simplifies identification to that intended and prevent distortion of persons likeness or difference.
(A) Thinking about your research, which is of more interest to you: the subject or your view of the matter?
The ancestral subjects were never known to me during childhood the data and narratives of their lives only becoming known through the last decades of research.
My view derives from a place and others, as in early life I was immersed in Scottish culture. Having seen gaps in knowledge get closed through modern research and travel, I interpret the conditions of the lives of my subjects. I can relate based on collective experience.
(B) How could you be influencing your subject and is that something to be avoided?
Rather than glorify the dead, I proudly acknowledge their deeds for I have my freedom. Would they want to be recognised, maybe/maybe not? What is important today is the effect they have in uniting a family as a diaspora.
I do not misrepresent the facts/data. To the best of one’s ability, it has become my place to represent my ancestors before all living memory is lost. I can still touch the past for now. Once established, others can determine any ongoing engagement with the history or adapt the principles I create to situations other than the Great War.
There will always be a gap over their personalities. I have a rounded view. If as a child, I had met them, my presentation would be different.
Week 3 Forum Collaboration or Participation
A contact sheet of images below provides a visual sample from the World Community Grid, a computational biology project I have participated in since its inception in 2004.
I participate in a group where we donate spare computing power to a grid I get to see where we stand in a league table of returned results.
I recently gained some individual bronze awards and shifted my league standing from around 400,000 up to about 200,000. I can choose which projects to participate in (originally in Human proteome folding) and now for Cancer markers, Aids and Ziko virus.
The reason I mention this here is because of the subliminal impact my participation has had on the Biology within my practice. Interest had become ingrained in over at least a decade.
My efforts are allied with collaboration in my current photographic practice. I collaborate with a History researcher to illustrate a text and now move on to make standalone work in the abstract for the same subject.
My work evolved to use Biology to connect close family members and myself to narratives of specific others related in the past. I now photograph healing. I shoot family member healing as so they act as willing (mostly unwilling) participants.
If I consider the idea of voice, more precisely, that of subjects and collaborators, it does get interesting. From over 100 years in the past, these subjects are not alive to participate. I have researched data about their lives. I interacted with their close relatives within Scottish culture and society. The place is important too as I lived here as a child and on revisiting as part of my project, very little has changed in the landscape.
I become a proxy for my subjects’ voices. One participant has a loud guiding voice in the research but also adapts to the demands of tracing specific relatives. My children have a link through Biology and understand their contribution, and they ask if particular images are of themselves. The source becomes anonymous through abstraction, which is the working principle I adopt.
As work in progress develops, it will surely gain sophistication and get to a point where I can present the work back to them. I can then invite my family to relate to the experience and perhaps with a substantial body of work, ask them to present the perspectives they each have gained.
I care enough to sense how family and my more full family might engage or have the work presented. Already family have been encouraging and become emotionally involved in the practice as it evolves. Close family are sometimes very engaged while at other times they want distance from the work. The context has to be right.
I moved on from the base template to simplify the blog appearance and to allow the use of Tags. I also had a problem with structuring Reflections as I have this hanging section. Reflections crop up within my Coursework blog right now.
I updated the template at Week 7 spurred on by various things including Landing 2019. I also started a new website for portfolio work but have taken on quite a bit of work through this. The site in its first incarnation is almost an eCommerce site allowing visitors to purchase my work via the internet. That came about more through intrigue and future intent than an immediate requirement.
So in terms of reflections, they remain in the coursework section of this blog for the moment. I will need to rationalise this to make the content clear to visitors, especially as the staff of Falmouth University expect to see a laid out site where everything is readily accessible.
Week 8
Reserved for insight into the computational biology aspect of what I’ve done since 2004 and how it helped inspire the work I make.
My current practice is abstract expressionism with the aim of scaling images for art as experience as demonstrated by Mark Rothko in his painting.
During the week I was caused to revisit why I’d been conflicted and why I had settled on black and white images. There are two things running together a) the motivation which has sadness and darkness and b) celebration of life with vibrant colour which along the way got lost last module.
My methodology is a maturing process of controlled lighting with hints of clinical photography practice in the taking of photographs then in the digital dark room transformation of image texture and glow takes place (my IR processing method has developed). At this stage a glow image may be the end result I have in mind or an imaginings of home landscape may be the other form I have in mind. I allow the image to dictate my choices.
What I do could be described as an abstract form of rephotography through the surreal connection created by threads of common biology.
I was asked about developing the narratives in my work. Standard methods I had intended to use or reuse are captions in call and response (I dropped this last time I published a WIP portfolio). I was also experimenting with incorporating hand drawn glyphs and was yet to decide what symbols to use.
I didn’t get round to saying this week but do now, that I have a methodology I was now beginning to refine for improved visual impact and for clear narrative. I have yet to go back to early thoughts of romantic cultural inputs as my story connects with the song and verse of Robert Burns through location “A mans a man for aw that” etc.
Appropriation is something I’d not considered incorporating at this stage. Anything from stock images of place or similar approach or use Google Earth for sketch background storyline. I don’t know, early days.
There is scope to make that visit to London’s Imperial War Museum to get some contrasting stock imagery. I can seek out abandoned buildings of farm buildings, or park trenches or a mortar range I know of, for example as may have been use to hide out in during battle. Again I don’t know.
I’d been advised of the psychology of the method called Family Constellation Therapy, as a way of working with narrative. I followed up this to find out what might be taken from it. There is a parallel to a communication planning method I’m familiar with, I can consider. There is also, I find anyway a parallel with the male influence versus female influence on individual which runs alongside my themes of matriarchy and patriarchy.
I took a look at the presentation of the (near pornographic) work of Nobuyoshi Araki as an example of image pairings for visual interest. My work was seen to be uniform, which of course was exactly what I rebounded to after struggling to get more than a few images that went together in my previous work. Seems I might have overdone it.
I had a crit during the Module Leader Office Hours meeting:
a) the project appeared to be resolved. It is entirely decided and undergoing refinement. In retrospect, with themes of commemoration and celebration of life running alongside each other, they may need to be separated, and I then focus on one subject.
b) the work is set to undergo levels of refinement. As ideas introduced during Week 1 were unconstrained, and the established practice has a serious tone, I don’t want to undermine this. I have to avoid new ideas fraying the edges of my work.
The project survived the rigours of my first module, possibly against the odds but did shine enough and adapt and has developed with a series of refinements over another two modules.
This is a project that has to go ahead irrespective of the MA. It is a life’s work and needs to complete while living memory remains. I had to test if it were possible to continue without visual repetition and knowing it is not a final work, I needed to think clearly about how it might proceed.
I’m gaining increased confidence, these doubts never go away, that there is more than enough development remaining to carry the work forward through this module now I’m getting a clearer sight of what the module has to offer. It is a lot more than a book, exhibition and workshop.
Week 2 Webinar Where are You Going
For students not familiar with my work:
My project statement
I commemorate ancestors I missed, who gave in the Great War. As they were injured and healed and fought again, I identify with them through abstracted images of the minor injury that we meet in daily life.
Through natural glow and healing, I connect with them in a shared process of repair.
Moving Forward
Sketch1: refinement, visual quality and hot buttonsSketch 2: context, support and makingSketch 3: new directions, message management and unresolved intent
Work in progress
Contact sheet: previous week
Challenge activity
Contact sheet: 100 Locks (Ed Rusha challenge)
Week 2 Activity Make a Trailer
Week 2 Presentation 2 Remixing
My practice takes my photographs and layers in reprocessed copies of the background as layers and may include hand-drawn glyphs. As the inclusion of narrative develops, there is scope to consider the learning of the current module. This has yet to be developed. I begin to wonder how remixing might apply as I’m sure there must be scope. Ultimately there are photographs created in prior modules, such as the museum work that came to a halt as close-up photography didn’t seem to do the business, but inclusion at some later point, perhaps even beyond the course, seems inevitable.
My practice links to other work, such as a published research document of historical narratives.
In a sense, the influences I gain are through the trainers who teach at the north-west London studios where I work as Studio Manager and get to interact with many professional photographers and digital artists.
Week 2 Presentation 1 Appropriation
We looked at appropriation by many visual artists and viewed the many ways they made this work, controversially in the case of Prince or in more subdued ways by other photographers/artists/curators and we looked at some of the argument that needs to be carefully considered, things we need to be mindful of.
This covered a vast range of approaches from official photography being re-photographed through to Google Image search for download images hopefully of quality, through to the use of Google Earth outtakes.
The approach of Ruff ignoring or even making a play on pixelation and still conveying an image resonated with an aspect of my work. I photograph small scale minor injury and need to think carefully about scaling my work, especially when comparing with painters and in particular Marc Rothko in attempting Art as an Experience.
There are opposite strategies like removing any reference to the original image through to wanting to identify the subject and context or recreate more of the original meaning.
Schmid curated typologies and self-published and also noted what I might call fashions in taking photographs around food and selfies for example and how this allows an analysis of changes in time like the cost of photographing.
It is worrying that recent snaps may have been taken as conceptual art in earlier times.
The playful alteration of images was also considered. I can relate to this in one picture where I had a bit of fun (and won a competition with it).
There are so many examples of approach and learning from such exercises. Critical appraisal was also given through critics comments on some of the work demonstrating the polarisation of views that can occur and how we as photographers ought to remain aware that this can or will happen with our work.
As for my practice:
I do have an inspiration that is based upon being able to reach back and touch the history and people linked to my narratives as I do so before living memory is lost. I also mention verbally the narrative text I take inspiration from in connection with a researcher I work with and am married to. I began wanting to support the book with illustrations until I realised there is more that we can do as photographers than that. I’ve moved off now as a separate visual exercise in the abstract.
As for the longer future, there should be some longevity once my work is fully resolved. For now, based on family, it can then be opened up publicly to others as a methodology concerning the stories of their lives. There is educational potential as support material in biology education. However, what is uncertain is the effect of reconnecting with migrant members of the family as this cold stir interest in North America. Who knows?
Week 2 Forum Joywar
Rather than use a visual for this, here is a linear approach
0. Note the remediation of a photograph and a painting above (displayed one above the other and captioned left and right on my screen).
2. Wonder why Harper’s material is not presented on Canvas.
2b Search the article, as requested in paragraph 2.
2c Harper’s website located. Note one-year subscription required to see the article / read the pdf.
2d Decision not to proceed with this line.
3 Inspect a second search result as Google identifies a pdf download.
3b Consider virus risk.
3c Consider if this is fair educational, non-commercial use/intent.
3d Wonder at students reactions to downloading this.
3e Resolve by getting a sense of perspective as the request to search is made in good faith. Technically though it does say search, not download.
3f Enough of this moral consideration / taking high ground.
4 Another search result is to a Wikipedia article, perhaps read that as a safe alternative?
5 Read paragraph 3 Post a diagram relating to this topic. I investigated in a linear step by step manner so provide this list instead of a layout or sketch.
5b Comment on three peer posts – TBD/in progress
I hope this perspective is sufficiently different!
For a visual I thought I’d return and add the Harper’s subscription request, but isn’t their website copyright? #confounded
6 Read paragraph 4 and respond in a way that challenges practice.
I initially started out in digital photography, creating my own stock for my planned work on business websites. Now my practice is to abstract my photographs and hand draw my individual glyph layers taking a wide berth of copyright issues. My other work has been copied before and each time caused no more than a raising of an eyebrow as I muttered congratulations regarding good taste (through gritted teeth). #chill
Now, if I decide to contextualise my abstract work with representational photographs, I could reach out to our family photographs.
Photographs of ancestors in uniform were found in the national newspaper archive. The pictures appeared in a local newspaper, in an article that was a precursor to further sad news. This is from over a century ago, and a researcher’s permission request led nowhere. Best measures have been taken to clarify ownership without any claim, and so my understanding is there is no issue.
I hope that the context given is both different and relevant.
I’m wrestling to with some new term: Immediacy and Hypermediacy as the foundations of Remediation. There are many examples from the media over time (Bolter, 2000). Having read this, there is much to commend the summary (Immediacy, Hypermediacy, and Remediation – PUB401, no date)
Regards the question as to whether any photograph is finished or not, in the case of my own pictures, they are definitely not finished. In post-processing, I first have to process the glow, then layer if required, e.g. cultural references or imaginings of home, plus I may include hand-drawn glyphs or an image section transformed.
With the medium I use, I describe this to others as best I can, conscious of the fact that I continue to refine my earlier experimental approaches. Once these solidify, I can be more transparent.
Images I create have an immediacy, as there is an abstraction of minor injury of body impressions. As I build up the image layers with hand-painted effects and hand-drawn glyphs and transformed sections, the hypermediacy begins to build. At this stage in my development, the question is whether I Remediate. Perhaps self-remediation as handiwork is transformed into the abstracted photograph. My original conversation for my practice is in relating through standard biology the contemporary healing with historic wounding.
Bibliography
Bolter, J. D. (2000) ‘Chapter 1 Immediacy, hypermediacy and remediation’, in Bolter, J. D. and Grusin, R. (eds) Remediation: understanding new media. Cambridge, Mass: MIT, pp. 20–50.
In advance I’d taken the request to make a set of three project images. I did this at first as a way of moving on my work as I was keen to challenge myself and wanted discover as soon as possible what new directions might be calling. Here is the panel (discussed but not shown).
Figure showing alternative thinking around my existing project.
Left: an example portfolio image for human genes – I could have picked a stronger one to show at this scale.
Centre: post processing applied to a more structural visually similar subject of red light source on trouser material or Jeans (Jeans or Genes) as a play on words.
Right: plant genes, as seeds of the catkins of willow trees had created blanket cover
I then relented and took a selection of three of my portfolio images as an illustration of what it is I do. As that kind of work had been critiqued at the Falmouth Face to Face, The Living Image we quickly moved beyond this and the other student had my portfolio images links to hand and posted them to the discussion!
Attendance of this week’s webinar gave the chance to meet with my new tutor, re-introduce my work and see the work of another student.
At the Falmouth Face to Face I’d described my work succinctly. In the webinar I was given an extended period to discuss in detail and things can go too deep too quickly. I’m always on guard for this happening. My first practice after a month away from it.
I noted that in the last module, the black and white presentation of my project went against my natural inclination. We discussed how this resulted – basically from tutor feedback, the likeness of my work to paintings and the potential of the Art as Experience approach of Mark Rothko. My work is motivated by commemorative work but really attempts to celebrate freedom based on others sacrifice.
The deep emotional element of the project and the existence of a text led to a suggestion about finding out about a family therapy method to potentially enhance the work. Here is the link for the resource now investigated:
With a feminist perspective in mind, I’d already identified the power of the matriarchy through the mitochondrial DNA that fuels our bodies compared to the nature of male association that drives paternalism.
This activity as it relates to my project is a challenge as the place element of my work is not an absolute geographic location. It is about imaginings of home, the soldiers fading memory and muddy images of battlefield.
Chance is a major element in these images. I have been taking photographs based on minor injury and bodily impressions as a kind of photogram. I could attempt to process to a similar landscape over the weeks using a new starting image each time.
I’ve eliminated some other metaphors for place as in: bodily location of a minor injury or impression, or; injury corresponding to place such as rugby field or football field.
This activity may not be feasible for my project. Think, think, think, think, think.
I can make a start and see where this leads me.
Week 1 Presentation 2 Rephotography
I’ve photographed in the past in the style of the famous for the purpose of social photography in competition and for fun or entertainment. This has made me aware of others and their work and given me an insight into re-interpreting and re-photographing based on what they have done. This has been outside of my practice.
In my project, it is already re-photography, as the glow I capture from minor bodily injury or impressions, is a direct representation of the biology of others from over 100 years ago. When I make a contemporary abstract the design of the one image can go in many creative directions amongst which I select the most likely candidate and best effect, at the time of making.
I did re-visit and remake an image, something to do with the date being in the weeks before the module start. I now understand the original would have been valid. However, the circumstances led me to remake and it was then as I suspected that it would be quite a challenge to make as successful comparison with the original, and the remake was a pale version even with the same subject and same lighting.
As already mentioned elsewhere, I had to improve my methodology of lighting, and post processing steps. What this does is compromise artistic improvisation for greater scientific repeatability. Maybe this conveys something of the photographer. At best I now take sets of images and process them together. I can take a contemporary subject and re-photograph – take several shots but really for improved framing, perspective or control of shadow or depth of field. It is hard to get away from uniqueness though as apart from the technical difficulty I enjoy having greater freedom when making a personal project.
Further viewing
I viewed several of the further viewing items listed and signed up to re-photos without time to fully explore at the moment. It is a shame about the withdrawal of the app Street Museum. Of course, the work of Ricard Martinez is listed and he featured as a recent guest lecturer.
Week 1 Presentation 1 Repeat Photography
We are asked several questions on this topic, in relation to our own practice.
In terms of repeat photography helping me think in a different way, my response is several fold.
As injury, even if of a minor nature is my photographic subject, then clinical observation could be a thing. Clinical photographic practice, something I adopt, maintains consistency of lighting of the subject. My original was a portfolio of regular appearance, images that stand together as a set. If the same injury is revisited, during healing then change should be observed. Observation of change is part of Clinical photography regards progression of disease or healing. Over increased time, skin is susceptible to damage such as wrinkling, scaring, or other ageing effects.
One thing I cannot, or will not do from the ethical standpoint is harm or self-harm.
In some cases tattooing might show change. This is not within my current subject and is not immediately related to bodily glow.
In an earlier module I switched to pressure marks, the act of memory on the skin as a kind of photogram that fades. Harmless pressure can induce the same redness of glow I photograph. I adopted this when there was a “drought” of injury.
As my work extends to post processing in the digital darkroom, repeat photography calls for less avant garde attitude to creativity. In my work, each image can evolve different visual qualities. Repeat photography failed in the past as I was unable to obtain the same visual outcome again. I tried to replace a photograph I thought at the time violated the course time constraints.
Standardised recording of my dark room procedures has to be enforced. I once saw this limiting experimentation and creativity depending upon fixed parameters rather than following the eye. A solution I did introduce was to batch process like with film working, on many images (5 or 6), as one image later splitting them back down to individual images.
As for what I can learn from my subject by recording it over time.
I can work out post processing limitations.
I could mimic effects such as Andy Warhol did with his lithographic work.
I could by chance make medical observations.
I could determine gender or age effects around smoothness or softness or the effects of hairs in an image.
The patience of the persons being photographed probably wouldn’t extend to repeatedly photographing so the work would become wholly self-referencing.
I’m wondering though if collaboration might somehow become possible. A group of suffers of a condition might participate as if in a trial or promotion of a disease for example. My project hasn’t yet extended to the public.
Reversal of the effects of time or ageing become visually possible if skin care treatments were tested.
As for an agenda influencing how images are viewed.
Beauty might turn to disgust as a result of creating my version of punctum.
It would be necessary to prevent the visuals becoming over dramatized or shocking.
An attempt at being overly intellectual or scientific could switch off the casual viewer and limit appeal.
Repetition might call into question artist judgement and motivation.
Further Viewing
I got the chance to go over some of the multitude of references for further viewing. The Balog TED talk helped bring some gravity to the subject through the Extreme Ice Survey indications of Climate Change
Week 1 Forum Looking Back
I took up the Ed Ruscha challenge to work with the mundane and learn some of the skills of making a handmade book. Here I’ve taken the subject of security and in this context owners make attempts to protect property or access. Having decided on what to prepare for the challenge the first thing encountered was quantity and ability to maintain focus on the specific objective and finally learning to handcraft a book.
Ed Ruscha challenge – Security
When I set out to photograph padlocks, there were a limited number to be discovered on each shoot. As a matter of efficiency related subjects were photographed. Chains make a strong visual impact given the way they drape so I photographed these too. As the photographic method can readily translate the mundane into the beautiful there is a thing here wanting to stick with the mundane i.e. avoid eye catching compositions of chains. Diversification continued and material for several books was encountered. On a London shoot I found numerous padlocks in and around Trafalgar Square, but in the urban environment, access became a stronger theme and so I found more entry point methods and entry phone systems. In a rural environment the subject matter further diversified to hausers of steel ropes and steel fittings related to adventurous outdoor activities related to climbing, swinging and aerial transit – there is a wealth of compositional elements that work well in close-up and with interesting background blur. Artistic representation becomes a strong element of this work but again runs against the mundane objective.
The above is more or less a random layout for the purpose of this post. I have learned to image match photographs when creating a book. At the time of learning, this was meant to lead to standard book creation using InDesign and one of the standard publishing platforms. For the current challenge, my intent is the handmade book for which I’ve amassed some tools and methods. This is an area of discovery for me and one I am enjoying. I did some research for this and resolved to use an adhoc method of allocating layouts to signatures. I’d then be able to use Adobe Acrobat booklet printing method without having to use specialist software – keep it simple and start with something you know I said to myself. I know there are a mass of considerations to manage in book production and for now I want to create a raw looking product.
When I return to base, I intend to give this a go and in trying to think how best to communicate the result, perhaps I should make a page turning video.
The biggest challenges are both in closing the skills and knowledge gap whilst making sure I’m not my worst enemy in enthusiastically venturing off into related diversions of chains, hausers and entry phone systems.
Reading
I got the chance to go over some of the multitude of references for further viewing. The Balog TED talk helped bring some gravity to the subject through the Extreme Ice Survey indications of Climate Change.
Alternative challenge
As this was offered, I decided to do both challenges.
I have something for the re-photograph, challenge in addition to the Ed Rusha challenge. This photograph of a photograph was taken instinctively.
Alternative challenge photograph
Although a Vivian Maier self-portrait, the meaning for me was in once having created such an image in the window of the Oxo Tower on London South Bank. It was for a Photography social competition and having been taken at night time was rather dark and mysterious. For some reason I recall the date as about the 5 Dec 2015, so should be able find my original in an old catalogue when I return to base. So back to the Vivian Maier self-portrait reproduction. This was displayed at PhotoLondon 2019, and when it aroused interest it became a “Rephotography Trap” automatically capturing the photographer’s reflection on Maiers. Many decades have passed since the original was taken. Would Maier ever have envisaged a large-scale reproduction behind glass ensnaring future photographers? – if she did what brilliance. You are allowed access by having your reflection automatically superimposed, but you are not given access to the silver disc, at least without deliberately plotting some way in. The least I was able to do was to included my silver hair. Another meaning concerns a piece of geometric transformation. Instead of the silver disk, there is a reflected rectangle. The decider would have been If I’d worn my hat indoors, which naturally I don’t. So, there is a sign of the outdoor then, and indoors now. Wearing my hat would have topped it all off, but then that would have forced the new image. The result might lose authenticity. Let’s stay with the natural and instinct and move history on a step.
Notes about tutors and CRJs
I currently have over 500 photographs on the subjects discussed, and if I decide to progress a collection of books it would make sense to divide the labour. It would let me concentrate on the photography and use specialist software or an editor (person!) to help produce the overall set of books.
I was pleased to learn I’d been assigned to a Tutor who’d critiqued my work at the Falmouth Face to Face “The Living Image” event earlier in the year.
I posted the link for my Critical Research Journal CRJ blog
For reference the review images were also posted to my portfolio website temporarily.
Welcome to Surfaces and Strategies
There is quite a challenge ahead in the module. Alongside the learning there is the prospect of making book dummies, creating an exhibition or doing a workshop or indeed engage in all.
There is also a trip to Arles, trip to Amsterdam and Landings2019 curation that is looking for volunteers.
I’ve been away from my base all of the first week, with very poor internet connectivity. Good connectivity is essential for the online delivery aspect of the course and particularly as I use cloud storage for portability and photography deals with larger sized files. The nightmare is over as I’ve since returned and I’m rapidly catching-up.
Hello, I’m Michael Turner, a student of the Falmouth Flexible MA Photography course. I’m moving into my second year having started in the May 2018 intake. Within the industry, I’m Studio Manager at Trade Secrets Live.
I’ve been published in a London Group photobook and group exhibited twice in London during 2018.
My portfolio is in the abstract. I re-present minor bodily injury in order to identify with lost ancestors who continued fighting in the Great War despite injury and wounding. I trace shared mitochondrial DNA connections as this is what converts nutrients to our bodily energy and I use this to express a connection through Life’s Glow.
Task – Ed Ruscha
In the run up to the start of the Surfaces and Strategies Module we were asked to prepare some work in line with Ed Ruscha’s portrayal of the mundane in his book 26 Gas Stations.
I’ve taken the topic of visible security and photographed an array of locks, padlocks, chains and entry mechanisms.
Ed Rusha challenge – security
The idea is to create a handmade book for which I’ve learned some of the basic skills and obtained the simple tools necessary.
I thought I would have finished this by now as I’ve been working away at it regularly for a month. In principle all is straightforward.
What I have done is to take stock of visual portrayals that hang together and have kept shooting to increase the number of images. Currently the total stands at over 400 and surprisingly only now provides enough for what I need to edit down. This is over 12 times what I’d expect for an edit. It is just that I have mixed items within the subject brief.
There is no automatic count of each category so I had to keep going out to increase the numbers of compatible images. Unsurprisingly, I still came back with a mixture, probably as a result of hedging and waiting to see in which direction things would go.
Initially padlocks were the objective, I keep seeing them wherever I went. I felt that they were mundane and so met the brief but expressed something deeper about modern life around protecting property and access.
Chains are often associated with padlocks can make more interesting visual compositions. Then I photographed an array of entry devices with all manner of constructions.
This rapidly expands to several books.
I now have to draw a line as I proceed further with processing images for the edit.
Handmade Bookmaking
I’m for now avoiding standard photobook offerings in favour of the handmade.
I learned about using signatures, sewing and gluing and got so far investigating layout software. I have a bookmaking course scheduled for August. Skills currently need to be developed and decisions made around printing and making the cover.
For now I again need to draw a line and get on with the making. I won’t yet have full control of bookmaking in all its aspects, more of which I discover at every turn. I intend to have a go and learn, then later build on this start.
Second Challenge
I have something for the re-photograph, challenge in addition to the Ed Rusha challenge. This photograph of a photograph was taken instinctively.
Although a Vivian Maier self portrait, the meaning for me was in once having created such an image in the window of the Oxo Tower on London South Bank. It was for a Photography social competition and having been taken at night time was rather dark and mysterious. For some reason I recall the date as about the 5 Dec 2015, so should be able find my original in an old catalogue when I return to base. So back to the Vivian Maier self portrait reproduction. This was displayed at PhotoLondon 2019, and when it aroused interest it became a “Rephotography Trap” automatically capturing the photographer’s reflection on her’s. Many decades have passed since the original was taken. Would Maier ever have envisaged a large scale reproduction behind glass ensnaring future photographers? – if she did what brilliance.You are allowed access by having your reflection automatically superimposed, but you are not given access to the silver disc, at least without deliberately plotting some way in.The least I was able to do was to included my silver hair. Another meaning concerns a piece of geometric transformation. Instead of the silver disk, there is a reflected rectangle. The decider would have been If I’d worn my hat indoors, which naturally I don’t. So there is a sign of the outdoor then, and indoors now. Wearing my hat would have topped it all off, but then that would have forced the new image. The result might lose authenticity. Lets stay with the natural and instinct, and move history on a step.
I’m spilling over into the ideas around external influences – reaching out from my work to other partitioners or genres. Also, I’m thinking aloud over some of the points necessary as inputs to the Oral Presentation.
I need to go back over this and tidy it up and add more of the reading I’ve been doing and some ancillary research I’ve conducted.
Flusser I derive my work by subverting the camera (filter and sensor) then undermining the external processing software. I challenge the algorithmic and break its limits. I recombine an image in myriad ways with itself to create something new, in part unexpected but linked to my intent.
Kandinski – the Spiritual
It is comforting to read Kandinski on The Spiritual in Art as the work I make springs from the soul. It is symphonic with strong inner value, and does not readily explain itself yet can be appreciated by those who are patient. Since writing this, I have ventured into mixing archive images with abstract to create access for the viewer to make their interpretation of the visual language.
My work has long now been subject to a spiritual influence that tracks back over decades something I attributed to chance although history drew me in. Presence became heightened in recent times, and still, I attribute events to chance. Chance worked to prevent my return to photography. An art gallery experience threw me with remarkable resemblances to my work in abstract photography. A discussion with Olympia in Damien Hirst’s gallery challenged my belief in God and led to a debate on chance events having such implausibility alongside a direct comparison of the artist’s paintings and my photographic work.
I subsequently watched Rachel Howard’s interview with Will Self, and it is clear that her work uses “the hidden hand of gravity”. It is that universal which linked our work.
There are more coincidences one with a Pentecostal Pastor, and each time I have to rationalise what happened. Events taint how I look at my work. It is easy to suspend judgement and accept conversion. I can see how that operates for some.
Science and Art
People I link to from a hundred years past have a direct information carrier through DNA. Not just the link that Barthes noticed is seeing a likeness, but in mitochondrial DNA that powers our bodies. We share common mitochondria and it diverges infrequently. It remains static for thousands of years. By comparison, X chromosome alters and mixes at each generation and so lacks connection over time that mitochondria have.
My photography method begins with the lens-based digital camera and captures information as the camera sees in a different way to the eye. I process the image to reveal and emphasise infrared light that manages to passthough and create data via the sensor.
I align passthrough infrared with the human healing process in a merging of science and Art.
Making Art is next. The glow images I obtain have an aesthetic that can be quite dramatic, but this is the stuff of Flickr groups and the like with categories such as the spectacle of bruising. I go beyond this through early discovery and subsequent pre-visualisation of how I can transform the data to make images in several well-defined categories. These originally were abstract landscapes and ghost images, and I now extend to seascapes, the inner space and outer space.
Those who died in the early 20th century would never have known of trace conducted through DNA relations or of internet record searches nor carriage by personal vehicle.
From the start, I worked with my Generally Accepted Rules of DNA inheritance focussed on mitochondria. I identify the dominant driving force of the Matriarchy and assume propriety in families. It may come as a surprise to learn that the male action dominated world, especially of 20th-century warfare, was powered biologically speaking by the female of the species.
Only recently have I adopted DNA testing with the specific intention of learning the visual culture of commercial testing companies. Commercial entities use marketing and advertisements to build public consciousness. I’ve now brought this into my practice.
I have worked in an interdisciplinary manner and deduced a biological interpretation. I have done so without medical qualification, and by closing in on commercial testing; this research has critically strengthened my analysis.
We remain naive even today when participating in DNA testing. If we allow the raw data to be set loose, there can be repercussions. If health insurers obtain the raw data, they could use it to penalise. Beyond this are discoveries yet to be made by science. We could leave ourselves open.
Week 8 and 9
During these study periods, I visited Arles 2019 Les Rencontres de la Photographie.
While I appreciated many many works, I also had a keen eye for the variety of presentation methods on display and for books I specialised in looking out for the various approaches to pamphlet style books. The display method is vital regarding my impending exhibition if I’m ever to get an edit in place in time and then for the book I have a limited number of pages to fill (around 32) hence the interest in pamphlet-sized presentations.
As an interactive aside and in the spirit of the course, I interacted with a Helen Levit poster then rephotographed an interaction with the actual print.
At another venue, I took over a blank wall for short photo session involving an evocation of a crucifixion (as one does?), then proceeded to photograph several linked items including crosses and a couple airing themselves by a fan in cruciform style.
In what follows is a reminder to self of where I visited which I can tie into the Exhibition Catalogue for a further reminder. Without this record the details would disappear into a fog, I’m sure so this way I can relive the experience and resurrect the details.
Day 1 Friday 26 July
1. Espace Van Gogh: Helen Levitt: Eve Arnold, Abigal Heyman and Susan Meislas
2. Eglise Des Trinitaires Toute un Historie ! Arlse A 50 Ans
3. Eglise Sainte-Anne Libuse Jarcovjakova 6. Salle Henri-Comte Tom Wood
PM
8. Chapelle de la Charite
9. Maison des Lices
Then a walk over to the station and visits to:
18. Monoprix: Mohamed Bourouissa
21. Ground Control: Prix Decouverte, Louis Roederer: Kurt Tong
19. Le Jardin: Mario del Curto
Day 2 Saturday 27 July 2019
16. Croisiere: Camille Fallet, Marjan Teeuwen, Lionel Astruc and Erik Bonner, Des Clics et des Classes, France Inter, Nuit de L’Annee, La Sage des Inventions, Clergue and Weston, Pixy Liao, La Zone, Yann Pocreau,, Guillaume Simoneau, Laurence Aegerter
17. Maison des Peintres: The Anonymous Project, Home Sweet Home, Christian Lutz, Arles, Au-Dela D’une Rencontre; Explorer L’Image.
24. Grande Halle; Mecanique Generale: Photo ! Brut, Marina Gadonneix, Valerie Belin, 50 ans 50 Livres, Prix Du Livre, Dummy Book Award, Une Attention Particuliere
25. Les Forges: Lei Lei, Corps Impatients
15. Couvent Saint-Cesaire: VR Arles Festival
Day 3 Sunday 28 July 2019
Critique – I took along my handmade book and my Exhibition in a box and obtained vital feedback (see Project Development blog page)
4. Palais De L’Archeveche: La Modiva, Chronique d’une Agitation
7. Fondation Manuel Rivera-Ortiz: Hey! What’s Going On?
Week 5
The book (Rexer, 2009) arrived after me writing, “No sign of The Edge of Vision the Rise of Abstraction – Lyle Rexer, appearing for a month. It does seem ever unlikely that the book will arrive in time to have any impact.” I was writing having had two orders frustrated by transportation damage at the sender end.
On the first inspection, I wonder if the book is a copy. Signs are, lack of copyright page discovered when I entered a citation. Next up the index was wrong when I used it to look up specific topics. I’ve written to the supplier. Being an expensive item it would be an attractive book to copy. I could be wrong, so let me see what transpires.
Already I have been inspired by the content, and it is helping me deepen my understanding as I further contextualise my abstract photography.
I was pleased to see my entries for artists; whose work I already follow: Ellen Carey, Gary Fabian Miller, Susan Derges and some recent arrivals on my scene, Gottfried Jager et al.
I have two other books on backorder. Jager, I wished to follow up as I’d studied Generative Art and wanted to find out the specifics for photography.
Bibliography
Rexer, L. (2009) The edge of vision : the rise of abstraction in photography. Aperture.
Week 4
I ordered twice and failed to have delivered Lyle Rexer, The Edge of Vision, The Rise of Abstraction in Photography, having been disappointed by two bookshops declaring damage in delivery to them (book dropped and damaged, book contaminated by wet chemical). I’m waiting for a second refund and my third order to be processed. These events fall into the category of superstition as it has affected my work at essential points in my practice.
Meanwhile, I have reading ongoing around Curating (George, no date), Photobooks (Colberg, 2017) and Exhibitions (Marincola, 2006)
Bibliography
Colberg, J. (2017). Understanding Photo Books the Form and Content of the Photographic Book. Edited by Taylor and Francis. New York: Focal Press.
George, A. (no date) The Curator’s Handbook. Kindle. Edited by A. George. Thames and Hudson.
Marincola, P. (2006) Questions of Practice What Makes a Great Exhibition?Philadelphia Exhibitions Initiative. Available at: http://www.pcah.us/exhibitions.
Week 3
Towards a philosophy of Photography, Vilem Flusser
I’ve analysed the reference (Flusser, 2012) a bit further following a group discussion. A recommendation was made that having read this, return to it and have another read. It is considered quite an important document.
What I do here on second reading is to gist the content for a fresh perspective in terms of the language used by Flusser, to describe photography.
Flusser concentrates on photography from the standpoint of the image, and he focusses the writing on the camera or apparatuses.
There is an existential theme where Flusser considers the human being, in conjunction with another discussion around the universe (photographic universe) and the magic that exists.
There is a concern for the technical aspects of the apparatus.
There are also many other factors introduced in a wide-ranging analysis covering anything from anthropology, and too many to mention considerations such as signs and signification, the qualitative etc., through to the identification of stakeholders to build reasoned actions and opinions coloured with emotional overtones of devastation and collapse.
From this body of analysis, Flusser makes many assertions including one about the camera as a tool, being technically complex and having constraints, but how otherwise a camera is simple to use as he considers the logical limits in terms of numerous references to “everything”. He is concerned with the lack of criticism that images receive.
He makes references to Lebanon, Jewish prophets and Greek philosophers but also mentions the Kodak brand.
Thinking about the negative assertions Flusser makes, these cover a vast range of considerations again and includes Marxism, ritual acts and fetishisation, Luddite just to mention a few aspects of his language. He also makes negative connotations around change, that which was that is no longer, and we return to indicate the electromagnetic.
There is just so much more that can be written about this reference, and so for now I settle for this summary that gives the gist of the topic. In essence, Flusser writes down on paper a personal life of experience of thinking about photography, and it is quite personal as he does not reference other work. Thus he takes ownership of a philosophy of photography. Clearly, other authors to cover the subject area, and there are many points where the various works inflect. Flusser makes a significant contribution to his aim, I would say, to fuel meaningful critical discussion about photography which as mentioned he found generally lacking.
You don’t know how much he was able to read of others, and in the end, there is no assumption that Flusser is actually a photographer. He may be more the thinker than a photographic practitioner.
Bibliography
Flusser, V. (2012) Towards a Philosophy of Photography. Kindle Flu. Edited by V. Flusser. London, [England]: Reaktion Books.
Week 2
Check out George LeGrady who’s earlier career was in digital computing and software or the like. The reason for making an association is to determine similarities in the approach I might find between our work methods.
I began looking at my work in more full ways and discussed this in Module Leader Office Hours. I need to be careful that I understand where my work comes from and maintain the resolved nature rather than take my work and cause it to fray at the edges. Resolved means resolved.
Several word definitions looked up to inspire various ways forward with my work.
Montage: 1. The act or process of making a composite photograph 5. Frequent cutting of camera viewpoint to create action cf mise en scene
Tableaux and tableaux vivant Vivid, suddenly created, action frozen for dramatic effect.
Guest Lecture – Victoria Forrest
It is a more than happy coincidence that we were able to gain advice from a practitioner in Bookmaking, particularly as my attempt to make my Ed Rusha hand made book has stalled. Apart from time pressure, I need to find a supply of doubled sided matte or gloss paper to print on. Gloss will emphasis the blacks in my Padlock series.
In allocating pages to so-called signatures, I probably need to work in the Adobe InDesign software and manually assign pages.
I need to work backwards from whatever format, e.g. start with 35mm format images then select a paper size that works. Images for full bleed want to be 3mm oversize to prevent unplanned white borders.
The cover could be a graphic of one of the images in reduced colour bearing in mind the challenge of printing on coloured paper/card. It is good to have some texture, and it is possible to stick on a sticker to the front cover.
Any book I make could be standalone, for exhibition or perhaps special edition. Contents remain the same, covers alter.
Note: look up Sally Mann Ambrotypes of thumbprints to check any parallels with my current practice.
My first visit to PhotoLondon. I used the virtual tour previously. That was good but left me slightly disorientated. Nowadays, I appreciate physical attendance perhaps as testament to increasing awareness of the making, purpose and the impact of the exhibition.
It was absorbing to witness the variety of display methods as well as the seeing montages and other types of work. No doubt my time will come so a chance to think ahead.
On the day, and in terms of an icon of photography, it was Ellen Carey and her talk on the Avant Garde that resonated strongly with me.
Socially, the event was very rewarding. As usual I was not backwards in striking up conversations where appropriate and then in a flood of happenings, met a photographic colleague and then fellow student with family member, all whilst exchanging business cards with an artist photographer.
Highlights were numerous, especially as I carried with me ideas and artist information from earlier times. This expanded of course. I enjoyed Shore, and saw displays of Matthews, Davey, Fenton, Tripe, et al.
There was a noticeable interest in black and white and vintage prints amongst those attending.
Sorolla lost out to the emerging Modernist movement and towards the end the growing interest in Picasso.
Many paintings are of family, of the beach and later of reflections on water.
From a critical perspective, I noted that given that painting is an additive process, one portrait had cropped the top of the subjects head. In another portrait an ear appeared to have at least a stop to much brightness.
The paintings are of impressionist style with dynamic elements in a number of them. A stronger sun in Spain proves advantageous yet at the same time shadows can be deep contrast. Where the camera would lack the dynamic range of the eye, the painters vision and technique would win over.
I’m reminded of the long sitting times for subjects in paintings, compared to the much faster exposure of film or today he digital sensor.
I felt a sense of calm and warmth from the paintings. It was an excellent experience to contrast and compare painting with the photograph. Although Sorolla was not a portrait artist as such, portraits were a necessary means of income.
The paintings are on loan to the National Gallery and as such cannot be photographed even for reference.
I’d not heard of this Spanish painter before and so welcomed the viewing.
Sorolla painted that which appeared before him, and was not quite in the right era or did not keep up with fashion is painting and so was overtaken by others. So you make the very best of work and not achieve full recognition.
I will take the opportunity to attend the exhibition again.
Unbeknown to myself as author I was keeping two blog posts running on this topic. How can this even happen?! Anyway the other post can be found at the following WebPage URL.
Week 12
Social and cultural elements underpinning my work concern place and absence of persons related, the loss of able-bodied young men from a farming family. Outpouring withheld, those who remained quietly lived out their lives in peace.
Two things happened within the social structure: local migration, west to east; settlement within Burn’s poetic landscape; focus on a place of Christian adoption and fishing employment; early globalisation with travel reaching out to Canada, United States and India,
Themes exist within my practice and work expanded in Week 11 to cover an underlying basis of social connection based on biology represented as epigenesis. Here are the themes corresponding to the structure of my Critical Review and edit of my Work in Progress WIP Portfolio:
Commemorative – somber mood
Celebration of life – unseeing eye
Faded memory
Narrative – photogram and captioning
Biology – epigenesis
I realise now I need to order this list and in the CR introduce these and us subheading to add structure at the outset then proceed having scoped this for the reader. No big surprises or unexplained diversions.
At present I improve contextualisation practice as all the learning and all the reading begin to take hold. My moments of realisation become intensified but deadlines do loom. Keeping a balance between assignments is paramount, acting before everything has sunk in better. Suddenly from a smouldering the course as experience has once more ignited and again engagement is on fire.
Week 11
In the past weeks (Week 5 to 10), experimental inputs have been included in my work motivated by portfolio creation rather than collection of single images. I return now to capture a new concept about making based on my philosophical research into life as represented by our healing glow. Perhaps what follows can be classified as wild idea or maybe free thinking. On this occasion instead of letting intuition have full reign I plan out the making steps ahead of time – a discipline encouraged by the existence of the blog. I have yet to make and see the visual result – it might not work out, let me see. Images created better be good or I will have wasted my time.
Poppies are Red
Poppies are Red?
I’d be excited to experiment with an interchange between form and shape. I have it in mind to revisit some separate abstraction from the past and use it to stage the work. The reason for wanting to try this out is to extend the intent of taking photographic representation deplete or deconstruct it further. I capture glow and remove details but trace remains, and some viewers recognise it. So make a radial 3D image (I need to remember how I did this before). It is derived from the camera sensor. The end result is a 2D surface or print. In clinical terms there is a comparison between the images from an MRI scan built up in slices and the microscope sample as a single slice. I find that a little off-putting for some reason so will stick to my image making.
Image Deconstruction to Trace of Glow
Normalise the colour balance (key to moving from single image to images that collocate), process in strips of 5 (I get two or three matching successes), processes out the distractions and emphasise the warmth and glow.
Introduce a processing step into this beginning workflow. Translate the image into a radial 3D form as I’ve practiced in the past (as a sideline to a small worlds project).
Conduct the invisible paint brush work and layering. A recent move here has been to introduce a high resolution tablet. There is better scope for artistry – I have to prove I’m capable. I know people who are and even though I love to collaborate I’d never convince them and besides, for now I insist on my own original work. Maybe after the MA I can collaborate.
These deconstructionist effects now disguise the trace but it is still there more as an emotional element that direct physical one. Some abstractionists maintain photographic trace. In philosophical terms, there is a metaphor here for epigenesis, that complex state of human development where the genotype (DNA) is converted into the phenotype (the physical organism that we become). So this is a nod to the complex bio/chemical transformation that no one in human endeavour has yet been able to map. The new making step, step 2 as deconstruction is maybe the reverse of human development phenotype back to genotype. Nevertheless it is metaphor of so called prosaic isomorphism. DNA strands do map to the physical as in family resemblance transmitted, hence the isomorphic. We can’t follow the mapping, but there has to be a map of some sort. That much established, if only it were prosaic – a dull process. Instead it is highly complex and full of obscuring details, overwhelmed by unknowns. Hence the exotic and so, the term exotic isomorphism.
I set this observation aside and concentrate on the craft of making a visual metaphor. There is scope to apply with Occam’s razor.
Light Transmission
Something that settled with me that I didn’t make explicit and that stared back at me after a face to face critique held in Falmouth, is to do with reflected light versus transmitted light.
It goes like this. From a photograph usually of a wound or marking, I go into the digital darkroom and do all my processing as transmitted light. This is where I get first evidence of glow. If I continue to work the image and try to be creative in introducing depth and marks then in that environment it is still transmitted light. Control is exercised over environmental lighting and screen calibration here.
Turning for a moment to the taking of the photograph. Again there is environment and much more controlled these days. A mix of external light and flash light directed at the subject do two things a) reflect from surface and b) penetrate the surface, pick up colour there, then reflect back at the lens. Then when there is a wound there is an additional concentration of blood supply infused into the damaged area as part of the repair. It feels warm to the touch and emits a glow. This later bit is what manages to sidestep the filter designed to cut out infra red from entering the camera sensor.
So you might ask, why not shoot with an IR conversion? Apart from not wanting to destroy a perfectly good camera and besides, which wavelength conversion should be selected – it is a bit left to chance. What I actually use is a natural blend of visible and IR in my picture aesthetic. Another development I’m starting is to use light metering to measure natural and flash exposure and obtain a measure of colour temperature.
So some photographic artists construct the sets of their images with weeks of effort. I’m starting down a clinical route of gaining consistency. It offers the possibility of tracking healing as other factors than the wound progress are eliminated or at least controlled. Do I really want to do this? Well, I don’t want to shut out the possibility.
Finally, if you follow all this, then it is only natural that the images sing in the context of a display monitor or light box I suppose. This becomes more readily apparent in comparing print to monitor. The monitor forces enough light through and with enough dynamic range to make an effective job of exhibiting.
That’s not to give up on the paper medium. It’s enough to get a result on display at the moment without diverting off into repeat printing on a vast range of paper types. I’m thinking metal print might be worth a go. I’ve no clue at present it being only 18 months from my being a print virgin, as they say, whoever they are.
Week 5 to 10
I’m not going to pretend that I updated project development, religiously each week. I got up a head of steam and set to in making progress. I return at the end of a burst of activity to reflect on developments.
In reverse or mixed order, order doesn’t matter here:
Make hand drawn glyphs that emphasise symmetry and blend into the image. Symmetry is pleasing to the eye and helps disguise an inability to sketch to a high standard – my practice is more geometric than aesthetic. I let the camera provide the aesthetic input by pointing and framing. Symmetry is also metaphor for the double helix structure of DNA. Semiology through this introduction of signs is an aid to guiding the viewer to help them get some narrative from what might otherwise be a series of smudges or indefinite smokey forms with call and response captions.
From the visit to the Institute of Photography I’d shot 35mm and 5 by 4 film and processed and scanned the films. I returned to digital and started to process strips of my digital images. Why? I always processed individual images and got widely varying results and now wanted to go beyond square crop as a link, to images processed together that have an increased likelihood of being able to collocate. This actually works quite well. I used to find as single image. maybe 1 in 6 would respond well to my actions. Now with consistent lighting and processing as strips I go on to produce 2 or three images that do go together each time. So far so good. In my portfolio, I have an established pattern of three images then blank to break the sequence and so on, so this production method works for me.
I restarted image creation in Week 2 of the module and at first got decorative results. They were good – I thought so but in review I was being persuaded to the sombre style of Mark Rothko. I appreciate his work highly, and I gain a consistent look and feel from this but cant fully let go as I am conflicted by my intent of representing the fact that they (ancestors) lived out their lives in colour and yet representations in book and film are mainly in black and white. Here the image is a separate thing to the subjects who once lived. I prefer the image to have closer connection to their lives.
I process an image into several layers and recombine. With a bit of luck it works and creates a sense of foreground depth with layers of patterning or marks. When this is successful the viewer response it terrific. Very encouraging. However, I’m also aware that mastering the aesthetic can produce fantastic image collections, yet it is all for nought if there is no evidence of underlying purpose or strong narrative sequence.
Something that occurred and really inspired and has yet to take shape is to go back to an inspirational scientific film of viral invasion of the human body. My link to this is the pictorial aspect of healing glow. In this film, what unfolds is a takeover of the cell nucleus through spoofing, followed by the defences we mount shown as body constructs of tiny molecular machines. This battle has raged since bacteria first inhabited the earth and our mitochondria, the very same, has fought its corner for millions of years and survived, and so we developed and continue to live on. Such is the power of scientific development the it can be shown. I’ve put this very imaginative inspiration on the back burner until I find out what to do with it. In film format, maybe that job has already been done by someone else and doesn’t need me to translate it to stills. Never say never.
Week 4
This weeks developments have much more to do with culture and communication and takes from advertising the direct ways in which dominant readings are created. Having said that the ideas work for literature, and pictorial imagery and whilst it is not immediately apparent for Abstract work the same ideas apply and as author I simply need to consider this and apply myself. As a self confessed rejectionist of advertising which of course is impossible to fully be, I begin to acknowledge the effect of advertising and from my reading this week, realise there is a lot my practice can gain from being more savvy about ads, so for now I’m a convert to advertising. For me this is a turnaround.
The following question and responses below are based on the Week 4 Webinar preparation form.
In the webinar this week you will be considering the intent and authorship of your own practice and how you construct your work for a presumed audience and context.
Intent – the work I do makes common over family as diaspora. This is where it starts and continues from.
Under the MA, there is influence to take this forward and expand context.
A major element of the taught work I thought initially I could not use in my work at least until I translate what I’ve learnt from pictorial work into abstract imagery.
Authorship – this for me has been a challenge for some visual projects.
Although some reasonably successful approaches have been developed (see abstract categories below), there remains the next big challenge, to continue to home in on and author a consistent set of images. To some photographers this might be natural. For me it is a key developmental point and this week’s studies have drawn back a veil.
Presumed audience – this starts out as family and extended family
Context – recently the book returned as strong context (I had tried to move the work way beyond this to challenge myself. I have to consider the signification in other contexts). A possible exhibition is a strong maybe.
You will informally present your thoughts and relevant examples of your practice to your peers and tutor. You should try to contextualise your reflections with other relevant visual material and critical ideas.
<examples> portfolio is best example for now
Identify aspects of this week’s content that have / could influence your own developing practice.
Main influence this week is reading of Photography and Cinema – David Campney, two key aspect arising from discussion of
Narrative, photo presentation film La Jette
Also, moved to the fore by Representation – Stuart Hall – strengthens my ideas around culture, society, communication
For example, you might choose to:
Examine your own work in the context of any common / disparate interpretations emerging in the forum: So Where is the Author Now?
The taught part was on case studies around advertising. I rejected advertising up until now as a poorly regulated/implemented endeavour. I might change if adverts teach me how to get my work to transmit signifiers guided by author intent.
Reflect on any important peer feedback you received in the forum: Viewers Make Meaning.
A photograph was posted without title or explanation and was commented upon by a fellow student. Although compared to my norm this was different photography – different abstraction – different intent – yet same theme emerged! This confirms author interpretation carries forward naturally into work.
Provide examples of relevant practices you think are successful in achieving their intent.
Abstract method 1 is readily supported and works. It works again in combination with further layering and it is trace. It connects with critical reviewer is the sense I get. As commented recently, I can create such representations quite simply now and for the MA I was looking do achieve something more challenging.
Abstract method 2 is successful in creating visually stimulating (beautiful) images. It works in combination with Abstract method 1 in toning down. These images tend not to fit the theme in call and response titling of trauma and are more inclined to celebration of a theme of life’s force.
From ongoing experimentation variations in abstract style have been introduced this week
Abstract method 3 monochromatic from 1 or 2 with optional colour filter.
In the time the current form of work has run, we encounter the first spillage of artist blood from a little mishap. Trauma – Minor – Ignore i.e. get back on with things. In fact there were two separate mishaps. No injury whatsoever throughout the quiet winter period then suddenly, ouch and ouch.
First occurrence – Artist Blood with Water (dramatic presentation loses some delicate edge texture)First occurrence – Artist Blood with Water (preferred representation) Trauma – Minor – IgnoreTrauma – Minor – Ignore
and
Abstract method 4 monochrome from 1 or 2 with spot colour.
Trauma – Minor – Ignore
Narrative Call and Response works really well: brief, dramatic in rhythm and to the point. Allows depiction of mental trauma.
Lighting the skin – discussion took place in a studio context of gelled lighting and skin tone (for different models). Actually, I might bring out the gels as a way of enhancing my work.
Explain why you think this is.
Images don’t naturally make narrative, but video does. Book with written narrative and photographs with text does create narrative. Abstractions with landscape appearance is a form of imagery readily signified to viewers and takes om more effect with layering (as depth).
Discuss the intent of your own work and reflect on how successful you think this is.
Recognise gaps in childhood communication loved ones to child. Complete those gaps many decades later.
Analyse the audience and context in which your work should be viewed.
Family or by identification other families.
Education
Evaluate how meaning might change with context.
Let’s get the core solidly set and plan for other contexts what I term MA “influenced” contextualisation.
Week 3
So work was made that develops the imagery but looking back from Week 4 the author has still to target signifier-signified when placing before the viewer.
Disparate thoughts at this stage were initial panic at not shooting trauma (there simply was none). A fallback position of physical impressions came about through Alumni influencers. The same influencers triggered ideas on layering which I felt was a necessary future inclusion to more clearly transmit intent. A formative idea that needs thinking through properly for plausible contexts.
Each image has a summary comment in the title as a reminder to the author of discussion in three reviews.
Glow ! At last the glow is back. Perhaps novelty styled but image elements can be used.Combined abstraction – creates interest and consistent signification
Glow – low key effect
Impression – mismatches trauma theme (but colours loved by author)
Too decorative
Week 2
Materiality
In terms of development my ideas became much more unconstrained and I hesitate to say wild. Here for now I’ll mention my anti-frame perspective as clearly photographs are conventionally framed but I try for creative reasons to resist this. Whether that is a good thing must depend on the distraction caused versus the support it gives to the work.
Other ideas of form may or may not relate to framing. Printing on silk I want to try out. The fact I could wear my work would be the ultimate identification.
Printing somehow on a ball must be possible although involve tricky convolution. But why, that would be making a self serving point of trying to be too clever and ought to be resisted. Too many such diversions will surely dilute my work and make it gadgety.
I’d like to make my own installation by way of a gallery model. The return to the material. This could work and I could distribute my gallery top others rather than expect them to travel to a location. There would be scope for relevant technology with weblink to media via QR code.
On framing I diverted into a photograph as Mobius strip. That would need to be carefully designed but again is this a distraction? Trying to be too creative, in effect trying to show off? This type presentation would be a bit structured and really I’d prefer the print on silk method.
A subsequent wilder thought I probably wouldn’t take further would be robotic presentation of images like a juke box effect. At least though here there is link to the narrative as the War concerned was in my interpretation a war enabled by mechanisation.
Do please excuse these wild musings and feel free to comment.
Review of images and Artists intent
I need to cross refer here to the section on Barrett. This is where the practice ideas evolved within the Contextualisation section.
Week 1 Forum: Where Are You Now?
A summary response was given with links out to my text and images. Tutor feedback (thank you) led to a longer reply. Here we go:
The blog post from me, created during the assessment period is given in text form here .
I started out with Commemorative Historical work implemented as Close-up and Conceptual photography. The same theme moved to Abstract Impressionism. I continue to refine the technique to increase the standard of finish and consistency. Meanwhile, I continue to photograph intuitively for a change whilst exploring different avenues.
Feedback: Had I looked at the work of Mark Rothko? I have now. Also there was comment about giving consideration to moving image and sound. My reply is next.
I had added to the blog a Week 1 section in preparation for meeting and mention it here as there is a section on psychological impact as experienced when in discussion about the intentional hidden meaning in my work.
Mark Rothko I looked up and I immediately get why you mention his still or silent Abstract Expressionism.I love the work of painters and always thought if my work could almost be passed off as painting then the job was well done.
I waver now in this objective. Why? I am learning through the course the additive and subtractive nature of these visual media and so discern between them having become more informed. I hope this doesn’t spoil my enthusiasm.
I have begun to realise the impossibility of making groundbreaking creative work. I always later find someone else has also explored the technique. This is to say I work with a freedom without knowing of these other works, without taking influence from them. As I learn more and gain greater discernment this will close off my chances of creating something entirely new.
Contrary to this, I’m always tuned to the possibility of collaborating although this is not absolutely the correct term here.
Let me look deeper into Rothko’s work.
Sound, yes sound. I created a short moving stills piece with rational way back in our first module. It was raw, but I found it so compelling. I’ve looked since at the ability of the mind to create colour in response to sound. Sound and moving stills can be such a useful thing to work with. I did learn about it on a course but haven’t practised much, but would love to. I’ve since heard live and experienced the work of former painter and now performance artist Bill Jackson photographer whom I met last year. By chance, he picked up on my work on Instagram. He is one of two artists who follow me, which I find amazing. I always get why they like certain items I post.
Let me look up the link to the short (short) I mentioned. It is on Vimeo. Here we are, there were two items I created:
Title: Taster this was devised to set the emotional context of my project. It was rough and ready then dropped for the assignments as we are discouraged from using sound, and I understand the explanations as to why. I’d definitely want to include sound in any future work as an exhibition though.
Photography the Shape Shifter
Modernism and Postmodernism
Vincent Van Gogh is the father of Modernism in Art ? True or False ?
True for Painting (e.g. by way of making marks), but not for Photography (e.g. reproducibility)
Introduction
I have two purposes immediately below: to appraise my practice and to prepare work ahead of this week’s Tutor meeting.
My Practice
My portfolio developed during the last module is evidently work in progress and certainly would benefit from more thought and analysis.
When I look at this, I immediately bias towards editing and technical refinement as I seek a common visual consistency.
Also though from the thematic standpoint, I need to resolve some things. I wrestle with these thoughts going into Informing Contexts module. This is my opportunity to test for worthwhile endeavour.
My work has addressed physical trauma as healing. As they (ancestors) became wounded and healed we pick up injury and heal. This parallels to create feelings of personal identification with those who were lost, and the loss, and maybe not the exact right word, the concealed loss. I refer to the gaps in communication made to self as child but which I now understand. Communication completing thus, decades after the event is a powerful and magical experience, or at least as personal experience.
Visually a particular kind of abstraction generally results in my work and is distinct. The origin of the injury is not apparent.
Before moving on, before going much deeper into this with a second important form of visual representation, something challenging has emerged. A successful project will have a message that is simple and clear. The viewer should get it.
Repeated attempts my making direct communication are not complete. A few months ago my expression of the emergent work ran deep. I’m not surprised as the work is deep, emotionally deep.
Through simplified expression, and a selective silence, I reduce the risk of the viewer (listener/reviewer) making an Oppositional Reading. However, a root cause is still there. The challenge is not solved.
There is a learning prospect as the MA unfolds. That’s on the positive side. If a continuous process of adaption on my part doesn’t help the viewer get it i.e. not get the message of the purpose of the work, it will become increasingly difficult to sustain.
Returning to the project as is, the other branch of development relates to images styled in terms of Life’s Glow witnessed at body surface level and detected by a camera sensor where invisible to the eye and brought out in processing through the digital darkroom. There is an intentional hidden level of meaning, whereby a descendant – ancestor linkage is identified in which materially and in energy production (e.g. warmth) is a direct one to one manifestation is established or some part of.
I don’t expect audience to get this without being primed. From my involvement in it I initially associated with ancestors missing from my life but whose siblings I’d met. That was an act of bonding. However I learned I had no connection in terms of Life’s Force. When I checked further, it was my father who had that connection, not me, and he is a direct biological descendant.
Then I learned, that my sisters had a fractional linkage of common connection.
Finally, I could steer back through my mothers line for my own direct connection. With some researcher input I discovered I did have a direct connection with relatives in the same world event, the Great War.
This shifted my attention to one of information based of records and on science and now I connect with other ancestors exploits and have learned of a different set of narratives including from newspaper articles of the time.
Although a different aspect of life, I could liken the experience to a (lesser) form of adopted child uncovering knowledge of their true birth parents. I use this description to illustrate the weight of the subject and eiher for feelings of acceptance or rejection. Those other than people we bond or connect with are brought into our lives with a stronger relevance and they may have as in my case simply been missing – I refer to gaps.
This latter piece led to initial ideas on the value as education. Here there is a problem as taking a person who has well formed bonds and then linking them in ways not previously accepted, could have repercussions.
In one discussion I had it was evident that the idea once conveyed allowed an exploration of thought. The individual concerned ranged across bonds in their own life and quickly made connections regarding their loss of loved ones. That had not been my intention and I’d not been ready for it so it was just as well we have a long term friendship. Potentially I had triggered raw thoughts and feelings. You just don’t know how these things will turn out. When it comes to individuals psychological resilience it is tricky and no doubt varies with proximity to loss and other connections such as births and other things like anniversaries. There are so many potential triggers.
Moment of Realisation
We know there are family interests that others outside the immediate family have no interest in, yet these others may be interested in comparing with their own family. I found this when presenting the early work to an audience. The group did not hold back and made helpful suggestions – things I could embellish the work with. As far as that goes, yes there are embellishments that can be made, so the audience showed support, a willing to say things to encourage project progression. This input in part came from an Arts Council sponsored University Lecturer and other eminent and respected individuals.
During my presentation I looked out at the audience in sensing and gained interaction with one individual. With a little interplay, conversation lit up after an initial reluctance. We related to their connection in their own family. Then a second audience member joined us and the wider audience looked on in interest.
On winding up for the break, someone came over and discussion continued as our experiences intersected. Then a magazine editor and book publisher/educational reviewer rallied to further discussion. They smilingly set me the challenge to develop the work to be published in their magazine.
Clearly work given freely and of a standard is of interest to them. They’d of course gotten in their pitch.
What I learnt:
Communication worked by seeking out grounds of common experience.
I’d uncovered about a 10% slice of the audience who engaged, that day.
Most others were neutral and appeared to enjoy witnessing the interaction.
Around 10% appeared oppositional, this given away in their clever questioning strategies. They were readily disarmed by the response.
Another individual told me their favourite image – always nice. That was encouraging. I’ll put that alongside a request for prints from another context, and prints in the style of another subject.
Original Scope
Before this project runs away with itself it seems prudent to recall the original scope as being family, who as a diaspora get this reach into the past and towards their culture as children. Beyond this a museum seemed interested at least in the text research (illustration photographs were not available to show at the time of meeting in the Curator department back in July 2018).
Comparison
I was going to make comparison with a simpler to explain project I have on the go then remembered a golden benchmark, Chloe Dewe Mathews work, Shot at Dawn.
The title says what it is about. Then everything photographed directly connects with the title. Everything said relates back to the same theme. We can argue, is that enough for successful work? Well no. It also has to be substantive. And of course the work is substantive.
If only my project had such clarity of thought and of presentation. I’ve got to determine if the gap can be closed.
All Pervasive Nature???
I have to comment on this and to be honest will need to go back over this weeks work to figure out where this comes from and understand what is required.
It was all in the melting pot at this stage and a very uphill struggle at times. Engaging with the language of Roland Barthes translated from the French is made more difficult than is necessary, at least that was how I felt. Consecutive to this, I read Susan Sontag On Camera multiple times in the hope of extracting something of value for my practice. Maybe if there is very little or no overlap with practice then the work does become a labour.
When I returned to Camera Lucida I improbably discovered that by reading the last paragraph in the book first I at last made progress. I’d noticed this effect first when reading an interview with Jeff Wall. Nothing said struck any chord with my practice. When I turned to reverse reading two things happened:
comprehension. Ideas that made complete sense were then seen to be developed,
surprisingly many paragraphs were left hanging and this demanded attention and so the preceding paragraph had to be consumed.
Anyway, it worked better and allowed progess to be made again.
Revisiting print size
I’ve been sensitive about large scale printing of small scale subject matter (after all I would not wish for massive trauma only monitoring minor happenings and latterly memory of body from contact pressure). Now having read of Gurky’s large scale work in the Journal American Photo (Jan 1, 2015) I’m caused to analyse and challenge this. The first module sensitised me to low res pixelated image presentation. But I do not say a flat no to large scale prints. In fact I have some testing on the go using Artificial Intelligence AI software and can print up to a limit of 18ft using roll paper. Initial results were encouraging but I need time to do more over my return to materiality (a nod towards Carol Squiers ICP exhibition What is a Photograph?
Mark Rothko Chapel a Week 5 visit to this research topic
In terms of his life’s work snd how this impacts my Practice:
The phenomenology of perception is key to Mark Rothko’s work where this concerns the structures of experience and consciousness. There may be a risk in engaging in this world and so a hidden warning. At his peak, Mark Rothko died of a drug overdose in New York. It was this day exactly 49 years ago on the 25 February 1970.
This anniversary and many other coincidences around my work can lead to fetishisation – a false attribution. It goes on – by accidentally touch typing one letter to the right on this keyboard just now, “his” translated to jod before autocorrecting to god.
Rothko’s work moving again into my consciousness has a rational explanation. The timing of so many of these events can be harder to explain. Religious context moved to the fore twice last year in conversation with Olympia and Pastor Prince whom I met separately. My own work can become obsessive which requires one to chill out. An original manifestation of my practice changed to abstract expressionism. This helped normalise sustained emotional outpouring. Now the tears have been wiped away. In the written word this may seem overstated but feelings ran deep and challenged who I am as a person.
Rothko’s work becomes a performance work. The paintings emerge around floor level and are large scale so as to envelop the viewer. The paintings have no central focus, paint being evenly spread from edge to edge, and corner to corner. Upon closer inspection the viewer becomes immersed as layers of colour reveal at the edge transitions. In the context of the chapel the work provides a sacral experience and you begin to comprehend how some become enveloped in the here and now and are given cause to weep.
Sadly, the viewer may experience the “imminence and transcendence of the tragic in human existence”. I tend to express this as the motivation to create work but the intent towards the viewer could be quite the opposite. This holding two opposing ideas in mind simultaneously might be taken as fetishisation. I’m obviously conflicted and have a task to sort this out. The emotional impact was originally my punctum insofar as I understood this by the close of the first module.
It has been hinted at various times that we learn first about ourselves as practitioners in doing this MA Photography course. On that score and in light of the return to fetishisation, I would draw a parallel with my other professional practice outside of photography. Here, some are trained to think in linear terms, and go step by step through a problem solving it. In my personal experience, I had to learn to carry many states at once. I liken this to waves lapping a sandy beach. As the waves retreat, water, returns to the sea along many tributaries at once or even soaks into the sand as one.
It is clear that the artist has control over the terms and conditions of the work and its contextualisation.
Mark Rothko Chapel a week 2/3 visitation to this research topic
Here is one of the earlier videos watched on Rothko’s Abstract Expressionism (Mark Rothko (video) | Abstract Expressionism | Khan Academy, 2014): note: no frame; floor height and viewer stands “within’ the work; effect is painted all over rather than a core with corners and edges of less importance; and no frame. Not action painting like Pollock.
From a previous mention, Mark’s son on video Rothko Chapel (Rothko, 2015) acted as guide to the Rothko Chapel. He talked about his father’s work and how visitors of all faiths sit and experience the black and purple wall paintings and how many have been moved to tears.
The sentiment to his work differs from mine as I struggle to hone my message towards a celebration of life. At present it doesn’t always translate that way as my motivation to doing the work gets in the way of the message. In other words I try to separate the motivation that drives me to do the work from the voice I wish to express – they are almost opposites and voice is opposite too to Rothko’s work.
Let me read the PDF and gain from a comparative analysis.
Rothko, C. (2015) TCA Rothko Chapel Video on Vimeo. Available at: https://vimeo.com/127754629 (Accessed: 25 February 2019).
Week 4 Critical Thinking
Film Documentaries
Some documentary films were consumed Hidden Histories: WW1’s Forgotten Photographs (‘Hidden Histories: WW1’s Forgotten Photographs · BoB’, 2014)and The Genius of Photography (‘The Genius of Photography 1800-1914 Fixing the Shadows · BoB’, 2009)
Week 3 Critical Review – Reflective Thinking
As the next week of study begins (Week 4), I realise the Week I’m leaving behind needed some finishing off. I’d got distracted by making work and setting up the framework for the week to come and realise I need to act on advice and read to inform my work.
Of several books I’ve majored on this week, only one Campany(Campany, 2008)resonated enough to impact on my photographic practice. We’d previously been informed how comparing a medium (photography) with another medium (in my case this week Cinema), you begin to discover the essential nature of photography.
I’m going to set aside Barthes (Barthes and Howard, 1980) and Sontag (Sontag, 1977)
Before departing into the insights gained from Photography and cinema, I should also not broader aspects at this time whilst enumerating the sources I’d been to during research and study. Resources checked out following a library webinar include:
[A] insightful definitions of photographic genre (Szarkowski, 1980)
It seems wrong to categorise my work as Abstract in the vanilla sense as to be abstract it should not trace to a source, at least that is how I interpret and feel about it. I forever give away hints that tie the image back to the subject photographed. A closer genre I think, has to be Abstract Expressionism. I’m not fully settled on this as I do not wholly find expression in the negative, being more of the happy photographer aligned to the glow of life’s force and healing and the conceptual idea of impression upon the skin as analogy to photography, the latter being more in the realm of intellectual pursuit.
Also, a review during the week, highlighted the closeness of portfolio introductory images to the theme of title and captions used, and I agree. I can see a split now opening wide and I have to think whether to pursue trauma in its physical and mental modes, the theme that created for me the punctum that elevated the work above its previous status of illustration.
Trauma does depend on there being minor injury and when this falls away the subject matter becomes sparse. At first, I diverted towards the above mentioned theme of “Impressions”. Since then, there have been two instances of minor injury, one to me, the second to a close other. It is difficult at times as the taking needs another photographer really for perfection and ease of working whilst it remains slightly weird to be recording injury although by now it is understood and becoming tolerated. This new subject matter has led to a variation or economy of approach. As often now said, I follow the direction a photograph will move in based on practice, developed skill and latest informed intent. There are usually several points in the image making where multiple images can result. It does require a higher degree of image and file management. The approach is quite exciting though, as the photograph may lead to an image that invokes landscape, or incorporates the glow I so often seek or may demand comparison as monochrome. In fact the last image I made went off on the monochrome trajectory but with spot colour to let the eye rest and remind of injury.
In a sentence, several images worked/made from the base photograph. I wonder what my tutors would make of that? To find out I need to create something to view.
[B] access to hi res photography sources (Artstor, 2019)
I’ve been able to check the look of war photography, and as it happened around the American Civil War. This archive material so often is in the sepia style when I declared early on in my practice that they lived their lives in colour and so I would honour that in my representations based on their worlds. This did rather drive me to the logical extreme of highly saturated work. The colours are trace if not somewhat overwhelming but visually interesting. It is a specialised branch of my practice and has evolved due to studying this MA Photography course. It is marmite according to the responses received but hey, I like it. I like it a lot. It has a very strong aesthetic and is trace and solidly linked to trauma and healing.
Week 3 Informed Context:
Photograph and Cinema – Stillness
Photography has developed a trend towards slowing down alongside the burgeoning of the Fine Art market. I should note this as my Practice is not vernacular.
Photograph and Cinema – Paper Cinema
My practice is likely to take on the context of a book and it would be very worthwhile revisiting this chapter later.
Something I seem to have and is seen as a feature of cinema is the mingling of real and imaginary; present and past; the probable and the improbable. Possibly my practice contains less of the latter, or maybe it does have probability in the balance.(Campany, 2008, p62)
My work is intended to be didactic in that it may be adopted by a museum or be used as an example for genetics teaching. The aleatoric or presence of chance exists in the making process, but is guided by learning the art. (Campany, 2008, p67)
I should check which of these film shots applies to my photography and image making:
If moving still is used (it is anticipated) then consider dissolves etc (Campany, 2008, p83)
Photograph and Cinema – Photography in Film /
As noted by Barthes and recorded in Campaney underlying the stillness of photography is Death. Indeed that theme underlies the loss in my narrative and again as memory is lost as other pass. (Campany, 2008, p96)
The photo novel La Jetee I find has resonance with my practice. “European filmmakers since 1945 include memory, history, war, identity, loss, desire and uncertainty” as themes and many of these apply. (Campany, 2008, p96)
Taking La Jetee a step further is is described in terms of “the patchy nature of the imagination and promise of redemption” (Campany, 2008, p101). The former is a very strong theme of my abstraction process. I need to think how redemption applies or could be applied.
Photograph and Cinema – Art and the Film Still
Trompe l’oeile addresses the details that give realism to cinema/stills.(Campany, 2008, p119). I need to consider this aspect as I largely remove detail to spare the viewer, and improves the aesthetic. However, I wonder if the additional layer of lines of poetry for example would compensate if included visually in support of the abstractions.
There seems to be a problem of stills not carrying forward narrative meanings. (Campany, 2008, p135). Perhaps the origins of my work in a narrative text clouded this for me as photographer and I should give narrative more attention. So far, a title and call and response captions are all I use. Note to self, to think this through further.
Sontag, S. (1977) On Photography. Penguin Bo. Penguin Modern Classics.
Szarkowski, J. (1980) ‘Introduction [IN] The photographer’s eye’, in Szarkowski, J. (ed.) The photographer’s eye. London: Secker and Warburg, pp. 6–11.
Think about your work each week under the following headings:
1: Aim of the work
What are you trying to say or express with your work? What is its ‘intent’ (this will change from week to week, but in the final Critical Review should explicitly refer to your Work in Progress Portfolio). Refer to your research here – does anyone else try to explore similar issues?
The intent is to close a gap in communication made to me as a child where those missing were never mentioned and hence the gap, and how it has been possible decades later to recognise these gaps and magically fill in these gaps.
The intent is to relate myself and family as a diaspora to events of the past and to a culture left behind – a family healed.
The intent is to reference specific others in the past and through reflected trauma in the main create the closest of ties to ancestor.
How did you try achieve this intention? What does the work look like? What is it’s subject matter?. Is it successful? Why? How does it differ?
The work had three and this week another, so three strands of abstract imagery now based upon-
Trauma (healing) – Life’s Force (glow ) – and Impression (as image captured)
The images become consistent and yet have different characteristics:
Trauma both mental and physical take on a depiction upon which the injury as it was photographed allows the eye to settle. There is trace yet is unlikely that reality would reach out to the viewer.
Glow is apparent as an indicator of health and well being and localises to subject areas photographed and varies with shadow effect and source lighting or now use of flash.
Impression is the transitory mark left upon the body as a trace of some object.
There are two levels of abstract processing now often combined in my work. There are edges and marks with horizontal landscape and vertical atmosphere and combined where visible reference to tartan.
The second level is immediately noticed by the high saturation levels of colours. These are trace, being present in or reflected from the subject. As in the darkroom level s are reduced to allow glow to emerge, it is when the colours are again raised that the glow appears and the colour saturate.
I combine the techniques for different purposes mainly presentational.
As I experiment the work becomes more unified and some early images as in my last WIP Portfolio, which were remakes to fit the course constraints did not entirely fit in. In a sense they looked different, a little more bland than the originals and by then I’d started to manage colours to a theme that started with a earlier title Poppies are Red … (of course Himalayan poppies are also blue).
Given how long I’ve been working on these abstracts I am taken aback by how eye catching the images can be and so initial signs and impact for me are really good as I sense there is mileage in a project that indeed has a life of its own either inside or outside of the MA Photography Course.
That is the excitement of the practice that keep me working with it. Indeed there are already areas of improvement for real success if the work is to get out there.
During the assessment period I worked with colour and with luminosity and in other work for competition I seen increased recognition and I now start to develop further and apply these growing skills to my practice to make better work.
I started photographing again during Week 2 and by the end of the week new work was emerging from the Digital Darkroom.
3: Reflection: Research/Awareness
What/who has informed this work? Intent? Aesthetic? Subject matter? Are there any photographers who work in a similar way? (e.g. aesthetically, technically, conceptually etc.). Refer to your research here
The written narratives and many discussions within family and the academic research conducted by my wife all combined with visits to place and earlier work towards publishing a book.
There are other artists I have since discovered who make work with some visual references and mostly they are painters. Much of what I do is wholly unique and creative and exists and emerges from a world of digital computation and digital image processing.
Some references randomly connected with my work through religion, first through superstition then through conversations that I have now learned to classify as fetishistism. No not of a sexual perversity nature but of assigning powers to objects and happenings where in truth coincidence is more the likely action.
4: Reflection/Evaluation
Do you think your work is successful? Why? Are these any images that were less successful? How did this inform the development of ideas and practice?
As work in progress my practice needs numerous adaptions. Aside from the basis which is solid and integrating, I need to work on how I talk about it and need to be sensitive to not guiding others overly in any artists statement or in applying titles.
I sometimes think of strands within the work and yet when I take my gold standard of presentation Chloe Dewe Mathews Shot at Dawn, I have some way to go. I met Chloe and have spoken although not about this practice more on an earlier group book project as she reviewed the work Commissioned by Ruskin College Oxford, and feeling I know the artist at a more interactive level then her work is my choice, even if not abstract.
A look at my last WIP Portfolio is telling in its own right, (Turner, 2018). It has evolved as presented and ripe for further exciting creative inputs, The work is sustainable.
Significant close readings or re-readings this week are noted
Sontag (Sontag, 1977)
Suffice to say I’ve read and re-read and read again with help from the Audible reading. Usually I’m not in a position to take notes so for this resource, I’m only too glad to have broken through the barrier presented by the writing style and can do text searches as particular messages come to mind that need referencing to page level.
I also found another work and skim read this piece relating to a communication made for Amnesty International (Sontag, 2004). As my work has a background of loss in a war then this and a second reference on images of war (Stallabrass, 2013). I parked these for when I move apart from my emotional involvement with narratives and start to reach out to established references to contextualize my work. In the latter for example there is modern day example of captured prisoner torture method where by comparison my ancestor was captured but had no complaint and lived on a long life after the war.ß
Barthes (Barthes and Howard, no date)
So far I’ve read Part 1 and begun Part 2 in the available time, so intend of course to return.
Since reading this work again, I’ve been looking at my photography and that of other differently, and by the time of the Week 2 Group Seminar I was reading others photographs differently. I can now combine the aspects of detail and evidence of a concocted theme (not best) and how signs of accidental inclusions and uncontrived detail have powerful repercussions.
Within the area of Indexicality I got a much clearer understanding of Studium and Punctum
Barrett (Barrett, 2010)
Ah. I’m becoming progressively more organized and somehow in getting here I’ve mislaid some notes on this reading and have to skim back over. Lesson learnt I feel. Ah ha! Eureka ! A second reading has been transformative. The rambling list of musings (my first feeling) in the reference I’ve this time related closely to my practice and gained ideas and reinforcement of other ideas. This has been a top read and I say has really helped me. As I go into this it starts of as mere reflection, then catches fire as I see the writing in terms of my practice.
Week 2 Terry Barrett Principles of Interpreting Photographs
Danto’s theory of art and interpretation is referenced.
Photographs carry more credibility than other kinds of
images and especially require interpretation.
This is to draw upon the cognitive value.
Photography is persuasive and we need to check what we consume
Turn image into language an important consideration.
Rorty is quoted and draws together Photography and Poetry. And books and music emotions we have felt in our and others experiences.
Thoughts – Feelings – Actions over seen and experience.
The photograph as altered
Stop looking through a photograph … it is not a beach … it is a constructed image.
The Photograph as opinion
Be guided by feeling when interpreting
Goodman referenced in terms of feeling being more fundamental or important than cold intellectual endeavour.
Feeling and thought as false dichotomy
Indexicality in terms of light reflecting. Barthes referenced That which has been as Realist theory.
Notions pof Realist versus Conventionalist of factual and fictional: factual and metaphorical.
My practice is metaphorical.
We are reminded of the subtractive medium verses the additive medium in photograph versus painting.
The Photograph we are reminded is cut from a larger context.
The instantaneous nature of photography references Barthes a photograph is like death.
In uniqueness, selectivity instantness and credibility Modernism is mentioned as we live in a Post Modernist social environment.
Mention os made of post modernists playing off of modernist ideas.
The content of the photograph is considered and subject matter is different to subject. Mapplethorpe’s flowers are about sensuality.
The Form of my practice is determined in the digital darkroom. Any my context is causal around identification and closing a gap of 100 years. And the content of my work expresses healing and repair of wounds. I also mustn’t let language over-determine my photographs meaning.
Where my work is presented alters meaning: compare with the image of the living embryo then it shown on a placard in a demonstration.
I need to be aware that judgements formed may prevent other judgements.
Critical activities around my work in describing, interpreting, judging and theorising are interrelated and interdependent. I must try this in my Tutor presentations.
My work may lead to many non-unified interpretations so I will look out for other insights.
My work is definitely based in culture both my own technological culture and that of diaspora in family reunited. And in abstract the images result from other images both photograph and imagined.
There is also a world view in my work as a human family (biology) and of ongoing unceasing warfare.
My work in a way is diagrammatically close to Rorschach inkblots, but sign intrude to bring the images back to nearer what hey are our at least so as a group of images and other supporting signs (text).
I must accept that my work may take on meanings I did not mean. However, yes I try to create visually stimulating work that goes together. I have to realise any artist statement once out can take on meanings and other meanings. My work may have my intent as part of overall linguistic, cultural and artistic conventions operative at the time my work is produced. I should be aware I may put readers of intent into a passive mode and rob the viewer of the joy.
I must look out for viewers and readers interpretations as more or less reasonable, convincing, informative and enlightening.
Some interpretations made may be better than others or simply wrong especially if they do not interplay with other interpretations from tradition or previous. In this my work has to be relevant.
i shall too be aware of self satisfying ramblings if personal narratives are not made relative to the image being interpreted. I was guilty myself this week on critiquing a wolf with forest within as person made from typography. I was triggered but not relevant.
Hopefully my works critics will focus on my work and not me.
I should look out for individual critique and group critique.
For some reason Barrett then goes off on a major critique of Sally Mann’s children’s sexuality. Perhaps that could have been lessened.
Interpretation is self correcting within the group.
I have receive critique for my work and regularly about the statement but also about the images. i must encourage or invite others to link interpretations with others.
Berger (Berger, 2013)
The photograph as trace and innocent transcription.
This was an interesting read that advised we miss so much of a Photograph when viewing it as Fine Art. Through stages of developmental argument about the difference between Photography and Painting what’s not in being important as a photograph is an instance from a continuum versus art is placement within the frame.
Art transforms particular into the universal. Not photography is uses constructs. No transforming. NOW The degree to which I believe this is worth looking at can be judged by all that I am willingly NOT showing.
The argument develops towards use of photography within the Ideological Struggle. If there is such an ideology in my work it would be some aspect of loss and the futility of war.
So I am as yet facing the dichotomy of my work as art. For Fine Art I think at present the Photography has developed in its acceptance by museum or gallery curators and so photographs today do get room in galleries where Fine Art is displayed. Fine Art only by association but recognition nevertheless. Here is an example of the National Gallery written up in The Times (Campbell-Johnston, 2012)
Bibliography
Barrett, T. (2010) ‘Principles for Interpreting Photographs’, in Swinnen, J. and Deneulin, L. (eds) The Weight of Photography. Brussels, pp. 147–172.
Barthes, R. and Howard, R. (no date) Camera lucida: reflections on photography. London: Vintage.
Berger, J. (2013) ‘Understanding a photograph’, in Berger, J. and Dyer, G. (eds) Understanding a photograph. London: Penguin Classics, pp. 17–21.
Sontag, S. (1977) On Photography. Penguin Bo. Penguin Modern Classics.
Sontag, S. (2004) Regarding the pain of others. London: Penguin.
Stallabrass, J. (ed.) (2013) Memory of fire: images of war and the war of images. Maidstone: Photoworks.
Week 1 Contextualisation
Only brief notes at present as I start to assimilate the rush of information. All of these references I have consumed and need to digest either by way of a write-up here or by incorporation in other part of this Critical Review Journal CRJ.
Mark Rothko
Gary Fabian Millar
Technological Modernity
Medical Practice references Week 1 Photography Photographies
David Hockney
Vincent Van Gogh
Antony Gormley
FT Life of a song podcast
Formerly called FT Arts. Description by Financial times. October 2010 to April 2018.
Week 11 Activity Peer Review Presentations and Feedback
Transcript
I talk about my abstract expressionistic, even surreal work originally related to commemoration. I cover aspects of our existence around our glow which I record and relate to others. I mention care over unintended consequence of identification with events present, in the past and laid open to the future. I mention only a few of the painters or photographers I draw on, then break down the making, into different branches of intent and include the main trade-offs made at for me this halfway point in the course.
This work in the abstract, serves to commemorate family unknown to me as a child. They were never spoken of having died during the Great War, yet I knew their close relatives and I lived within the same culture of Southern Scotland.
I detect and visualise the glow that we emit, myself and close family members and trace back into history each of our various links and this led me to special narratives of the circumstances of the land they left behind and the circumstances they met with, in France and Flanders.
I take photographs of healing and the glow of life aided by the camera and how it detects this when the eye may not, and I remove distraction by removing detail, a kind of insect eye view perhaps just as other species tune into light and heat differently to humans. In the digital darkroom through processing I meet my intent. Detail is distraction. It is the glow I seek out.
If I shake a hand and feel a warmth, that becomes a physical experience that links through biology to certain ancestors long past. In this way I identify with them and experience a connection. Within my project I can portray that connection as an image, and it serves to remind me of them. As a conceptual work it is replicable across other individuals and their own histories. A selfish interest becomes generic. In my experience this work has already had a uniting effect on a family as it had become widely dispersed. It has reacquired focus.
I discovered an unintended psychological impact. In the present, a person I know well enquired then was caused to think of the recent loss of close ones. They were brave as the feeling was raw, and yet they gained solace as their own life force had propagated to ensure survival.
There is a highly complex analysis and yet the discovery was made of a simpler connection that people can use to guide their perceptions of family. We incline to such social constructs as patriarchy for example. The work makes visible lines of social connection at variance with bonds made through close biological connection.
Unlike the work of Chloe Dewe Mathews commissioned by Ruskin College ahead of a centenary commemoration, passed in November, my work started 20 years earlier and with this conceptual work and imagery it will reach far into the future and has the power to bond people who wish to take it up.
Branches of the work exist:
Some images I make, take on horizontals (for me of landscape) and verticals (again for me linked to environment) and there can at times be an uncanny linkage to the paintings of Rachel Howard, from Repetition is Truth via Dolorosa – Newport Street Gallery 2018.
An intent of my theme becomes subtle as it is partly lost in layering and in the development of the work but still can reoccur. These are linked to Scottish cultural themes of blue as a national colour and of tartan as worn by family today and in the past. This is becoming less obvious and less enforced in the work as time goes on.
Another branch of work has become conflicted. They lived their lives in colour and colour represents in us today a vibrancy of our lives and begins to make way to more sombre tone in keeping with sad events.
I used monochrome within a colour sequence to acknowledge moments of mental trauma. I accompany portfolio work with call and response captions and intend this be developed in a rhythmical sense almost as if chant. The interruption of the sequence with monochrome imagery was an alert to mental trauma.
I implement such things almost as intentional hidden layers of meaning. I resist over-simplification as say demonstrated in advertising when an actor as Wordsworth scribbled down, “I went outside and walked about a bit” which after sipping the featured beverage transformed to “I wandered lonely as a cloud”. We’d have to say too that Shakespeare’s work would be a lot easier to read if written in standard Daily Mirror newspaper language.
My visual work is not meant to be pretentious, so moderate layering of meaning only is allowed in order to add some discernment.
Another recent branch of imagery is the sombre monochrome mentioned now sees the addition of glyphs or photograms as original intent. I find now that visual consistency is created throughout when using the sombre style. Before I’d introduced consistency through a square crop which may see a return. It will take some reckoning to fully accept this divergence from original intent from “they lived out their lives in colour”. At present I’m conflicted over adoption of art as an experience, the theme in Rothko’s work. Whilst there seems to be choice, I continue to address the small markings of floor to ceiling height painting (Rothko Chapel) compared to small subject photography and limitations of clinical style photographic matter. Microscopy has been tried, then improved and consistent lighting, yet for what I am doing there are the compromises we all get in close-up work where there is movement.
As my work is not made in camera, and I have a lot of images now comprising mild injury or latterly when injury ran out, memory of impressions on body. I can process more images for the edit (always sensible) before finally resolving the sombre versus celebration.
A further branch of my current work are images as imaginings of faded memory. These serve several viewpoints. From home those remain look out over the sea and remember. Those in the theatre of war gain faded memories of home alongside murky imagery of the battlefield resolved in the mind of myself as author across a century elapsed.
Experience in the presence of artillery gives me special insight into this as surreal. I repeatedly saw a shell explode, then heard the explosion but then heard the gun fire. It is indeed a strange environment far removed from our normal experiences. I cannot but help this relating me to my project. Such things may intuitively help my work along, and in all hope transfer to the viewer through a feeling of authenticity. It does not have to be spelled out.
Another part of Rothko’s work compared to my own is he chose to paint in a partial monobloc style going from edge to canvas edge, right into the corners without central focus. Whereas my work adopts injury or marking as metaphor for the soldier’s experience and serves a purpose of guiding the viewers eye.
As I engage more with the academic side of the course, I find the message I give over the motivation for the work, sometimes becomes mixed with themes of celebration of life of the healing and the glow.
I need time to resolve my decision of sombre and consistent versus celebration and colour. As of today, I will have a portfolio of work in progress which may conflict. If I remain true to myself, I would not be overly happy to start emulating Rothko yet why reject the learning opportunity of this even if it turns out to be a temporary diversion from plan?
I can demonstrate a consistency based on Rothko yet risk a mixed portfolio. At this moment I show a willingness to take onboard learning. Even if it looks like a setback for now at a halfway point, full resolution is still a year away and so I take the risk and the learning opportunity.
As always, the more recent introductions are less settled. With growing practice in making I can hone the visual language. This is true of the introduction of glyphs. They are intended as signs to guide the viewer and help create some visual narrative.
When I look back, I started with natural philosophy as a base, with ideas of the spatial and temporal with themes of information bearing and light and heat detection entering in.
I can recognise algorithm characteristics in digital and I attempt to exploit these when taking a photograph and making an image. In doing so I follow intuition as I seek to make my own art.
I’m very committed to this work as a highly personalised family experience and hope to develop it into book form, with plans of opening it out and generalising the work as an educational piece for entry into a museum context. Here individual narratives of relatives bring to life otherwise dry historical records making any museum visit more engaging to the visitor. Already the principles established create a level of resistance to change in thinking, is what I sense, yet in winning through it soon becomes apparent there is a method here that guides further research into history. It is unique in connecting people through initial lines of enquiry that are seen to expand areas of historical research.
The present time seems opportune for making the work as modern methods get used nowadays in the making of images and again in the support of research. Even in quite recent times, only large institutions could have afforded the means which are more widely distributed today.
I hope you have enjoyed some or perhaps most of this presentation and in anticipation thank you for listening through to the end and I would most certainly value any insights you may be able to give to help me improve my work.
Above is the attempt at the task I decided to submit. Ideally it would have been scheduled to happen during the week to allow a second pass edit, slide re-sequence and captioning.
My independent reflection leaves me in a mild state of shock. This passion I call photography, turns to obssession and if sustained becomes unhealthy. We all go through it and for me I have to recognise the onset and start to de-commit in order to restore or maintain life balance.
So after an intense period invluding catching up from the Falmouth visit whilst the course ran on, I got up to date, more so in the previous 8 weeks but engaged a bit less with the material content of the course to address my perceived shortfall in finished work. The 140 injury photographs had resulted in a dozen or so images and I needed more for the portfolio edit. That is the main assignment score so cant be left to chance.
I’ve taken. time to engage over the ElliotHalls Amsterdam – Falmouth University blog collaboration and done some Peer to Peer engagement – a great way of progressing.
As I turn back to the course and the option of making a video I reflect on the images made this week. They address the strange translation of injury into landscape – don’t ask, it happens when I apply intuition to my work and it serves to address the intent of memories faded. The results created with consistency of method I find magical as I work groups of images that go together. As my work is compared to painters and to Mark Rothko I become increasingly aware of differences of constraint. The painter can paint from floor height to ceiling height especially in the context of art as an experience and make as many marks as is necessary. My work where it involves injury on a small scale, doesn’t adapt to microscopy and now matter how expensive the camera resolution is the known limitation. My this week work I am happy with as being highly imaginative and connected to intent but at a small scale. The creation of depth with appropriate perspective I am amazed at getting. Enlarge the images and they break down, first taking on a style akin to a cartoon filter effect, which is far from my direction.
Also, in fine boomerang fashion I’ve listened and followed taking others perceptions onboard and got visually consistent images which with more polish would be fine, yet there is a but. I’ve gone into a fog and have emerged at a place that wrong for my intent. The sombre mood of Rothko style work for me parallels only the motivation for my doing my work. The outcomes I want are colour. They lived their lives (in the past in the Great War) in colour but we represent them in black and white. I have always had the intent of a perspective of a coloured past. The other pillar of my work is a celebration of life and that definitely demands colour and vibrancy. I maintain my bond with them but celebrate freedom out of their sacrifice.
Week 10 Activity Positioning Practice
Week 10 Presentation Pictures Like Poems
We listened to Jeff Wall in a gallery surrounded by his work, talk in reflective mood. This wa in the form of a video that interleaved his thought about his photography with the gallery team working hard to set up an exhibition.
Here are some observations I made from this, although on a second viewing / reading. On the first viewing, with no introduction, I had wondered who this stranger was until around 5 minutes in I realised we had seen some of his constructed images earlier in the module.
Wall has an interest in painting photography and cinematography and discusses art. He is able to objectify the photograph and at the same time objectify people within the photograph.
He avoids talking in the inclusive style preferring to exercise his own voice. He creates a reference between the photograph and himself and leaves it to the reader to accept the parallel experience.
He relates to the enjoyment and liking of good work. And he talks occasionally in an instructional manner.
Also, he creates a benchmark in photography of the snapshot to which all other photographs must compare. Then he references the idea of straight photography to which he relates the constructed scene.
He’s concerned with happenings and often as accident, through his involvement in the slow process of making. He has an interest in participation and involvement and relates this to scenes that relate to existence or that which existed.
He considers the love of imagery and in the practical dealing with things, observing them and liking them. He has a concern for appearance. He perceives the world as a set of relations either created or found in which there is the dynamic changing of content over time.
He expresses a resistance to fixed beliefs and to conformity and seems to entertain elements of doubt concerning uniqueness, complication or complexity and idealism.
He has a wide interest in art which he studied at school as art history and yet somehow did not become an art historian. Wall does not believe in the old in photography only in a contemporary interpretation.
He is concerned by causal aspects of photography, such as the photograph as illusion, in the looking through, as well as the effect of accompanying text or indeed its absence. He also relates causally to photography in its making and the resulting feeling of confirmation that he is observant the happiness that he gains.
Week 10 Module Leader Sessions
These sessions have to be the highlight of this course module. Contact time is very impressive. The first session is usually difficult being so early in the week with the work still to be engaged with yet it does provide context for a quick start. I fell over this week on scouted ahead to the Jeff Wall reflective. He’d not featured on on my known list and it took 5 minutes to realise he was the photographer who likes to construct snap shots if I may put it so bluntly. Although Wall is an esteemed academic, in my usual manner I resist placing photographers of pedestals.
So that is not to say I could not or on second viewing learn from his unique experience and insights. Such is the delight of this quick start to the week’s study.
In the next session, I gained from numerous reminders over key information designed to assist our success on the course.It is hard to overstress the importance of this as otherwise the online delivery and engagement falls off into the abstract.
The last session is my favourite and easier to enjoy as by then I will have prepared and engaged in Tutor sessions. As we are able to engage with our own and another Tutor, I gain a great deal of insight and see much more work of others. This is so important to my development and hopefully I can give insight to others. Having been through this readies one to participate here and begin to reflect on the week gone by and its learning points.
I’d got on with my reading and kept switching the theme from advertising, to politics and propaganda to the interpretation of oil paintings. That was quite a breadth of material, and I’d love to be able to just sit and read and read and read. Well actually, yes I have been regularly dipping in and out of one reading or another.
Week 9 Webinar Contexts of Consumption
Here, if I talk from experience of my part in 2018 group exhibitions.
[A] Identify and research a real-life group exhibition that you feel your work would fit into.
I was part of a group project from the outset. Although I’d expected a book I hadn’t contemplated the exhibitions. In the charge of experienced hands it was a great group experience.
[B] What is the curatorial intent of the exhibition?
People and events on specific routes through London. It gained significance as the Grenfell tower disaster happened on our shift. So too did the terrorist action on London Bridge where the public were run over and hacked by weapons. The next event was much more of the every day, the project we shadowed delayed so substantially the contemporary nature of the work was dented. You could never plan for all these events. It was a good 6 months or more of effort but we worked at incredible pace. That was amazing, I still have to pinch myself.
[C] Why would your work be included in it?
As major contributor there was one reason. Being invited by the editor to spend the day shooting and lunching with him must have also helped. Being a willing partner in other accompanied shoots helped team building and helped gain recognition.
[D] How would the reviewers relate your practice to the other works shown?
Reviewers included Zelda Cheatle, Martin Parr foundation and others then Chloe Dewe Mathews. By proxy I was told about the power of recognising a situation and capturing it being a powerful thing. Some images, even though not my best worked because in a book you have page matching and the editorial intent could be recognised.
[E] What is the most appropriate means for the public consumption of your work?
Book, taster exhibition and full exhibition wth opening night were all appropriate. Other surprises included my written work being included in a journal as an individual amongst other group member entries. I think that happened twice.
I attended two tutorials. In the first I was able to gain something that allowed me to enter the second better prepared.
Week 9 Independent Reflection
[A] Who writes interpretation material for galleries / museums?
[B] What do you notice about this voice or voices?
[C] Does it speak to you?
[A] Curators (and others not stated here at the moment)
[B] It is all upside and why not. Given the power to curate, why pick bad work?
[C] The material may or may not speak to me. I’m broad minded enough to patiently listen and apply interpretation. I don’t seek out all of the material all of the time. I might opt for preserving original thought and bypass the material and read it afterwards having gained personal experience. If I was leading a group to an exhibition say I’d be honour bound to do the homework and read the materials to be able to handle queries or to garner interest. If I was securing funding to attend I’d have to do my due diligence and read the materials.
Week 9 Module Leader Office Hours
Another very valuable week of support to those who could make it. Contact opportunities are full time equivalent.
Week 9 Independent Reading Contemporary Cultures of Display
Week 9 Independent Reading Contemporary Cultures of Display
[A] How do photographs acquire value and meaning?
[B] Is ‘art’ separate from society?
[C] Is contemporary ‘art’ photography different from earlier forms of ‘art’ photography?
Sadly I cannot engage with this fully as the reading link leads to a library meta dataset of information about the book but certainly no download link – tried another browser still no luck.
Let me try without the resource.
[A] I covered most of this in the preceding section. Repetition of task is detected.
[B] Art exists within sections of society and at any point in time may not be displayed and copies as illustrations on books or catalogues could serve to remind. Art can’t be read without reference to society or culture. It can be looked at and looked though or be ignored especially if it is not noted for its popularity. It’s just that it may not always be accessible. Propaganda art is going to be out there in the faces of the public in some instances on the side of political campaign buses.
[C] Yes Contemporary art photography is different to earlier forms. It’s intent may be more defined in order to distinguish it in a sea of images. However, time may need to pass, I usually say a hundred years from now, for the latent meaning to become more fully apparent. Contemporary work may also now be digital something not invented in time for earlier forms. Earlier forms will have had a chance to be exposed to exhibition and commentary by curator or critic. Contemporary work may be waiting its day.
Week 9 Introduction Enter the Academy
[A] What is ‘art’ and who has the authority to decide what is ‘good art’?
[B] Do we place value upon these artefacts? How and Why?
[C] Is photography ‘art’ or the ‘plastic verification of a fact’ (De Zayas, 1913)?
[A] Marshall McLuhan is my go to source for the definition of Art and sometimes incorrect attribution goes to Andy Warhol. “Art is what you can get away with”.
For me going back to this week has given me a tough lecture to crack.
I watched the recording several times over. I got almost to the point of parsing each sentence to follow what was said. Maybe I’m tired, maybe too many distractions from the current week forum based on the videos we created. I entered a fog. At at some point I’ll emerge from it.
An earlier piece by different author was also a challenge and in the end I read the last paragraph then progressed step by step to the first page and remarkably it engaged me. Perhaps that’s it. Not every lecture will have the same relevance to individual practice.
[B] In my independent reading and at another week of the course I did dive into art and value. I can relate to that as a parallel to the lecture. Works of art gain cultural value through ownership which makes then causes access to become scarce. With equal works of art say by two different authors one may gain acceptance in the gallery world, the other not. Politics of the art world can determine selection and hence value. Once a work makes it to the gallery walls and is in the company of other work or even just the space of the gallery then importance is assigned. Even provocative bad work can find it’s place and as in Damien Hirst’s work the public may be astonished at what gets displayed and so are by now used to good and bad in their perception. But, once there, the work gains something that makes it desirable to art buyers.
In Hirst’s case his cheeky chappy repartee allows him to survive onslaught and in such a disarming way. Every piece of art is going to have its detractors, so realising this the artsist can be easily forewarned or forearmed. In emerging generations where they have grown up through school much more as co-collaborators a group can easily form around a work and free discussion and a common creed can act to strengthen the work against opposition just by being ready with the argument and a healthy disrespect for formality or formal argument.
[C] As for art or plastic, the answer is straightforward. Photography is both. Let’s pin down a single piece or body of work and answer that. Even then, there is all the ambiguity of contexts and reader experiences. Photography as a subject is now such a wide thing it resists being pigeonholed.
Reflection (this paragraph is due to move to the relevant blog post)
With work piling up fast again I’ve pressed ahead this week. At Week 5 I’d finally got organised over the coursework finishing on a Friday rather than the Sunday (or later) and this left time for reading activity. I do need to do more research into Mark Rothko. Attendance at the FFTheLivingImage took 7 days out of my schedule and put me behind again. Week 6 work I’ve only part covered at present. The tactic adopted is the simple one of keeping up to date with the current (live) work and go back to earlier sections of the course and catch-up. The pressure is on with a video due to be made for Peer review in the short term. Not mentioned is Week 7. It was reserved for Tutorials which I engaged with and wrote up but probably need to revisit for some finishing touches including doing more i.e. re-issuing the draft Critical Review.
Week 8 Resources and Responsibilities
A quick read ahead of Benjamin (Benjamin, 1982) has helped to distil something of the theme and intent of this week’s study.
A particular element of my portfolio project continues to be authenticity. Therefore it was with interest I read, “the Revolutionary strength of Dadaism lay in testing art for its authenticity. [ibid, page 23]. This gives me some comfort as a starting position.
I also take note in nourishing my work in respect of technical progress in reading the claim that, “… intellectual production cannot become politically useful until … competence … has been surmounted.” [ibid, page 24]. A direct interpretation might be of photographic technical competence, but it runs much deeper. As a photographic author it is necessary to understand the production quality of work and be able to do a lot more than simply represent, instead take control and change aspects of the methods of creating imagery and as a means of instructing other authors of the same.
This takes something that runs deep in my work and places it front and centre more in the realm of the political or of propaganda.
If I take a first stab at this interpretation it would be that in much the same way as our Jewish friends are committed to never letting the memory of the Holocaust die, then the same with my work, the loss of dear ancestors, who remain alive in living family today should not be forgotten. In a way the raw outpourings of the Scottish people and then decades of silence of hidden loss, the gaps I refer to, makes ongoing memory a challenge and so my works effort. My work transmits beyond centenary commemorations of 2014-2018 and lives with descendants just as mitochondrial DNA passes down to them.
Such loss and sacrifice and the brave deeds must be remembered with each new generation and whilst we celebrate our lives, we should not allow world events to take such a turn in the future. As sure as history repeats itself then that is the eternal risk.
Finally from this reference, and I had had not expected such a reading to be so transformative, I quote and reflect upon a referral, “The excellent Lichtenberg said: ‘It is not what a man is convinced of that matters, but what his convictions make of him’”[ibid, page 27]. By such process I need to ensure that my work on this MA Photography course leads me to exercise voice through my transformed photographs as abstract expressionism and in intent through art as an experience.
We, I in particular should do and create within my sphere of influence and make work that helps to ensure successive generations remember. This is not too dissimilar to how painter Rachel Howard (Howard Rachel, 2018) draws attention to the repetition of mistake from Christ’s crucifixion through to torture at Abu Ghraib supporting the doubt that we will ever learn.
Bibliiography
Benjamin, W. (1982) ‘The Author as Producer [IN] Thinking photography’, in Burgin, V. (ed.) Thinking photography. London: Macmillan.
Howard Rachel (2018) Repetition is truth via Dolorosa. Edited by A. C. Beard Jason. London: Other Criteria Books. Available at: newportstreetgallery.com.
Week 8 What Can Photography Do
Week 8 CRJ Independent Reflection
Week 8 Activity Aesthetic or Anaesthetic
The particular body of work that aims to convey a particular message and that is relevant to my practice has to be:
Rachel Howard Repetition is Truth via Dolrosa, Newport Street Gallery London – exhibition now closed.
The work at first is of Catholic significance, in using the journey of Christ along Dolorosa carrying the cross to the site of crucifixion on the hill at Calvary.
The visual language of the paintings immediately resonated with images I’d abstracted from Photographs and had posted online and part included in my submission to Falmouth University for this MA Photography course. In showing my images to Olympia who worked there, she was amazed by the similarities of paintings and abstracts. Conversation continued about belief in God, attempts by a dark force to frustrate work and how this work was my life’s mission. Very heavy indeed. An interesting diversion over an ongoing series of coincidences. Coincidences which threatened my engagement and continuation in photography continued into my first two modules of this course.
The paintings of Howard are intended to influence the audience and those in political power. The work addresses repetition of inhumanity first directed towards Christ and then towards prisoners of the US tortured at Abu Ghraib.
The work in exhibition was successful in its metaphor for the twelve stages of the cross as the viewer is required to walk from one large scale painting to another traversing rooms as if retracing Christ’s footsteps. This may become more apparent afterwards if b=not at the time. The reference to Abu Ghraib is through the vertical lines on the paintings sometimes descending to a painted area representing the box used in torture.Those tortured were required to stand on the box, wear a hood and had electrodes attached to sensitive areas of the body.
The paintings are light and airy and have a sense of the impending. You imagine the artist doubts whether humankind will ever learn from mistakes through repetition of cruel behaviour as if part if human nature and human history.
With the backing of Damien Hirst (they both attended Goldsmiths College University of London), Howard’s work takes on additional significance given the installation work Hirst is known for: including cutting mother and calf from nose to tail for one exhibit at the Tate Modern and doing roughly the same with a shark in a tank. This theme of butchery resonates strangely with Howard’s work.
It was possible to walk into the gallery and leave without effect, but for me, as soon as the enquiring mind engaged and the communication began the work transmitted. Then my own work was cast in the shadow of Howard’s intent and so much so that I wrote to the gallery afterwards. More follows.
Week 8 Presentation The Environment and the Eye
Week 8 Independent Reading Good Intentions
[A] The main ideas/points/arguments you think Sischy makes about Salgado’s work?
[B] Whether you agree or disagree with this view and why?
[C] Any issues raised that apply to your own practice?
[A] There is a blatant dislike that serves to sour our appreciation of Salgado. [B] As we learned elsewhere, the Galleries and Curatorial system self serves in its selection of work that drives artists/photographers to make work that they would publish. There is nothing said by Salgrado that one can take in and decide upon independently. It is the mission of Sischy to taint Salgado with the choices that the Gallery system has decided upon. In allowing his work to be managed by the Gslleries Salgado has put his trust in their discernment. It seems clear that his trust may have been mistaken.
[A] There is a theme in Sischy’s argument that a Brazilian photographer has no or limited right to represent other nationals. [B] That is an opinion I could agree or disagree with independently, case by case.
[A] There is an undermining of Salgado’s work as being restricted to the type of magazine that no longer has any appreciable sway in the modern world in which television prevails. With such reduced demand it would seem that Salgado is ideally positioned to swamp the market.
[A] The beauty that the photograph is often referred to as creating and is present in Salgado’s work is deemed to create indifference.as anesthetisation leads to anaesthetisation of feeling. [B]Well this of course is the exact thing that television has been found to do. Through passive engagement, and lightness of touch on thought processes television which has taken over paralyses the viewer who simply stares back at the screen.
[A] Biblical themes are seen to enter Salgado’s work. [B] This is no more than the photograph being a window on the photographers soul. Why should Salgado be less immune to this than any other?
[A] There is a challenge that depicting suffering can be read in the light of God’s will, implying and so it shall be that people shall suffer.
[A] Salgado is criticised for being a symbolist rather than portraitist. [B] We have not been shown visual examples of Salgado’s work for this to become apparent. I can accept it as true and yet keep an open mind.
[A] / [B] Salgado’s work is self-directed, and how wonderful and liberating that can be. It is then judged as anesthetisation as opposed to reportage, If it were to be reportage then for this level of work surely there would be a sponsor, a commissioning editor and a picture editor. By which definition reportage is manipulated and controlled by others in return for a payment. IT is hard to blame the photographer for the direction their personal projects take.
[A] Salgado’s work of people is likened to the language of Landscape photography of the picturesque rather than portraiture. [B] There is one equality in photography and that is light and the use of light. If used incorrectly a poor image may be created of little consequence. A good light is beautiful wherever it falls in this world. And so to make a photograph that communicates a god 9beautiful light is a necessary thing.
[A] Comparison is made with other photographers, smith and Hine. It appears that some reservation is retained over Smith’s work and Hine is applauded for the outcome of Child Labor Law changes.[b] There is by metamorphosis an implication that Hine was responsible for the change, yet how true is that really?
[A] Sentimentalism is said to be apparent In Salgado’s work. [B] Surely that is something resolved between the photographer and the viewer and not to be tainted by the critic?
[C] My work could be deemed as naïve if it wanted to change the world especially as there is no track record of experience in such weighty matters. What started out as a dedication to family and has the possibility to pass down generations including those yet to come may have some credence.
[C] My work could be deemed to contain items of revulsion, as after all that is a part of my punctum, in making the work worthwhile. There is a delicate balance within pieces of my imagery. Largely the photograph containing revulsion is highly disguised and distracts and may be seen as introducing beauty. However, there is trace and so the mind can focus on the mixture rather than pure anesthetisation.
[C] Biblical themes did begin to enter my work and in particular the sign of the Christian cross was often apparent. I realise now that I had been open to viewing such images and in the subconscious and using intuition the cross did start to appear in my photographs. A case of seeing what you want to see. I feel this is now tempered and a level of self-awareness has since developed that counters an increase in iconography.
[C] Whether my work is iconographic or not, I can’t say. It is certainly metaphorical but I’m not sure that is at all the same thing.
[C] My own work may have a sentimentalism, but such is the nature of remembering, communication of lost messages across the decades and the family as audience. Perhaps others may view such in the light of their own family experiences.
Week 8 Module Leader Sessions
These sessions have expanded beyond their original remit to include reviews of the work in the current week, crits, practice session and special lectures e.g. the series to date has include The Gaze Part I and Landscape photography.
This has to be one of the greatest value adds of the two year MA Photography course Informing Contexts module. Not all students attend maybe concentrating hard on work and family commitments or doing individual research.
Week 8 Forum An Agent of Change
Photography in concert with other forms of communication including video, military recordings and media conferences, interviews and reports brought the US to a ceasefire after the Highway of Death destruction and killing in the retreat of Iraqi forces from Kuwait occupation.
Whilst shocking subject material should be censored, we have become so accustomed by exposure and it is increasingly more difficult to shock. I’m remined of the extremes of creating shock in which Marina Abramovic stood naked before a table of implements at a gallery in Belgrade and invited the audience to do whatever they wished to her.. She walked away dripping with blood and tears. On another occasion she carved a communist star into her abdomen. We are so immune to shock it takes such extremes of Performance Art to induce shock in an audience.
Week 8 Introduction Responses and Responsibilities
[A] What images provoke a sense of responsibility for you?
[B] How do they achieve this?
[C] Are they merely propaganda?
Another difficult reading with an accompanying barrage of questions. Here are answer to the headline ones.
[A] Not an image but a series of factual reports for me are what caused the nation to reject Prime Minister Tony Blair and his government as dangerous incompetents and thus they were voted out of power. Perhaps the exercise of restraint after the Highways of Death (Highway 80 and Highway 8) killing of a retreating column of military said more than actual raw images of horror.
[B] Having proven the power to destroy a military force then afterwards holding back on killing showed a greater humanity.
[C] Whilst many images are propaganda as discrete soundbites, they do fail to shock as hinted at constantly throughout the video lecture. Many younger members of society are probably immune to destructive forces by exposure to war video games. Players get to experience the excitement and feeling of power, and of camaraderie when in opposition to an enemy. They “die” using up one of their lives. Older generations may remain silent. In other words, different demographics have different values and responses.
Returning to the question: propaganda or not? I couldn’t say. Media profit yes. Filling that eternally emptying broadcast bandwidth with something new, yes. I’m reminded of the phrase “Drop the Dead Donkey”.
Some asides (if these weren’t written about it would have seemed a rather sparse week – in fact, it was a really packed week)
Finally I’m back, after last week and the weekend away at the Falmouth Flexible Living Image meet-up and Symposium. On arriving back it was straight into a Module Leader briefing. Whilst away I did a boutique apartment shoot and gained feedback from the hotel owner.
Shot on B&W film, machine developed, scanned and processed – Michael Turner
About the apartment photos “they have inspired me to be a bit more experimental … Love the dressing gowns in the wardrobe especially and the bath”.
As noted in the past it is good to have a change from the abstract work, in a way to demonstrate to myself that I can handle a camera (or film camera in this case). Thanks to the Workshop support, it was possible then to go on and to use the craft and do the full end to end workflow – the return to materiality.
Social Media was used to tweet the Symposium as @fotographical on #FFTheLivingImage on Twitter.
Tutor 1-2-1 Meeting
Due to non-availability and diary clash, I swapped Tutors for this and got back together with my original Tutor from the very first module.
Discussion was focussed on preparation of the video presentation due in 8 April for peer review. The process is staged like this: draft a new version of the Critical Review section 1 intent; then write-up sections 2, 3 and 4 positioning the work with references and giving it contextualisation. Review this along the way and use it as the basis of the video we need to submit.
Points picked in Tutor review were:
Include a quote in an early paragraph.
Include a “bad” image (to demonstrate being critical)
Include other practitioners
Read Representations of Trauma
Bibliography
Module Leader Review
A group of students had prepared two key images and statement of intent.
Here are my two images and Intent
Portfolio Abstract Impressionism
“Bravery and sad events unspoken. Remembering those who gave, through the glow that is life’s force.”
Michael Turner
Time for Concern Of Physical Trauma ignored
Mitochondrial DNA fought for existence in the early days of life on Earth. My portfolio example is a trace of survival from those commemorated through self and close others alive today. Our mDNA: converts nutrients to energy; powers the cells that defend, heal and repair our bodies. And so we reflect light and emit the heat recorded here. We celebrate through true physical manifestation and our warmth that is life’s glow.
A Time for Celebration Connected as Colour Emitted
Module Leader Office Hours – Briefing
I attended the Monday evening briefing and obtained direction over two upcoming meetings this week that required preparation.
The Critical Review … the Intention of my work is … in section 1 was discussed. No sooner said than done two images and draft were presented in a midweek review.
I started reading Mythologies by Roland Barthes and found interest in a chapter on Blind and Dumb criticism and have been pleased to start listening to an allied BBC production on 21st Century Mythologies for Omnibus. (Conrad, 2014)
Bibliography
Conrad, P. (2014) 21st Century Mythologies – Omnibus, Part 1 – [object Object] – BBC Sounds. Available at: https://www.bbc.co.uk/sounds/play/b04wy810 (Accessed: 24 March 2019).
Week 6 Webinar: Power Corrupts, Absolute Power Corrupts Absolutely
Okay, so this is an accepted truism, and while it might not be absolute, there is no shortage of corruption highlighted by the media. Insofar as the webinar was concerned, I was still away visiting the University and also saw no online invitations, but I may have been distracted in materiality and physical location with others from the course. I need to return to this to give it justice. I’ve recorded much already below, and it covers the example points proffered, but not wholly or exclusively. As I detect the possibility of repetition, I have to leave this and jump back to Week 9 or risk the ebb and flow of falling behind and catching up. I continue to organise and act to keep the course under control, for surely it needs it. I sense students as well as staff feel the pressures of this all year round commitment and still somehow find an overall life balance.
Week 6 Independent Reflection
Reflect on:
Any ideas that particularly interested or challenged you.
Whether or not your ideas have changed.
How you assess ‘intimacy and distance’.
I’m challenged by the insistence on the West being a homogeneous entity as my opening position. The assumption of homogeneity gives a false realism and an impression of greater dominance than truly deserved.
The main change for me has been in paying attention to the past and raking up ideas of life in a former time left almost forgotten. Oddly, my project intent bridges across many of the middle years in which for example the magazine of the week has operated.
I’m not sure about intimacy and distance as I’ve yet to locate/relocate the quote. It is probably a graphic and not a text item. For me to process it is best to have all written presentation included as text. I’ll revisit the slides but there is a time penalty involved I cannot afford at present if I am to keep up / catch-up after time at the University as the course rolled on. As you can see I’m not a fan of texts being fragmented and showcased at different levels of storage particularly for a course with online delivery. I cry for modernisation which will not/cannot be realised, I guess.
Write a brief summary in your research journal, taking into account:
How your practice may (or may not) be seen as adhering to a specific ideology.
The potential impact of this given the subsequent meaning and reception your practice might attract. From whom?
Any power negotiations within your own practice.
Your practice in the context of other visual practices and theoretical points.
The ideology I adopt is that of connecting with my ancestral relations where I can still reach across living memory to those affected by war but who remained silent as now I realise gaps of people and lack of outpouring over loss of which I’m now aware. As a member of a diaspora and with direct familial connection I feel a certainty in describing my cause if it may be so called.
Already the work in both parts, a written narrative of academic standard and a visual work of growing independence, there is a drawing together of family divided and now a translation to a new generation. In this act I can gauge the degree of connectedness and discern the level of male cultural identification as opposed to biological inheritance. In the sea of images there is a place for narratives and art as substitute for pure dry historical record and especially as we live in a visual age.
There is again a certainty or solidity within practice that this work will endure with or without the MA Photography course, and I state this as plain fact rather than a rejectionist view. If I change practice, rather than sustain practice it will be a natural development from doing too much of the same and desire for change which I sometimes relieve by continuing to shoot on a broader front. The course MA Photography creates tension both helping along the professional development of practice which is much appreciated yet also through constraints and rules about production, best work that may have been completed by now becomes highly constrained by a set of production rules, which I go along with. Such is the educational awards system. It is not a complaint, more something to negotiate and a reason to be patient over and allow time for development to be realised. A shorter sharper intense MA of 9 months might have been more compatible with my practice. Nevertheless I aim to listen and absorb as much as possible for as long as I can sustain focus. No-one said this course would be easy and I would not want it to be, especially for true practice development. For those with an eye on value then how can we complain at receiving two years of full time education packed in so? There is a lot to be commended and challenges to be sustained.
In terms of other visual practices there is now a long known thing of my work being likened to paintings. Despite the differences we are familiar with, the one gap I have to be aware of is that painters can paint a floor to ceiling canvas as an art experience making as many small marks as they wish, but as my photographs are of miniature scale, the camera quickly runs out of pixels and so I adapt my work and introduce AI lately and other photographic techniques around lighting and microscopy at times to help maintain resolution at the art as experience painterly scale. Also, work on bodily glow is better presented much more effectively as light emitted rather than reflected. Later finding 20 light boxes for exhibition purposes could be a constraint on optimal presentation. I wonder if the university would help a campaign to have emitted light presentation methods in the IoP gallery space for example? The work at least demands wet C-type print methods.
I rapidly approached the point of obtaining enough photographs by widening scope from trauma to non-exclusively photographing physical memory through retention of contact pressure marks on the body – no injury required to record bodily glow and still connect to the past as physical manifestation. At last progress. During the quieter Winter months less was happening due to physical inactivity, I suppose. Now at the present level with 140 photographs from Week 2 to 7 and only a handful pressed into production – done to meet critique timescales and weekly webinar reviews. There has now been an advance in the digital darkroom. There is a form of mass production of groups of like photographs constructed into one massive image file at the start. With consistency in light during taking and application of identical processing steps across the set in digital processing I now work on five images at time. I got to this after using film and developing and scanning it at Falmouth. I’ve adopted the trial for digital. This could conceivably expand to 20 images at a time, and keep within file size limitations. This constitutes a new preprocessing step. The composite image is then divided back down into individual 5 x 4 tiles for crafting to be applied. There is less control at this stage, at present, as creative direction is taken from reading each image, but collocates start to abound. As I learn the craft even more and refine the outcomes to my intent I should find my preferred style and obtain the required edit. In retrospect I needed more to find consistent sets of images than fuss over handcrafting each stage of each image. So now white balance as one step is for the composite rather than individual images. Whilst technically there is a measurement difference, across images of consistency, there is little to argue and besides the final stage of crafting creates wide changes in direction of final appearance.
I only wrote so much on this point as it is a recent innovation in my practice that produces results and overall there is a freeing up to lend time to the creative processes standardising steps that adapt to standardisation without compromising work. At a simple level too I have gained control over storage and workflow and even have introduced discipline into auditing image heritage and end use. At the start of the course with fewer images they were easier to control informally, but as the enterprise has grown, so discipline and control have become necessary especially around deadlines.
This is still only a stage in the ongoing practice development and even now my original intent to layer in appropriate glyphs has begun to happen. There are some exciting decisions to make as I proceed towards image and text narrative. Currently I use call and response captions for effect. Now visual scope increases.
I should not forget the value add from the course most recently of advertising practice influences and as yet I do not know what more there is to follow in influential course content in the next 14 weeks duration, not to mention advances though ongoing crits.
Whether all this answers the question directly posed above or not, I am pleased to have been triggered into writing all this down as it marks for me personally a significant progress and I can now challenge and adapt my creative and production ideas.
Overall, I am pleased to be able to sustain balanced effort between learning and doing, continually making new examples of work within practice, and not forgetting to keep on shooting photographs across multiple genres as a way to sustain and remain motivated.
Week 6 Activity: And When I am Formulated, Sprawling on a Pin
I don’t have any problem with Grundberg particularly. 1988 is now a long time ago in relation to change in the world. In those days, no worldwide web, no globalisation, very little competition and very expensive air travel. It takes some focus to remember how it was, By then certainly, we had an Open University and so a growing empowerment of working people who before were excluded by class.
As I wrote in my blog, modern day Britain is an integrated multicultural society, more so than ever before. As such I see variety and am not inclined to be pressed into pigeon holing individuals by place, by race, by gender or religion. Also, of the 195 countries English is the most rapidly adopted language but even then only 1 billion in a world population 7.56 billion. What I’m saying is the West as such is not a dominant whole as we like to think but is an amalgamation of many things: many countries, languages, cultures. Amongst these remain cultural tensions like between nordic countries and that’s just one example.
Also as blogged, I have been in a highly visual state and need a break right now before piling back into creative image production, especially when catching up after a period visiting the University for workshops and weekend symposium as the course rolled on uninterrupted. I choose not to turn up unsettling images that lie best forgotten for me for now.
Week 6 Presentation: National Geographic – Representing, Re-Presenting, Reproducing
We talk of things National Geographic in much higher terms and language than the natural level of the matter itself. It seems therefore to be a concern relating to Western consciousness.
I neither flicked through nor read the National Geographic preferring to listen to articles of the digital subscription and then voted by not renewing. It was maybe for me a source of language experience. How I decoupled from the visuals is dumfounding now as a photographic student.
As for moving pyramids together then simple lens choice does this anyway, so why question positional adjustment by other means? Editorial intent seems to be what is found objectionable. For me my photographs are steered in the direction I pre-visualise and see. I am in control of my work, it is not left to the camera to fully determine.
The expression used by Baudrillard appears contorted or overly clever in processing a double negative as a positive. Such is the power of logic. The meaning could have been obscured by further layers of logic and result in the same assertion i.e. that the simulacrum is true. In line with Barthes Punctum, here I might suggest a new term the Stimulacrum. Don’t ask, as the well-intended comment will likely result in a long explanation (of book chapter proportions?).
Britain is a well integrated multicultural society, and as such it is difficult for me to imagine non Western people. The assumption of a Western people in its own right is not intended to deny people their heritage. In the worlds 195 countries, the fastest growing language, English, has only 980 million speakers. I do not perceive a Western dominant entity. I believe it true that genetically I may have greater similarity with people of Oriental descent than near neighbours of English descent. By such I resist being led into pigeon holing others as the lecture appears to insist.
National Geographic Society policy, I would view as a laudable objective. To maintain such would require constant and strong leadership over the decades and involve a level of editorial process that was formal and effective under publication deadlines. I think if you run such a complex venture then ideological control is going to be a constant challenge. If the drift was so immense why wait over a century to take issue with pictorial content. Besides change in the world is a constant and so perceptions from last century may have been suited to the audience and culture then and it would have been impossible to predict future intolerance. Magazines are largely disposable in public hands and destined for the waste. So to refer to the 1976 edition cannot be a norm as only major libraries would hold the copy and then it would be displayed mostly to an individual on special request. Is it in the past and time to move on?
As for my work, I make little of power relations but feel the pressure building to adopt such. If I were to liken loss of my ancestors to the means of Jewish communities in keeping alive the memory of the Holocaust, of which I have no problem, then in the background you could argue for my work, that I keep alive memory of the Scottish cause in the Great War, it being another mistake of self inflicted loss we must avoid. In representing a national cause if that is what my work takes on then as part of the diaspora I have a natural voice for this work. In truth we are talking about background influence and family as the initial audience.
My work being in the abstract is non representational. It is more a human biological connection down the generations that will terminate as females of the line, no longer happen to be born, as dictated by factors such as chance or through a preponderance of males.
Abstract expressionism is used to parallel narratives and so continuation of the gene is what is paramount.
How anthropology relates therefore is tricky. Are we to assume that subjects photographed object and hand unspoken complaint over to the west to wrestle with and tie itself in knots?
As for the exotic, do we reckon the subjects themselves believe they are exotic or perhaps the are merely down to earth folk? How do they view western photographers, maybe with excitement, enjoyment and fun? How wealthy are the visitors really? They can maybe afford to stay a while but the residents of the lands can stay indefinitely. And who is to say with all the complaint about modern living that the subjects by comparison experience a simpler, less stressful existence.
Surely in the West we are the ones slaved to society?
The stereotype I detect is expressed as academic or informed language. I’ve taken a turn away from the visual for now having been so immersed of late. Insofar as seeking out objectionable material, I prefer to let any such images rest for now. Also, I find a lot of roads lead back to American culture, again which I choose not to engage with, out of choice.
The May 1985 cover photograph of the Vickers Vimy is interesting as the aircraft depicted has a single prop, whereas the original aircraft had wing mounted props. I’m sure there is a rational explanation.
Week 6 Independent Reading: Decoding National Geographic
When the significant shift in a magazine’s presentation of photography has a timeline hidden a mixing in an archive presentation in a gallery, this act obscures progression. When aesthetic choices are made in curating an exhibition it then falls short compared to the presentation of that properly researched. This in critical context then undermines the value of the work. in the Grunberg article (Grundberg, 1998)There is a sense of the development of photography from black and white into the era of Kodachrome colour. At the exhibition at the V&A Museum of the RPS Archive collection there is a display that demonstrates by example the impact of the development of colour film in. a series of works that pop. The colour work is consistent and beautifully coloured almost as a croyon colour effect. I have a film camera loaded with some right now and am looking for an opportunity to shoot the roll and get to experience what it can do. I think this connects with my practice as parallel practice that informs the main body of work emergent.
Grundberg (ibid) indicates advice on curation regarding curatorial practice in particular over using archive photographs. When we create a Final Major Project FMP, we will be faced with the possibility of selecting archive work previously unpublished.
If I disagree with Grundberg, it is probably over the ease with which he adopts a popular mass culture perspective categorising American’s as having set charateristics especially over the consumption of coffee table magazines. He also engenders national competition indicating the Europeans did a better job over the Images of Bamum curated by Geary. Presumably there is a veiled point design to cause the US establishment react to consistently produce top notch work.
Another point affecting my work is the edit, being able to mix two themes of commemoration with celebration of life. They collocate but differ in photographic style.
No Module Leader session rather a face to face critique was attended during the Falmouth Flexible Living Image week and weekend Symposium.
Week 6 Forum: Are You Drowning Yet
Reflect on the contexts which are open to disseminate photographs today, eg, print portfolio, book, magazine, Internet, zine and gallery. I’m inclined to think outside of the box and have learned various approaches beyond the traditional contexts which have been the subject of an earlier module assignment. Also, to reduced repetition here is something new.
Virtual Environments
[A] 3D virtual environments
[B] 3D social environments
[C] Stereogram
[D] Interactive environments
[E] Pop up exhibition
[F] Model making
[G] Textile print
[H] Clothing
* Provide specific examples to support your comments.
[A] The possibilities scoped and cost and availability of tools have been checked out. [B] As is my want and based on previous experience I have reentered the 3D world in Second Life. This is with the intent of creating a visual space for visual experience. Other viewer options have been experienced. [C] For materiality 3D stereograms and cardboard viewer from the London Stereographic Company (of Brian May fame) work well enough. [D] The context allows detection using sensors or interaction between exhibit and smartphone. [E] Model making is another material approach. Instead of having to attend a gallery a folding miniature gallery space might be created but linked to an electronic device and /or a set of prints. * Evaluate their success or failure. [A] Image quality image problem and fiddly so not for all.[B] Proven by the Victorians and a personal favourite of mine, this is a great way of inducing visual exploration. Instead of the eye resting it is free to roam directing gaze at will picking out detail.
* Outline how each context might ‘assign new meanings’ to the work. * Identify and reflect on ways in which this might inform the optimal context for viewing your own practice. Comment on the posts of your peers throughout the week as you consider the content of the presentations. Continue to refine and evaluate your own practice and prepare for the webinar.
Week 6 Introduction: A Sea of Images
What ‘ordinary’ images you make.
Being pedantic here I’ll answer in full knowledge of the difference between made images and photographs.
Amongst other things the eye has become trained in seeing the mundane. Especially unique passing scenes not to be repeated and subjects taken from a different perspective. Ordinary pictures are the preserve although not exclusively, of the smartphone. With a DSLR camera it has the power to remind to make something of deemed significance or art.
An ordinary image though, would start out as more or less any photograph without title, captioning or hashtag or other material context. To each individual reader a fleeting personal meaning perhaps yet what of making common, where author intent is tuned into or partially tuned into by the reader. Most images start out as ordinary yet through the application of effort, those kept images those ordinary images for which there is some projected intent, through refinement and planned development and imagined context they become transformed and start to leave the realm of the ordinary.
How important a ‘mass existence’ is over a ‘unique existence’.
Who am I to judge the multiplicity of readings? Mass existence helps make common, and as cultural references develop they allow us to start communicating. Unique seems desirable but can place the work as other or niche and the work lend itself to adverse criticism, notoriety, an example of poor practice, that to be avoided and best not replicated.
Much changes over time so with mass existence there seems to be an implication of the contemporary.
How a reproduction can reach us in ‘our own situation’ today.
In a multitude of ways and in newly evolving ways.there
Whether or not you recycle and reproduce any cultural myths.
Is it still possible to be original?
How is it possible to know completely, and how self-aware are we? I’ve tried hard and no matter how hard, inevitably a discovery is made and so one learns not to be disappointed. Areas of taboo may be ripe for “exploitation”.
As much as ego drives originality discovery can readily prove the new idea to have been replicated elsewhere. There is scope for originality through technological innovation – at least that is my hope.
Week 5 Activity: Of Mother Nature and Marlboro Men
First to list these Landscape photography female role models:
Astrid McGechan, Cheryl Hamer, Marianthi Lainas, Margaret Soraya, Susan Brown, Fre Hocking and Morag (Mog) Paterson an Intentional Camera Movement ICM specialist from Castle Douglas in Southern Scotland who I met briefly back in November !
Resonance (or otherwise)
Ideas from the above resource that resonate. Rather than resonate actually, some of the content I found to be quite shocking. Here are some examples:
The nexus of the following: the major museums, art history, the art market and the loop of acceptance by photographers combine to deliberately cut out representation by women, formally stylise landscape work when there are detractors, and they exercise power to push aside photographers for political reasons.
The way the landscape marks former inhuman actions such as through a monument to miners, gunned down by the Colorado State militia intent on squashing a strike.
The way capital is made of the land has created a major force whether that is with regards energy or making of places such as Disneyland for the tourist trade.
I’m not sure how disingenuous the argument of viewing the landscape as a dynamic environment people use the land rather than the land being a primeval site. Planning of land use for feminist purpose and the reconsidering of land for women to use other than simply for going shopping was another example.
Female reproduction leading to perspectives of women as nature does seem dated.
Some of the language categories were interesting in terms of power: Public | Private | State | Government and in terms of aesthetic: Noble | Picturesque |Sublime | Mundane
Select an image:
I’ve selected the following image from Adbusters #142 The Metameme Insurrection from library.fxplus.ac.uk from within the Advertising Subject Guide. I hold no personal opinions about the subject of the campaign, the image being selected for the loud visual language that is readily apparent. Along with the text it makes a very tough point.
Meme image from Adbusters #142 The Metameme Insurrection
Activism is about as far removed from my ways as it is possible to get. This meme however right or wrong in intent, certainly does jar.
The whole thing looks highly political, and is full of the macho thing we read about in the resource above. Whereas that discussion related back to the 1920s Western Cowboy films and occupation of the land and male control over the landscape since, here we have a modern reference of counter-hegemony.
Week 5 Presentation 2: Just Giving?
This topic is about other and likely to cause debate for the simple reason that in society we are biased towards people like ourselves. We feel safer, more secure and confident (less stressed). We tend to be simply more at ease in the company of those like us:
same race,
same belief system,
same gender,
same intellect,
same politics,
same profession,
same wealth,
same power, and so the list goes on.
Enlightenment can lead to richer relationships, understanding and cohesion, but maybe this requires effort. One of the factors that defines human intelligence is laziness. We are driven to find easier ways that require less effort. Part of how we evolved.
It is being naturally human then to opt for an easier / lazy outlook and fall into feeling more comfortable with like people. This may have its dangers as without counter-hegemony groups can go on accepting leadership towards the mass polarised movement and the events we see unfold on the world stage.
Fairness
When basing societies on the principle of fairness, then some individuals are stronger than others, and should help the weak, some are richer than others and so should help the poor e.g. through taxes.
Given this is how society is organised then institutions are formed to provide this balance, but in doing so there is the so called transaction cost. Whilst I see this an overhead for example in monetary term, there are also the inefficiencies faced those in need of finding the help required.
Charity Organisation- as actor
At this point, my thought turns to the parties discussed in the presentation. The charities are institutions in their own right, and so introduce further transaction cost. To me this indicates inefficiency of the state institutions as far as the weak and poor finding the support that is needed and indicates a degree of lack of measurement and lack of planning.
This argument is saying that high transaction cost in the state provisioning and is met by charity by introducing further transaction cost. This next point as example is a bit different as legal powers are involved but serves to emphasise a point. If the police forces upon whom we depend for public safety were not able to execute their remit, then it would not be tolerated if vigilante groups set themselves up to take policing into their own hands. I’m not too happy with that connection, but hope the point translates. Even so, we learn of examples where vigilante groups operate or operated.
The presentation narrows the discussion to people of disability and probably does so as the topic is likely to generate a range of emotional responses alongside informed argument.
As a strategy it may be valid to decompose societal inequality down by case.
Advertising Agency – as actor
As for the ad agencies, they demonstrate how clever they are at their practice. Across the strategies they use we see an evolution of strategy and style. It is interesting to see how the minimalistic form has become more prevalent. In the case study, they are just agents of the Charities and so again area main contributor to the transaction cost. No matter how good they are we are talking about wastage.
Moral Dilemma (and excuses?)
Do I turn my back on those in need, certainly not. I’d begin with creating a strong environment for family to thrive in. In a sense this is one step towards alleviating the wider problem. Would I turn to those nearby, the elderly and recognise when they have times of need if I could make lives easier by offering some assistance from time to time? Yes. Do I gamble? No, but occasionally I will contribute by paying for a lottery ticket. Again though there is a transaction cost, of the Lottery Fund. My preference is to fund centrally like this as an additional level of tax, rather than evaluate individual charitable requests. As charitable causes go, much bad press is printed these days, over exploitation of power or misuse of funds.
Established Research in Giving
There was some post-doc research done at the University of Southampton to that analyse different social media strategies based on individuals as network nodes. Research was designed to optimise charitable campaigns/increase revenue. After receiving an online presentation on this work I did get to visit the University for further presentation and exhibition of the work. Southampton pride themselves on having on their staff, Tim Berners-Lee, inventor of the Worldwide web. Their motivation for conducting social media research becomes clear.
Maybe, there is a sense of moral idealism in the above response. Also, as a lifelong advertisement rejectionist (as far as that is possible), I’ve only recently become open to advertising, Will I change and start lashing out donations left, right and centre. Hmm, let’s see. Sadly, for now I’m in the advertising space out of self interest to learn how to make my practice sing. Maybe influence will become unavoidable.
Week 5 Presentation 1: The Body and the Land
In passing, I register having seen one of the Course Leader’s published Husbandry photographs that use the foil of viewer seeing back of person looking into a rural landscape. So now that much is explained in the presentation. What remains is a question about the presence of fabric draped across a. wall in the middle distance. If I were to use imagination, one reading might be about the landscape dressed as female attired to match the man who is gazing. Is that it?
Learning of the work of Helen Chadwick and nature images created from swabs of intimate body parts then I hold out a bit more comfort towards the acceptability of my own images of trauma and healing of the body.
Do we continue to imagine the land as a female “other”?
In a source below there is an assertion of frequent lapses into cliched and obsolete discourses of landscape, gender and identity
Can you find examples of this, or find exceptions?
As asserted below there is a tendency towards gendered expression of land amongst American-Irish film producers. In trying to find exceptions, I’d look towards history and earlier times in Scotland where a clan chief might well be a woman, or in early England where for example Boudicca ruled. This highlights a different era with different power base giving hope of finding exception. Amazon warrior women once ran their society, so again potentially different perspectives on gendered landscape. Interestingly these examples bind race into the discussion and are somewhat historical in context.
Summary
Whilst I’ve been mostly unaware and automatically accepting of the norn regarding gender descriptions of landscape, it is clear from independent research that there is a history to the topic even going back to ancient times. Also, there are feminist issues at play. I find from my research that there is widespread coverage in conferences and through many publications. From this sea of references it is sufficient at the moment to pull out some example phrases and the name of a conference or practitioner
Notes
Some thoughts on the topic:
… frequently lapses into cliched and obsolete discourses of landscape, gender and identity and is redolent of American-Irish …
Thoughts on landscape and gender, expressed through romanticism and poetry. Written about alongside race and identity. There are texts on gender and power in the landscape.
From Unframed Landscapes: Nature in Contemporary Art | NeMe
“Feminism in general, and ecofeminism in particular, have brought a new understanding of how gender has shaped the ways in which we see the environment. This has involved drawing attention to the ubiquitous binary coupling of women with nature and men with culture. Landscape art is deconstructed as mastery over nature that is evident in the rules of perspective and the stress on viewpoints for representing nature. Eco-feminists aspire to move beyond dualistic thinking and to establish relationships based not on hierarchy and domination, but on caring, respect, and awareness of interconnection.”
And
“The contemporary understanding of landscape includes the sense of it as ‘an ideological tool shaping the way in which we envision and construct the natural world.’ This aspect of landscape can be traced in the areas of gender, class, national identity and the exercise of colonial power.”
Historic connections between the landscape and women are studied by Dr Helen Damico. Damico has made important contributions to the study of women in Old English and Old Norse literature.
The topic has been addressed by a conference organised by the research project “Representing and Sensing Nature, Landscape and Gender” (Academy of Finland). (Gender, Nature and Culture (May 20-22, 2010, Helsinki, Finland), 2010)
Catherine Harper creates art connecting landscape and gender
Gazes in visual culture might be explained as being derivative of: an infant gaze of survival; adult gaze of reproduction.
Within my practice it is difficult to pinpoint how the gaze fits in, as the processes of the digital darkroom obscure the original photographic content of which trace is present in colour, shape or form. This is perhaps an example of a veiled gaze. In this image the gaze is out into a form of landscape. This image is based on impressions, the body as “photogram”, in which the physical world is imprinted.
Other gazes are cognitive and priming: reading emotion into words, seeing through by reading between the lines, looking into the soul in empathising, or reading ahead of thought process. Some of these have a visual element? Perhaps there are many other gazes when committing to memory or when casting back to living memory and so on. These “gazes” relate to the viewer making an interpretation of my practice. There are intentional hidden levels of meaning which with contextualisation may become apparent to the viewer.
So, my photographic work is based on metaphorical representations. Gaze is related to making meaning whilst exploring the images.
I wrote a bit more explanation about this within a section of the CRJ titled “Week 4 Module Leader / Group Tutorial” at this link
Week 5 Introduction: Gazing at Photographs
Alpern in her so called anthropological study, and despite her openness with the viewer (and critically not with the subjects), is actually spying on folk in their partial attire, recording elicit behaviours and in one image kissing with a client who is possibly recognisable.
You do wonder if all this doesn’t whet the desire in Alpern, creating excitement over what she might discover. Given her vantage point and frequency of visits to her hidden location, was she being opportunistic? What if she recognised a client as a relative or as a public figure? There was a game of chance unfolding and an excitement – it could all suddenly go beyond her ability to control.
As for the posed question over the inquisitive stare, this could be tricky. The photograph is a still so any stare within the scene will linger for always. The evidence of rudeness might be the reaction of the person being viewed and any shift that occurred in body language or posture. There is the role of the photographer present in the scene taking the picture whilst mediating and exercising a controlling influence.
As for the viewer of the photograph they can look at a still for as long as they wish and nothing will change unless they are engaged in detailed analysis and make a series of observations. What may happen is the viewer may undergo a physiological reaction over whatever is depicted in the still.
In life, a stare that lingers may be deemed rude if the slowing down to look results in a fast startled reaction. There may be a sudden transition from slow to startled response of the person gazing. By now both parties become fully aware of the situation and a consequent reaction will no doubt play out.
And regards when representation becomes fetishization, this may be a different matter. Hall in Representation (Hall, 2013, 258)discusses the fetish in terms of cover, or of both looking and not looking. I’d previously understood the subject in terms of applying special properties or powers to a representation that really did not exist.
If we take the former definition from Hall, then you could argue that Alpern was engaged in both looking and not looking and so was exhibiting fetishization.
Bibliography
Hall, S. (2013) ‘The Spectacle of the Other’, in Hall, S., Evens, J., and Sean, N. (eds) Representation. 2nd edn. London, [England], p. 258.
I almost passed over blogging on this topic when, in fact, I attended all lectures, made copious notes in my logbook and often contributed to any questions discussions.
Two particularly fruitful sessions were those with university staff and tutors I was then able to go on and meet and listen to present at the almost week-long Face to Face event in Falmouth.
At the present hour, I will stick with my handwritten lecture notes as there is little extra added value in translating these into a blog post.
Week 6 to 10
A change in Blog structure, Reflections rejoin the weekly Coursework blogs and have somehow become closely allied with the weekly Tutor sessions.
As. is often the case with a filing cabinet, a single item might fit within more than one place (file pocket). For reasons of efficiency and in trying to keep up with the flood of information and activity, I do my reflection within the coursework blogs as thought is prompted there.
The overarching structure of the blog settles on:
Coursework activity
Development of Practice
Contextualisation
Week 5
Throughout the events this week, you have reflected on the nature of your gaze both as author and consumer of images.
Spend a few moments looking back on your reflective notes from the presentations, the Bright (1985) Article and the contributions and feedback of your peers on the forums.
Task:
Think about the following questions:
What is the ‘nature’ of your own photographic gaze?
How is the body represented to us?
Where do we see this?
Do we maintain views of individual bodies as ‘inferior’ or ‘dangerous’?
Then, write a brief summary in your research journal that reflects on your work in the context of:
Your own ‘look’.
How it might be interpreted, by whom and why?
Any ideas / visual practices you were particularly interested in.
Any ideas / visual practices challenged/shed new light on your existing practice.
Your work/ideas in the context of other visual practices and
critical insights.
My work/ideas in the context of other visual practices and critical approaches.
Student input in open forum focusses on gaze, photography and landscape.
Gaze seems to be described as a dynamic element of vision in terms of the first look, looking again, or looking more and searching. The gaze is mentioned sometimes in an apologetic manner with denial or admission to the fore. There are examples of fetishisation, perhaps if we take the definition of holding two conflicting ideas at once.
In the course presentations, the focus is broader covering landscape, gaze, photography and disability.
In the presentations, the gaze is covered in broader terms, including the sexualising nature of the gaze, and as such, it is talked about without reference to the author so can be more open. The presentations are therefore more expansive and roam across difficulties such as voyeurism and the exercise of power and aggression and how gaze may be lingering (with intent) and done to satisfy. It is the rare student that will own up to such behaviours.
The persons of disability aspect are covered and include the role of charity organisation or advertising agency (implied). Having recently learned about signifiers and admitting advertising as a role model may just be early in the week yet for this discussion to have caught up on the student side. There is a lot more to “mine” in student blogs if there were only the time. I may return to it.
My own ‘look’.
In photographic terms, my look is very directed in sensing minor trauma as happens from time to time, and the (ordinary) viewer (distinct from this analytical academic audience) may only realise through extended gaze at which point Barthes punctum is triggered. For my practice, I have developed an eagle eye for minor accidents/injury, and with family as subject to maintain the genetic narrative, they know what I’m about and never ready for when I pounce with the camera then plaster. They realise the work is published in the abstract and have read the book (reading gaze?) that my spouse and co-collaborator researched. As the course evolves, so do my photographs, now images and a body (sic) of work takes on a new life of its own.
How it might be interpreted, by whom and why?
Interpretation or acceptance is never going to be that easy amongst close family, even with cooperative understanding. I suppose it is a distraction from the conversation and seen as mildly intrusive. It is quite a challenge to get in focus the camera and get back out quickly. If necessary, I can sometimes offer first aid for minor cuts, bumps and grazes.
With self as subject, that too is a challenge as trying to capture some photographs really requires there to be a photographer present as it is quite a contortion even for the most straightforward arrangement.
In a conversation, the bluntest comment was from a public health professional who coined the term skin photography. Creepy, especially knowing what their work led them to. I prefer the definition of Body Art from the Tate website. I’m reminded of the surname Bucket, pronounced Bouquet.
One fellow hinted at a mildly symmetric abstract as female genitalia. I don’t want by accident to make a rude image, but really symmetry detracts from the narrative theme of collected photographs, title and captions.
Clinical photography shadows my work. What medics do is standardise on technique to record the progress of the disease, e.g. on the body surface. There is enough separation between medicine and art to be comfortable alongside standards of medical ethics and privacy of stored full-body photographs
Any ideas / visual practices I was particularly interested in and Any ideas / visual methods challenged/shed new light on your existing practice.
The Landscape presentation was engaging, somewhat surprisingly. Without thinking it through, we probably don’t immediately think of Landscape as the male gaze. To a degree, I feel that this gaze interpretation references Art History rather than Contemporary practice. Once mentioned, it starts to communicate, although there are references better related to Art History. Interest in this course has to be Contemporary in intent (in the main).
The link for me is that my abstracted trauma imagery takes on a layered aesthetic in which I allow the viewer to sense depth and signifier of a seascape or landscape. Fading memories of home and dark scenes from the theatre of war are classic male gaze as the male fighter is the subject – there is the historical narrative of 100 years past, so I adopt the Art History view. One image to date has been representative of a relative (now signified is the female (mother) looking out on a veiled landscape to a sea that divides.
In one narrative, two out of 17 were sent into battle, so the gazes ought to be numerically in favour of the 15. However, the intensity is in the struggle. There is scope to work with this balance and gaze.
An interested art acquaintance enquired, of which there is a growing audience, and discussion about gaze rolled on awhile, and as their daughters final year project had been on the subject we realised she thought the conversation was about gays. That was quite surreal.
Your work/ideas in the context of other visual practices and critical approaches.
In terms of breakthrough, this week, I looked again at the Art and expression of Mark Rothko’s work. This was a significant diversion into an area of personal research and understanding and very very worthwhile (thank you, Michelle). I’ve written about this elsewhere in the blog under the Week 5 Contextualization I recall.
There is more research, but I risk repeating myself here (bioglphs, photogram workshop, other practitioners usually painters).
In the analysis, I allow my interpretation of genetic inheritance to motivate Practice. Soon I will introduce this within the visual language.
In answering the set questions, if there is a hierarchy and there is a risk of any sort, it would lie in the unknown. The general rules of genetic inheritance are mostly accurate, not always enforced by nature. Then we make natural assumptions of propriety in the recorded relationships.
Week 4
Reflect on the content of this week’s presentations and the personal response you had to the images we discussed, as well as any different readings of the adverts you discussed in the forums. Reflect on the reaction to your work.
Write a passage in your research journal that reflects on:
The ‘intent’ of your work.
The strategies you use to achieve this intent.
Whether you think these strategies are successful and, if so, for whom?
Is photographic ambiguity an intent in its own right?
The intent of my work has been consistent and is already documented. What changed going into the week is one thing and change on exiting the week another, the latter being influenced by the week’s learnings.
Experimentation was vital at the start with colour control being achieved by spot colour (red injury) and colour filter on monochrome. These two new techniques were added to my digital darkroom processes for the practice.
Exciting the week, I now need to take on board semiology learnings, look more at adverts and try and adopt a common visual language. This aligns with a recent review.
My strategies emerge from the digital darkroom and reading of landscape works with the viewer when trauma is superimposed. That intent seems to work. It should work in the context of a book.
Ambiguity is a part of the work. It protects identity to some extent and transformation from trace is the method of creating art. It will be challenging to closely align with the visual language of advertising in my abstracts, but nevertheless, there is something to take from it.
Position your work into a broader image world and viewing the community as you keep working and reflecting on your own practice in preparation for the webinar.
The broader image world I link with includes the work of painters in the main of which several have been mentioned in this blog. As always, I create work and then discover artists. The challenge I note is to do with scale and how painters can add as much texture or detail as necessary for whatever canvas size they choose.
Week 3
Throughout the activities this week, you have been required to reflect on how photographers construct their images to evoke an intended narrative or meaning – sometimes explicit and inter-textual and sometimes more open-ended and ambiguous. As Lori Pauli (2006: 135) notes: ‘In an era when all photographic representation has become suspect, these fictions encourage an interrogation or the “truth” of photographic representations’.
Spend a few moments looking back on your reflective notes from the Week 3 presentations, your reading, the contributions of your peers and feedback on your posts.
Tasks:
Reflect on:
Whether any of these ‘constructed’ approaches give you ideas to develop your own practice.
If so, why? What ideas?
Is our reading of a photographic ‘truth’ merely a symbolic construction itself?
I use layering and abstractions that may combine trace with the imaginings wish to portray. As a construction, I want to start developing textual or typographical references to drive the meaning forward. I’ve been asked to consider sound on several occasions, and this is likely to get included for potential gallery/exhibition.
As for truth, there is only an overlap of some degree between authors intent and the reader’s interpretation. That is the truth, and it will vary by context and by an individual.
In your research journal:
Find three photographs that interest you regarding multiple interpretations of the world and a ‘constructed’ approach.
Record the manner of their constructed nature.
Identify why you read them the way you do.
Position your own practice about this, both aesthetically and conceptually.
Okay, how to find constructed images. Let’s see.
Week 2
Throughout the activities this week, you have reflected on the culturally perceived veracity of the photograph, perhaps in opposition to other forms of visual communication.
Task: Spend a few moments looking back on your reflective notes from the two presentations, the Snyder & Allen (1975) article and the contributions of your peers to the forums so far. Take into account the following questions:
Did any ideas particularly interest you?
What challenged you?
Have your ideas changed?
Authenticity, for me, is vital when finding my voice. Active emotional elements are there and at times can overwhelm. As family as diaspora and in reconnecting with our culture is dominant and lives on in a new generation.
The main challenge for me has been the language. Either reference is typically outdated coming from the history of photography rather than being contemporary, or the presentation content is almost impenetrable where a half-hour lecture can take me over two hours of activity to digest. This then takes away from free time for reading, which is a shame.
Being acutely organised is a necessity and is challenged occasionally by the starting structure of the blog beginning to be outgrown. It all has to be kept on top of, or it would readily career out of control.
A personal challenge is in using citations both in using a software tool and given the variety of methods and knowing where to draw the line. That is about the experience. It is easy to get overly diligent and cite where it becomes an affectation rather than reliable support to a research base. I have to remind myself this is not a doctoral research degree and cite appropriately. I tend to over-record on maintained sources, which has a slowing down effect, but a price I pay to alleviate future risk. I have a bit of trouble with page-level citing.
As for my ideas changing, I did take a photogram approach to bodily contact instead of minor trauma. It gave another method of moving forward with practical making.
Write a brief summary of your research journal.
How might your work be (or not be) considered a ‘peculiar practice’?
Think about how the context affects how people view your work.
Reflect on your practice in the context of other visual methods and theoretical points.
A unique of my practice is the recording of injuries to the skin, which may seem somewhat weird but is a basis I use for creating my punctum.
IF I think about complementing my work with sound, then a gallery context demands or facilitates a different approach to a book or a Zine or a Journal. All of these are potentially extended contexts for my work.
My work is a form of art and uses a potent metaphor. Being photographic rather than painted, it sits better in a book than a painted work with surface texture.
Week 2 CRJ: Independent Reflection
Did any ideas particularly interest you?
What challenged you?
Have your ideas changed?
Write a brief summary in your research journal.
How might your work be (or not be) considered a ‘peculiar practice’?
Think about how the context affects how people view your work.
Reflect on your practice in the context of other visual methods and theoretical points.
Ideas briefly, that interested me were the definition or new definition received for Indexicality as Causal Relationship. (Snyder and Allen Neil Walsh, 1975).
To me on previous readings and research, Philosophy takes up the idea of Indexicality in terms of what is there that is unique to, in our case, Photography, that defines Photography. This began with Studium and a second concept that has driven my work to where it stands now the Punctum. (Barthes and Howard, 1980) Since I’ve conducted a brief language analysis and note that punctum is a foreign language word that has been used for centuries and that what we talk about is Barthes punctum.
It was also interesting to discuss Truth when looking at Authenticity. Clearly, there is no one truth but many attempts possible at the fact. In returning to this, I note from a later reading that there is no universal truth, only the intersection between the authors intent and the viewers reading.
Context is a challenge at present. As my work was initially intended as a book and I learned of other exciting means of getting my work out there, then complexion changed. The challenge I’m learning about is one of simplification of intent, something I continue to strive to get right affecting how I communicate about my work. While I rise to this challenge, which I find tough to get right, I now have other considerations to manage.
In a book context, I could manage the message, while in this academic environment we study in, I describe much deeper the intentionally hidden layers. I learn that intent mustn’t guide too much as the room must be there for the Viewer to make interpretation and should be allowed to go in their own direction with it.
Next is a rather exciting part of the extension of contexts where these call for supporting methods, from moving still, to the movie, to sound. I will always express the excitement of the child within and yet as I learned in my first module, the work needs to be focussed, contained in scope as to what I choose to do and make sure it is achievable within an MA. So I am thinking more substantial, being a bit more aspirational but with realism as to what might be achieved. I’d hate to create the video then discover there was no available means of playing it in whatever space.
My ideas had to change during Week 2, as over the inactive Winter period there have been fewer opportunities to capture that minor trauma and so have adapted and focussed on a healthy glow and now on the trace of objects imprinted on self as an analogy to photogram and photographed, and abstracted. With practice during the assessment period, I’ve been able to develop skills in controlling colour and in particular luminosity. The latter led to some recent competition successes, and I’ve now begun to apply a level of sophistication to the look of my images. This should evolve during the module. Some of the subject matter I capture in Photograph responds in the digital darkroom and some not. I improve my image selection as I go and have reverted to flash photography to cut out environmental lighting contamination.
In terms of peculiar practice, then if the work was viewed through the lens of clinical photography (Nayler, Jeremy (Institute of Child Health and Great Ormond Street, Hospital for Children NHS Trust, 2003), there could readily be negative feelings. In my experience, others who have some medical interest seem to engage without adverse reaction.
In reference ibid, there is the guidance that “it is not acceptable to use photographic tricks to enhance the outcomes of clinical outcomes”. I do not create clinical outcomes. Instead, I create art. There is an enhancement as I seek out the glow in an image and increase the saturation to draw the colours back out.
In terms of general context, I have initially thought this through and written of it: book versus Zine, versus, Gallery etc. This is a developmental area and still quite early as I just started making the current batch of images only yesterday. Obviously, with two terms completed on a two-year course, my work cannot yet be viewed as complete, and some of the questions addressed here must wait for the action to unfold. I am grateful though to be prompted now on such matters as contexts rather than proceed irrecoverably down the path with little time to adjust.
I reflect on Clinical Practice as I seek to obtain higher quality images in a controlled environment. I may decamp to the photographic studio ultimately.
The visual practice I am drawn to and cannot avoid, and others tune into on my behalf is Painting. At a personal level, religion tried to enter the practice arena, and discussions held had a very marked effect. The context was regarding paintings.
Not all is visual as culturally I seek to include poetry or parts thereof or inspiration or even my own writing. The rhythmical elements of music too are present on the perimeter of my practice and through lyrics has been present in the past.
In terms of the punctum I experience through my practice, I am guided to look for detail and visual elements that do not appear contrived where the punctum is or may be lost.
Bibliography
Barthes, R. and Howard, R. (1980) Camera lucida: reflections on photography. London: Vintage.
Nayler, Jeremy (Institute of Child Health and Great Ormond Street, Hospital for Children NHS Trust, L. (2003) Clinical Photography: A Guide for the Clinician, Clinical Photography: A Guide for the Clinician. JnPostgrad Med. 2003. Available at: http://www.jpgmonline.com/text.asp?2003/49/3/256/1145 (Accessed: 8 February 2019).
In this section, I cover a general response to Week 1 but start by addressing the following activity, which I’m glad to have found! I nearly overlooked it in my efforts to get organised
Week 1 CRJ Independent Reflection
The ontological nature of the ubiquitous photograph within its specific contexts of consumption, as it relates to my own practice.
Tasks:
Think about:
The ‘nature’ of my own photographic practice;
The importance of context in our reading of images;
Any ideas / visual practices I were particularly interested in;
Any ideas / visual practices that challenged/shed new light on your existing practice.
Write a brief summary in your research journal regarding:
Where you are now;
The ‘nature’ and intent of your practice;
What contexts your work could be consumed in;
Your training in the context of other visual practices and critical ideas.
I almost overlooked this reflective exercise as having been covered in other places my CRJ and in Canvas. The important thing here now relates to having gone back over reading, in particular, Sontag (Sontag, 1977)
My intent is abstract Impressionism related to intentionally hidden layers of meaning. This refers to genetic connections that establish connections that link over 100 years and creates closure. Gaps recognised are filled regarding communications made to me as a child. These gaps (feelings and people missed) and the filling of those gaps has become vital. A diaspora is reconnected with its culture, and a family is healed. Family members have made their trek back, and even the youngest family member now has made their first cultural visit. It is not solely due to this work, but its wider repercussions have been felt. Central to this is a family member, now of advanced years to whom a lot of this work is dedicated – the “Mother of all Fathers”.
I have become more acutely aware of what a photograph is, and the relationship, such as it is between painting and photography. This is of particular importance to my practice. I quickly moved from photo to digital abstract art.
The main point I picked up on relating to context, refers to a common concern of how I communicate my message to the viewer if I still feel it is essential to guide their interpretation. In a museum context, if that were to be realised, this would need to be clear, in other settings, there could be different presentations (e-Zine, Book, Journal). Different have different capabilities or require different strategies for mixed media. Having once started working with other media moving still and sound and eliminated this from my work on course assignments, it has been prompted as a tutor comment, so I have to consider mixed media. I feel that could be quite a positive addition by I do need to build up my skill level as such, skills have gone dormant and remained so for a while. There is a necessity, and I personally would find it exciting. The challenge would be to reach professional quality in the remaining time.
A practice that I employ that is of particular interest is the one of a kind nature of my work as I feel that may increase its value as I am currently forced into destructive editing and it is difficult to repeat the steps and arrive at the same end image. A starting photograph can be looked at for promise in taking it into the post, and then there is a process of intuition that drives the development of the abstract. Therefore it is not formulaic – the process is open loop. Work can be set aside if it does not technically process.
I was particularly interested in the Squires Exhibition What is a Photograph, notwithstanding the exhibition title question not being answered. The contributors work though I take something from in terms of their ideas. This is much in the same way that I relate to the work of David Hockney (Hockney David, 1998)
My photography can be representational but always returns to the abstract, as observed as being my natural tendency or the natural style. In earlier times I strove to make the photograph almost appear to be painted. I do not use filters but use a mix of techniques. I mention this here as is often the case, others refer my work back to painting and painters (Millar and now Rothko). I have also related to (Howard).
I’m currently satisfied that my photography is a trace of the original subject. With bodily healing, the matter of minor trauma disappears, so in slow time there is a critical period (moment?), so timing is a consideration.
As in Sontag, the idea for the image is in the authors head before the shutter is released seems right. The categorisation of the work as Fine Art needs further consideration, although it is not that important to the author. Well having said that, not initially so. I’ve seen the argument in either direction as to whether photography is a fine art. I thought to myself for a while it had gained such recognition, but for now, I conclude that Photography gained a new acceptance and is nowadays displayed in places where Fine Art is posted as noted in the Times article (Campbell-Johnston, 2012)
Hockney David (1998) David Hockney on Photography & Other Matters (Secret Knowledge) – YouTube, Sky Arts. Available at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=coGPeckNQZw (Accessed: 21 January 2019).
Sontag, S. (1977) On Photography. Penguin Bo. Penguin Modern Classics.
General Commentary on the Week
I ended the week on a high as I start to get the information sources under control. I’m happier to read a variety of resources having tried out the set-up I have here for making citations. I still have one or two unanswered questions: tags seem to be at blog post level yet I try to avoid a proliferation of posts of the same type, in attempting to keep them on a single page with the latest entry at the top. So can a tag be more local, at sentence level? Hoping yes. So having allocated tags, what is the mechanism for searching? I’m sure I’ll be able to look it up.
Answered: During our FMP, we were invited to attend two meetings where the design of a blog was documented and discussed in detail. There was also a student demonstrating an exemplar, and this specifically highlighted the differences in WordPress dashboard (education version versus standard version we had used. Once this was resolved (in my case by an upgrade), then it was possible to use all of the controls and indeed start using Tags correctly in a blog. This did take a couple or more long days to resolve, in the end.
Things were slow while getting organised, but in the end, I enjoyed the week and started to view my work in a new light and started to get some fresh ideas together.
I was able to read/research and cite material and was able to express a more unobstructed view of my project though by being prompted by the coursework. What I need to do more of is draw in critical resources, provide balanced argument and move forward, and do this across a range of my own research to “put fuel in the tank”.
Intensified focus and improved organisation. There were so many seemingly disparate inputs.
Some things are settling down, over access to conferences and group etiquette within conferences.
For a while, I carried a question about modernism is art versus photography. It took a while to resolve as amongst the many sources that had become available I didn’t initially find my way back to the learning material (video). Here it is:
Modernism, Postmodernism (and back again) (Cosgrove, 2019)
In the webinar this week you will be considering the intent and authorship of your own practice and how you construct your work for a presumed audience and context.
Intent – the work I do makes common over family as diaspora. This is where it starts and continues.
Under the MA, there is influence to take this forward and expand context.
A major element of the taught work I thought initially I could not use in my work at least until I translate what I’ve learnt from pictorial work into abstract imagery.
Authorship???
Presumed audience – this starts out as family and extended family
Context – recently the book returned as strong context (I had tried to move the work way beyond this to challenge myself. I have to consider the signification in other contexts). A possible exhibition is a strong maybe.
You will informally present your thoughts and relevant examples of your practice to your peers and tutor. You should try to contextualise your reflections with other relevant visual material and critical ideas.
Identify aspects of this week’s content that have / could influence your own developing practice.
Main influence this week is reading of Photography and Cinema – David Campney
Narrative, La Jette
Also, Representation – Stuart Hall – in respect of culture, society, communication
For example, you might choose to:
Examine your own work in the context of any common / disparate interpretations emerging in the forum: So Where is the Author Now?
The taught part was on case studies around advertising. I rejected advertising up until now as a poorly regulated/implemented endeavour. I might change if adverts teach me how to get my work to transmit signifiers guided by author intent.
Reflect on any important peer feedback you received in the forum: Viewers Make Meaning.
Photograph posted and commented upon by a fellow student. Different photography – different abstraction – different intent – yet same theme emerged. This confirms author interpretation carries forward naturally into work.
Provide examples of relevant practices you think are successful in achieving their intent.
Abstract method 1 is readily supported and works. It works again in combination with further layering and it is trace. It connects with critical reviewer is the sense I get. As commented recently, I can create such representations quite simply now and for the MA I was looking do achieve something more challenging.
Abstract method 2 is successful in creating visually stimulating (beautiful) images. It works in combination with Abstract method 1 in toning down. These images tend not to fit the theme in call and response titling of trauma and are more inclined to celebration of a theme of life’s force.
From ongoing experimentation variations in abstract style have been introduced this week
Abstract method 3 monochromatic from 1 or 2 with optional colour filter and
Abstract method 4 monochrome from 1 or 2 with spot colour.
Narrative Call and Response works really well: brief, dramatic in rhythm and to the point. Allows depiction of mental trauma.
Lighting the skin – discussion took place in a studio context of gelled lighting and skin tone (for different models). Actually, I might bring out the gels as a way of enhancing my work.
Explain why you think this is.
Images don’t naturally make a narrative, but video presentation does. Book with written narrative and photographs with text does create narrative. Abstractions with landscape appearance is a form of imagery readily signified to viewers and takes om more effect with layering (as depth).
Discuss the intent of your own work and reflect on how successful you think this is.
Recognise gaps in childhood communication loved ones to child. Complete those gaps many decades later.
Analyse the audience and context in which your work should be viewed.
Family or by identification other families.
Education
Evaluate how meaning might change with context.
Let’s get the core solidly set and plan for other contexts what I term MA “influenced” contextualisation.
Week 4 CRJ: Independent Reflection
Week 4 Activity: Viewers Make Meaning
A fellow student wrote:
This is an enigmatic image which could carry multiple meanings. There are soft-edged abstract shapes in the foreground, on a background which itself appears to have a layer of soft blurring shadow – it reminded me of a rain storm crossing an expanse of water. On the ‘horizon’ a pinprick glow guided my eye like a distant ship or lighthouse, perhaps symbolic of a search. To me, this reflected a sense of lost-ness – a small dot in a large space. The kite-like shape seems to pull upwards as if wanting to lift, and the dark shape is underscored by a reddish version of a similar shape, like a reverse shadow. The lower part of the image, the tail of the ‘kite’, is slightly disjointed, and at first appears distorted by water or by an effect of technical interference. The darker shape perhaps shadows or masks something that the viewer is prevented from knowing fully.
Another fellow student wrote
Nice work Michael, added black and red to image constructs it a little more on a different plane. Seems it adds depth, and I don’t mean physically, I mean emotionally, it’s trying to show something.
Horizon pin light: ‘most very amazing!’ That tiny light speck as powerful a draw, if not more so than the black square. Malevich would be proud.
Author Summary
This image sits apart from my normal work being different photography, different abstraction and different initial intent. Surprisingly (or comfortingly?) the interpretation offered takes the theme right back to practice.
Waxing lyrical on the second review:
Sometimes stuff is intuitive and now having read the crit about emotional depth, I have to be honest and admit constructing the remark in response along the lines of seeking. Not knowing what. Knowing it is nearby. Removing and replacing. Leaving trace of having looked and not found.
Jesse reminds us in the P&P module of how sometimes the author writes of their photography in such imaginative terms that often do not convey through the actual image. #inturmoil
Earlier mention before of crossing over that mental border, resonates still. And you know, (there’s adopted phraseology), it is something that leaks out and almost unawares. Something to be feared. A desperation to never let go and yet in self defeat becomes inevitable.
Week 4 Presentation 2: ‘His’ and ‘Hers’ – The Gendered Ad
In this presentation we examined gendered advertisements of camera manufacturers and a watch manufacturer and in the former saw a range of objectification, and sexualisation of women and then recognition of independent women as a market and compared this to family themed advertising of a watches.
As for the watch advertisements of family, the photographs are divide by gender and with such a family biased message being given it is hard to claim the ads are more gendered than a family might ordinarily be. Maybe male bonding then female bonding might be taken as transmission of existing ideals of gender. This is probably the most neutral permutation of family members and avoids complications or questions yet promotes a continuation of a very conservative family unit. It does not challenge change in any way as it maintains a sense of status quo. It would become more political if women’s independence was to be promoted for the young girl with her mother. I mention this as many might claim there is still a long way to go is removing stereotypes. However, the stereotypes may be recognised by the readers the ads are aimed at and so satisfy a dominant reading.
An ad with interesting relationship to gender
As a convert to advertising only this week, it would be false to suddenly be very knowledgeable especially having only recently been introduced to semiotics in any detail. To be fair I did read about semiotics in Barthes Camera Lucida in an earlier term, but this is my first opportunity to practice, Accordingly, I’ve judged the following as an interesting gendered case but also one that at first seemed reasonably straightforward at by comparison to other cases that could have been used.
The chosen ad is for Harry Winston jewellery. The ad was placed in the Economist 1843 magazine
I’ll look out for signifier (denotational) and determine the signified (connotational).
Two diamond encrusted rings of generous size are featured. A quality desk with a collection of books with gold edging and a contrasting white page with illustration of a ring are shown. The text sends a message of rarity and the reader is invited to act and discover the classic collection. The brand comprises the names Harry and Winston.
The viewer is watch as if looking at a representation of their own desk. They are treated as though educated and knowledgeable and perhaps a professional from Law for example. The person addressed is deemed to be wealthy and in the current times could equally be a successful woman or successful man. The product is intended for a woman. A decision seems to be illustrated by the printed illustration of a ring and a choice perhaps is being considered over the alternative shapes. This perhaps indicates a very busy professional is being addressed and so to help them, they are already tuned to deciding as this is the expensive and quality product they should purchase and helpfully they are prompted to decide on their choice. What more help could be given to ease the purchase. Absence of pricing is only proper as it is clear with wealth it is not necessary to ask the price. The name Harry is famous in England as the nickname of a powerful King and is combined with the name Winston a vey respected British war leader. There is nothing ot question. The brand is very high quality.
The interesting thing that immediately catches your attention is that we have jewellery intended for a female but with opposite gender product branding. This must signify that the product is good enough for a named person to have put their own name to it. Nevertheless it is quite a masculine brand. Maybe it is aimed at the man as purchaser, given the higher numbers of wealthy professional men to women.
Week 4 Presentation 1: Looking for Signs
From this presentation on signs we determine the signifier (denotational) and the signified (connotational) and seek out a common visual language. It is important to become skilled in this reading to improve our own practice. Signs used in ads are full, and formed for optimum reading, whilst being frank or at least empathetic.
So how does this apply to my practice? In my portfolio I theme on remembering ancestors by relating present day injury abstracts to their trauma. Images form into several (potentially too many groups or sub themes) and has been noted in one critique. There is trauma/injury, there is a them of the life glow we emit as a direct biological representation of others in the past and there is trauma as highly coloured imagery that has a different fit again. There is another emerging representation from further experimentation at a time of reduced numbers of injuries. There is scope to analyse signified and signifier amongst these different visual representations as a way of achieving the objectives around signs in the previous paragraph.
There may be an element of the obvious yet there is need for growing awareness as intuitively and through review we can see that the visual language needs to be better formed.
Week 4 Module Leader Sessions
Week 4 Module Leader / Group Tutorial
We had an extended lecture on the subject of Gaze.
We looked at Scopic drive, and began by counting numerous gazes in a film clip from American Beauty. To the count we added the viewers gaze. The presentation illustrated forms of gaze and objectification with mention of feminist viewpoints with perspectives generally balanced.
Apart from more direct forms of gaze a really insidious form is that of the Imperial Gaze. I’d encountered the Imperial position more generally in terms of land use in some earlier studies. The Imperial Gaze, is something we are due to learn more about in Week 5.
We were presented with quite a lot of explicit sexualised material with different gender perspectives. Well, it is a liberal arts course that we study. Regarding the explicit, internet traffic is driven by pornography, I learned elsewhere. The images and ideas we encountered in the presentation were quite edgy but likely mild given that examples in the main were from released film clips and earlier era adverts. Attitudes had changed in the intervening period.
Throughout I was reminded of a Freudian interpretation of gaze, where as baby, we look out and yet are unable to control the things we see, being unable to move towards and interact. In terms of basic nurturing and survival I’d assume that the baby, irrespective of gender, would be attracted to its source of protection, warmth and food not even realising at the earliest stages that the mother is a separate entity. Babies in this argument are programmed for survival and behaviours are reinforced in the baby-mother bond.
This behavioural response initially carries forward into the growing individual. However, it then becomes difficult to exploit this argument further and so we have to turn to another explanation. There is the realisation that as human animals we are programmed for reproduction and hormonal differences then (usually) develop and according to gender, possibly modified by lifestyle and life’s pressures, i.e. how we live and behave amongst others we mix within and those we spectate.
Some species mate openly and the strategy for attraction and the use of dominance is open. In humans it is different. There is an argument around fertility where humans have the ability to reproduce all year round. There is then a behaviour where signs are hidden and this generally would mean covering up. So whilst nudity is quite natural it would not be welcomed if it gave away mating opportunity signs say. This would vary by individual no doubt. If we are programmed to recognise and react at a basal level without full cognition, other than guilt over societies generally acceptable levels of behaviour and where these are often legally enforceable. So a potentially dangerous game for the unruly. The consciousness mind is left to react to signs give through verbalisation and other physical behaviours. Dance is an overt example.
As described, this becomes a game with many uncertainties with risks of misinterpreting signals in respect of society or cultural norms. We now especially live in a developed society with economic advantages and choices not known in the past. Self actualisation and freedoms across a broad range of choices are now there to enjoy and such freedoms need to be upheld. Meanwhile modern life develops so fast it is not clear if the two or three generations it may take to adapt behaviour, is consistent with rates of change. Some will recall the summer of love and the accepted norms in the decade that followed alongside empowerment though new methods of birth control. We are only entering the third generation since those times and with living memory of the times, the impetus is to reject former ways, to castaway or even deny life’s earlier experiences in favour of progress.
Given the circumstances, you’d image there would be pressure all round even when trying to conform to new behaviours. Modern communications are awash with interest group impositions concerning (unenforced) Political correctness and new moral codes. If we return to the gaze then both natural display and natural reaction can fall foul of the modern standards.
Feminist viewpoints have been tested against these arguments or observations in the past alongside other points and still they may cause push back. That can be politic and done on principle. It might just be that reliance upon argument of the human animals programmed survival and reproduction behaviour is invalid if seen to be lenient, open to exploitation and if not representative of the cognitive minds ability to exercise self control. Particularly with the Gaze, it is difficult to know if it can always be or even should be stifled if it is what humans do.
Week 4 Module Leader Office Hours
The previous Friday Guest presentation by Matthew Murray was discussed. It was said that given the circumstances of upbringing our guest was a shining example of getting a break in the industry and making progress to the highest levels.
Our guest was seen to be very honest and open.
Starting as a child with a basic camera that created parallax errors and tended to cut off or hard crop portraits, he began a personal style that in recent years has gained popularity.
Normal practice would be to frame the portrait deliberately rather than leave the cropping to chance. It would be counter-intuitive to create such hard crops across the neck or slice through the top of the head. Photographers properly or classically trained would no doubt find this counter-intuitive and so missed the opportunity to use hard cropping as an established style.
Mention was made of this week’s reading, David Campany, Photography and Cinema (Campany, 2008). David was also a guest lecture and the recording should be in the archive <not found> .
The Face to Face at Falmouth was mentioned. There will still be lectures etc running as normal. It would make sense to front load work to fit it in. F2F attendance is optional.
A note had been sent out summarising the purpose of the different opportunities to connect with the course from Guest Lectures, and Group Tutorials through to Tutor Webinars.
I took this in two parts. First I had a lot of baggage around advertising and rejected it almost outright at the same time knowing it is impossible in practice to avoid advertising influence.
I then got back on track with the task of selecting example ads for oppositional, negotiated and dominant readings.
Part 1 – unravelling attitudes
I tend to tune out advertising as an intrusion on a valuable commodity, time.
I tend to stand back and view advertising from a structuralist perspective when it intrudes. When advertising claims are made they can often fail examination or be seen to include bias.
On an associated subject of branding, it is clear that meanings are consumed. When overseas it is not always possible to know what the brands are. Is the roadside Carrefour a supermarket chain or something else? I can’t find breakfast cereal on a shops shelves and settle for something different that is a little experimental. So abroad it becomes clear as to what it is we have absorbed at home without realising it. So we bring our own meaning and it might easily fail us.
Dominant reading would be that a particular brand of computing and mobile equipment is intuitive to use and designed around the person using the equipment. Competitors have sacrificed their business model for the data driven approach that pilfers personal data for financial advantage. This alone justifies paying more for the products.
Oppositional reading would-be towards money-making schemes that encourage selling a share in a property (equity release) in return for cash now. The advertising proceeds in the face of expert analysis that the industry is built on a poor foundation as there is insufficient funding long term to sustain these companies thus creating a climate of financial risk. The next big financial idea set to collapse over the next decade.
Negotiated reading, I initially thought would be the starting position for all advertising when giving advertising a chance. Of late, examination of a supplier’s claim was found to misrepresent. Even when given a chance suppliers can let themselves down. Online ordering and delivery from an internet market place was given a negotiated reading but again there were tricks being played. So even in shutting out advertising and letting it in only on special occasions, it sadly proved untrustworthy and is demoted to oppositional reading.
An aside really but an explanation as to why adverts get shut out:
In a money making advertising world there are many issues around data processing as well as variable pricing models and offers that disadvantage existing customers who must surely pay for the offers.So whatever picture and text is presented are the claims sustainable in practice.
An allied point is that of the individual paying for services that include standing charges and data charges and advertisers intrude on this serving advertisements.
Part 2 the task: oppositional, negotiated and dominant readings
Post made was lost in the act of saving. Here is the abbreviated version:
Clockwise from top: negotiated, oppositional, dominant.
Rafael Nadal advertising Giorgio Armani clothing was a negotiated reading in keeping an open mind over the male reading of an ad more likely aimed at the female fanbase?
The NETJETS ad had lots of signs of negotiated reading for a convenient family friendly service, nicely composed, turning to oppositional due to the frequency of private flights that go over at low altitude creating nuisance by distraction.
The watch ad, has text and styled image giving personal appeal leading to a dominant reading. At twenty grand a time piece though, the lack of calendar function is a downer.
Week 4 Introduction: Into the Image World
My practice is not from the world of advertising but images I create within practice and for competition do benefit from appropriate titling to guide the viewers attention, to aid their interpretation and occasionally to try to say something borderline profound if at all possible or simply entertaining.
A number of the examples of advertising we examined are a couple of decades old now and different in style to modern approaches. Probably the least avoidable adverts are on the walls of tube stations, or alongside escalators and inside carriages alongside the transport route map.
In that environment I’d be more interested in the move to electronic billboard advertising to figure out what new creative methods abound. In the case of illustrated strip advertising alongside the tube route maps over how innovative the advertiser can be in such a restrained space.
About Barthes (who continues to be quoted)
As I spend more time reading and make a closer pass of the work of Barthes the philosophy makes clear sense. In this case claims made, communicate. Elsewhere and by recollection it is understood that Barthes had a tendency to switch interest at will as he followed a smorgasbord of intellectual interests. What Barthes did produce on the subject of photography is insightful although ripe for revision. The technological world continues to march on. So what of the selfie or cameraphone photography and public news gathering / citizen journalism, the gradual fall of printed media, the rise of cinema, then video alongside television, as well as the internet and the worldwide web.
This week a change in writing style is introduced in order to mix conversational, style with the more academic reflective and critical methods. The keynote entry appears in the Week 3 CRJ: Independent Reflection title below and serves as both a description but more importantly a reminder to use more formalised approaches
Week 3 Webinar: The Theatre of the Photograph
My own photographs as constructions and as potential fictions:
Photographs and images I prepared for this week’s webinar showed place connected, alongside cultural references. Sources of intertextuality were demonstrated; the arrival of Christianity being one, the romantic poetry of Robert Burns in the same place another. This is foundation thinking applied to work and in part reserved for future making. This part defines narratives relating to my work on those taken from these lands.
An ancestral theme runs with wound and repair identified as injury and repair in the contemporary. This is guided by common mDNA as the source of life’s glow and leads to an IR styling. I manage to obtain this in the digital darkroom.
Memories of home is a fiction deliberately introduced as dreamlike images representing fading memories of those ancestors caught in battle. Wounds today, captured in terms of healing and bodily glow are abstracted into these landscapes, then layered with trace of wound or healing. In the same, darker landscapes created are viewed as imaginings from war.
The purpose is tied to personal experiences, as child become adult, pondering on gaps: missing humankind and unexpressed feelings of loss. Such were not conveyed to the child yet now more is recognised and understood.
Originally aimed at the audience of family, as descendants and diaspora we reconnect in our common heritage, of place, our culture and experiences with others passed who were left to heal. Family is reunited in identity. Sign exists of influence spreading to the next generation.
Tasks
Weak image.
Last week I detected a strong reaction to an image on Falmouth (on Instagram) with purples and pinks. For that I stand guilty. Since then we have been exposed to learnings of photograph as construction, with an accompanying sense of persuasion. For my imagery this was a Rubicon already crossed. A week later, perhaps audience may be more accepting. Work still has to be good. I now experiment with impressions and as always I’m prone to fail and sometimes succeed.
I did, trauma/healing, life as bodily glow last module and now include impressions – those marks we bodily capture that then fade. Work on bodily impression continues as that experimentation is not yet evolved. It is a linked endeavour with healing and glow. The work provides continuity when wounds become less.
The same image was questioned as decorative.
In review my portfolio was viewed, and I agree the initial images have a stronger link to wounding.
Nature of construction:
As demonstrated in the webinar and as mentioned above, construction is not staging but rather one of layering. For wound, trace is layered with landscape abstracted from the same. Both layers are indexical of the wound. For wound I also imply, glow and now in this module impression.
I think I’ve given my statement of intent, above and shown the strategies. I could shorten, make more concentrated language to describe intent. I view other writing opportunities this week so will hold back rather than repeat repeat.
Improvement of practice.
Through the current week’s studies, I can apply renewed vigour to the push pull within images and become more aware to use method intended or even accidental to draw in the viewer – not being explicit as always and now allowing signs with an intent of triggerring cognition.
How I convey something of my theme to the viewer will undergo a continual transformation for different points of consumption developed.
Juxtaposition is intended as a next step; juxtaposition of type, of poetry of symbols, as sharp contrast to defocussed imaginings already portrayed in the imagery.
Technical improvements made this term include the use of flash photography to overwhelm environmental lighting for consistency of starting image.
Not dropped, simply not taken forward this module is the use of a microscopy element. Last module microscopy was not always practical. Adoption was trialled for improved print resolution. An alternative I am trying is the use of advanced software that performs image scaling. My work is that of a digital worker and so trace of the process may be acceptable for me, in so far as it does not overwhelm the images created.
Week 3 CRJ: Independent Reflection
Reflection in one definition (Reflective and Critical Writing: Falmouth Flexible Photography Hub, 2019) requires: Description (short), Interpretation (most important / useful / relevant and Outcome ( what was learned, how impacts future)
I hope that the authenticity of practice shines though.
Let’s find some direction. Starting with the title, it appears to give an oppositional reading. The reason for saying, is that in this week’s work I feel we were to be persuaded not to view the constructed even heavily constructed image as faux, where truth is expected of the lens and camera in capturing the photographic record, yet notwithstanding this we know of the myriad adaptions of photographer and selection of image within the larger setting including what, and why now.
Next up, Hutcheon showed great clarity in viewing the matters we have here to discuss though interpretation of the metaphor of Farmer. I mention this as it is implicit, failing to be mentioned in the Activity text.
So, we are talking through the metaphor of Farmer yet even then we must allow for work that crosses over to or shares within an implied dichotomy of Hunter, the opposed metaphor. In fact, these are not opposed as we have seen, but may become shared in practice by different artists as a device or as expressed through a lens of critique.
As for objective and subjective aspects of practice, then yes, I will choose here the role of Farmer when making abstract work. Intertextuality is strong as written narrative of publishable academic quality, exists and informs the work. There is poetic reference too of landscape. As accident or coincidence, the land is where Robert Burns lived out his short life and is proximate to the legendary site of St Ninian’s landing and subsequent introduction of Christianity to southern lands. No shortage of intertextual references exits. The scope for intertextuality is so strong and yet remains to be fully exploited, but surely in time it will be.
Ancestors from their homes, found themselves overseas, and several were transported in war to other lands. Subjectively imaginings are created of homeland as remembered from afar. The objective returns based on site visits and photography of places hardly changed since those earlier times. These home imaginings intermingle with others of theatre of war where kin perished or survived only as prisoner.
The objective nature of biological connection stamps the greater visual impact in practice through wounding and healing then and minor injury and healing in the contemporary but visually abstracted. The subjective re-enters as connection is made to those who were lost, who were never mentioned to self as child. Gaps of human existence and unexpressed loss established as data and records and now they are remembered. Early communication to child completes as adult. I learn of them alongside the lives of kin
The technological and creative exist in practice occur as technology leveraged in the interests of the creative. This happens through technical trial and skill development and with a willingness to follow a photograph in whichever direction it naturally will go. With increased experience, a degree of guidance can be imposed, but is of uncertain outcome from the start.
What could have been dichotomy becomes a blend.
Context of viewing is expected to strengthen these relationships. Yet to be resolved, indeed planned and created, is a guiding hand an invitation to the viewer in any context supported. Viewer ultimately make their own sense from the abstract perhaps recognising the signs laid there.
In a sense, this work is so founded and heartfelt that what really matters is deeply personal as family reunited, a diaspora strengthened in identity and re-united. Already impact has spread to a new generation.
For the wider audience to whom this work must ultimately be taken through MA Photography studies, I can only express belief, that they will discover an authenticity of voice. I express hope that the wider audience will at once gain viewing pleasure in the visual nature of the artifice and even seek out the intended layers of hidden meaning. Such constructions as exist within layered abstraction may push and pull the viewer and be causal in their further reading of the images.
In view of this then the short answer, yes, it must become increasingly important to me and others within family and other families who can identify with this work.
Week 3 Presentation: Hunters & Farmers
Such a hard to read but wonderful piece to break through.
Heavily or obviously constructed images is the starting premise and we land up surveying a whole area of work/endeavour/employment in photography. And such promise in return. As poetry exceeds sentences then poetic images exceed the intertextual references.
From my Practice or even my photography in general that witnessed or witnessed through the lens by the camera is not the memory retained by the mind’s eye and so I proceed to simplify distractions and tune into the content captured intuitively or retake the image or at first take several photographs with intent on placing distractions into the background. The tripod can be important here as long exposure can simplify. I would aim to do this as Hunter and act more as Farmer in abstracting images choosing amongst and taking forward those selected to new worlds that reflect on the past and memories of home and bridge 100 years into the past.
In practice, creating narratives had not been considered through constructions, well other than text or poetry. I should consider visual construction from this point on. How as yet I do not know, but there is the challenge to imagination.
At the end of this, we may take Brecht’s advice and remind ourselves a picture is not real. And yet, suspend reality for one minute and make gains. The Practice is going to keep me much more busy than I ever imagined.
Having seen progression in the abstract work of a fellow student (RR) who introduced mixed media and use of signs, in a textual/visual lexicon. Now I understand the development this student made and perhaps now have a glimpse into their development path.
The constructed photograph shows the photographer in each case this week as true to themselves, unless of course someone forced them to make constructions. Rather unlikely at least for the work we have seen. In a totalitarian state an artist may be leant on. Others would no doubt rebel or go overseas and rebel.
In terms of audience and lie, does the audience really include me as a direct consumer? For me it is happenstance as far as the originating photographers are concerned and happenstance again that through this MA Photography course that their images have been taken together with the others in this context. In other words, images perhaps considered marginal may become tarnished by the company they now keep.
As for fiction in photographs and in the examples, we have been shown, there is the photographer and the extent to which the mind’s eye is at variance to the detail a camera captures in a photograph. Depending on how good a photographer, they may spot the deviation and have to reshoot or amend, or if really experienced anticipate and make an accommodation and possibly still amend.
My interpretation of the world is personal to me as it is for others. My work was with computer program generated images before ever getting a DSLR camera. My eye is/was for line, shape and form taking in physical perspective. I learn more now of the beauty of light – the exposure triangle, and light.
Genuine natural thinking and freedom of expression in personal projects is the aspiration. Religion had a go at breaking down the doors last year – that was a surprise. Things got very heavy for a while. Fetishisation was to be avoided.
A self-conscious adjustment to style resulted in adapting to empathy over logic.
Early commercially oriented work is based around art, artist promotion, craft sales and collaboration.
A composite created for competition was a rarity at the time. That image continued to do rather well.
Another piece, Inner Light it was suggested be put forward to the London Salon – maybe one day.
Exhibit A a print abstract of scene with the rusting remnant of a push along scooter was a flop. I,t had an intentional hidden meaning related to a transport map. Something about the print though reminds of Eggleston’s – trike.
Where are those image files …
Week 3 Introduction: Constructed Realities
When considering the photograph many I see presented are of travel and wildlife – particularly one’s I see in competition. Sometimes it appears that the photographer in terms of the psychology, is trying to make a statement: look where I have been, look what I have done and look how closely I achieve similar results to those I openly admire and emulate.
What is not shown is the personal expense and days of travel involved in getting a series of these emulations. Not seen is the getting up so early, going out in the dark with lighting in uncomfortable conditions. Nor is the exposure to danger and reliance on a guide with a rifle who helps stage the scenes and offers protection.
Given this investment, there is going to be a bias no doubt against staging and manipulated photographs, at least we might imagine so?
We are asked to take travel and nature at face value, admire the person for their display of wealth and ability to emulate accurately the work of others.
If I look at the images, I’ve seen today, the presentation apart, They were on social media, where constructions were apparent to a number of degrees, from collage to photographer imposed vantage points etc. In the press there was a mixture of imagery that actually was rather disturbing: the banker frustrated in joining a bank, depicted in harsh monochrome with background colourized.
Then the successful female investment analyst who’s sketch treated image was placed in the context of her marriage and having children when she ought to have returned to the US – shocking.
The story of the company that had no ferries that won a government contract for ferries depicted the minister responsible collaged with a company logo as background – so constructed to strengthen the storyline.
The photography was marked as Agency rather than photographer.
The work in the presentation we viewed is in an Arts context of photographers as raised on a plinth, making a name for themselves, or simply making their way in the world.
As students of photography, I guess we learn to associate with the them and hope to gain commercial success such as through agency.
If I address the posed question of why this now? In my practice the answer is in several parts. The memory from a hundred year history theme and events will diminish completely as those who can still touch that past diminish themselves. Timing is key to preserving proud narratives that would otherwise be lost within records and data.
The work began as dedication for someone elderly. It is timely now to act.
Timing also relates to the MA Photography course – not using work shot between terms, using shots made since the first day of term, shooting progressively at 10 hours per week as each week progresses.
An aside triggered here is that of a course with digital delivery being matched with digital productions by participants makes sense. This averts a return to materiality.
Many of the presentation examples of constructed work, I can isolate myself from by arguing, who am I to interfere in someone else’s “contract”? Between photographer and whoever commissioned the work. I likely wouldn’t have come across their work and so the only purpose left is to establish a general position regards making of new work. Take each case on it merits perhaps.
The presentation attempts to enlighten and persuade? If we assume the acceptance of naturalism by the intended posrgrad audience perhaps some we benefit from accepting a wider view of what is acceptable. For the digital worker creating abstract imagery that Rubicon has already been crossed.
Important to current practice is learning the ability to create narrative. Noting earlier in this module how we naturally learned to interpret the surface of the photograph to the extent we no longer realise that transition. Add to this audience acceptance of the visual language of cinema then the viewer brings such readings to a new work. Strategies other than cinematic reference exist, and can be exploited in support of narrative such as sound, music and poetry.
In response to Eggerton’s trike, my catalogue contains a piece titled Exhibit A. Here I take visible signs of dirt and rust, beyond Egglestone’s trike in my portrayal of a push along scooter. As is often the case the representation made is abstract and there is a level of intentional hidden meaning relating to a transport map.
In terms of push/pull created in the viewer from overtly staged photography, this probably isn’t a concern in my abstract work, where there is no prospect or intention of trying to trick.
The subject of photographic trick in terms of warning, does appear in writing in the parallel area of clinical photography. (Nayler, Jeremy (Institute of Child Health and Great Ormond Street, Hospital for Children NHS Trust, 2003). This is a useful warning as it concerns medical photography and potential misrepresentation of progress in curing disease.
An emerging theme from the presentation in reading between the lines, is one of propaganda, and/or political bias. A viewer not using cognition, in lacking critical awareness might look through presented images and simply accept what they see.
In the world of painting in a talk about Turner’s landscapes (and seascapes), at the Tate Britain, it was noted that work was created for prospective markets, and space would be incorporated for the eventual buyer to request additions, for example add more sheep to represent a better representation of wealth. The additions would be made by a spot painter rather than Turner himself. An aside really, in his latter years JMW Turner liked to work quickly and made work that was much more abstract and incomplete as he experimented with outcomes and style.
The presentation asks about the Alfred Krupp portrait. Here is my response. Krupp had been brought to justice we gather and was now pursuing the dream of wealth even if by keeping others employed on marginal wages.
In terms of acceptance of Constructed realities, there are no doubt many levels of complexity involved. Some images may be easier for the viewer to recognise quickly and identify with. For example, the carte de visit portrait could be straightforward to interpret. In the example of Kiss where landscape is collaged and obscures, it contains a strong sign to the viewer of deliberate image manipulation. If the kiss is shown in lesser explicit terms, it may be more readily bought into, as in Barthes on pornography, (Barthes and Howard, 1980). In Kiss, if the landscape is seen to obliterate (which I don’t think happens in the example), the obscuration might work against the image for some.
The theme of ambiguity leading to narratives, is readily acceptable to me where my intention is to enable this, if only the viewer is triggered to wonder about it.
Masterson seems to prove a happy medium to those who might be sceptical. Natural images he notes were presented at exhibition with a minor amount of digital manipulation in some. So that’s okay then. All done in the name of good or consistent aesthetics. Is there a slightly specious tone? More can be at stake for work of notoriety.
My practice uses natural images of an almost clinical nature, where the colour and form is lent to the abstraction process for transformation into something colourful and new. A trace of the original is retained. The work is motivated by a consistent cause. Intentional hidden layers of meaning are incorporated. Should a reviewer seek extra depth, then it can be found. The work is a product of the authentic. Viewers have responded to the aesthetic and style and some recognise simple themes Context is consistent at the present as the images are shown on screen with similar presentation as images of prints in a book format. But, as the context develops as this course is expected to demand or enable, then creative thought is to be exercised. It is still early days.
A viewer is invited to read the images and from toned down titling etc start may be guided. A darker subject is presented in terms of healing and is a celebration of life’s force. Presentation is of new new work and in time ought to develop in consistency and direction.
Bibliography
Barthes, R. and Howard, R. (1980) Camera lucida: reflections on photography. London: Vintage.
Nayler, Jeremy (Institute of Child Health and Great Ormond Street, Hospital for Children NHS Trust, L. (2003) Clinical Photography: A Guide for the Clinician, Clinical Photography: A Guide for the Clinician. JnPostgrad Med. 2003. Available at: http://www.jpgmonline.com/text.asp?2003/49/3/256/1145 (Accessed: 8 February 2019).
I’m a day late arriving here as the Webinar took place yesterday.
As I am overtaken and had barely just begun image making, I was only able to respond verbally in the Webinar. However, as I said elsewhere I put down my books and did some initial image making that has now been posted and sent out as well. Having comprehensively discussed my practice and the theories we have learned I now detect a level of repetition, well at least in terms of the seemingly retrospective nature of the task.
Now I am able to refer to my Development Project as written up here.
Week 2 Activity: Further Questions of Authenticity
Week 2 Activity: Further Questions of Authenticity
My own position on really real is an interesting one in terms of the course and the other students. Given the dichotomy and the way moral views polarise for and against manipulation, I have to say I understand the argument yet, at the same time feel an immunity.
This is me yet again, on a trajectory from post processing in digital where I worked with computer generated images before ever moving to DSLR camera work. I have principles to uphold that I take from being a professional in my main career work that I choose to impose. This is without reaction to other photographers who so often seem less sure of their position whilst they may wish to criticise my work – I don’t know.
In my image work, it all starts with Authenticity and a subject I feel deeply involved in emotionally. So much so, that it calls for a break from time to time. The themes involved reach across the whole of my sentient life and an upbringing in another culture. My work uses metaphor and intentional levels of hidden meaning to represent a set of consist themes.
The work is Abstract Impressionism and Conceptual and the results take on different meanings for viewers. A parallel that is present that I try not to major on that serves to obfuscate would be the work of Clinical Photography and aspects of Biology pertaining to inheritance.
My pictures, I do try to make unique and whilst others work may be likened to mine the theme and the detail and so on can be discerned.
As always my work proceeds knowledge of theory such as that of Snyder and Allen, but I am open to ideas and especially if it helps validate my work. I’m more than happy to learn of their ideas and find them palatable from a perspective of Constructivism. I wonder where their works leads and I envisage a path that leads to Propaganda it’s recognition including in political and commercial areas the former I definitely would not wish to engage in.
So key points around vision, of the Fovia and the 150Hz jitter of the eye, and all of the lens based perspective etc, makes sense. So does the separation of subject from image and if allowed how image transparency leads to suspended interpretation, a loss of cognitive meaning and dangers associated with accepting ideas as given.
I have two or three main readings I would reference at present in this area; (Barthes and Howard, 1980), (Sontag, 1977)and (Sturken and Cartwright, 2001).
And saying that I have gained some new perspectives on theory from (Barrett, 2010)and (Berger and Dyer, 2013).
As my work proceeds ahead of learning these theorists ideas, to some extent I have to retrospectively quote key points.
To make life simple, let me consider the one main idea at present. That would be that of Indexicality, that is described at present as a causal relationship. When I first learned of this 6 months back now, to me Indexicality was from Philosophy, a means of describing something in a way that was unique to it, in this case photography. For photography, this might be mechanical image making, light chemical processes and so on. Then from this the development of ideas of Studium and Punctum. This is all from Barthes (Barthes and Howard, 1980). The latter, Punctum as I interpreted it was missing from my early Close-up and Conceptual mix of photography. I had a moment where everything came together: persistent wounding of ancestors, minor trauma in our daily lives and rules of Biology for tracing back to specific others and then to the narratives of their lives. Their absence left gaps and now those gaps are filled. I make abstract images that create a genuine punctum and in my work I layer in a sense of landscape presence – the place we would have met, then as image further low key cultural reference to the use of tartan – as mode of dress, as uniform as symbol.
The peculiar nature of the photograph for me arises from the digital sensor being filtered to prevent IR detection, yet partial detection can be processed into a representation of glow that shows up in many of my images.
I decided to include in my Contextualisation of Practice Blog the requested completion of the Critical Review Development document.
Bibliography
Barrett, T. (2010) ‘Principles for Interpreting Photographs’, in Swinnen, J. and Deneulin, L. (eds) The Weight of Photography. Brussels, pp. 147–172.
Barthes, R. and Howard, R. (1980) Camera lucida: reflections on photography. London: Vintage.
Berger, J. and Dyer, G. (2013) Understanding a photograph. London: Penguin Classics.
Sontag, S. (1977) On Photography. Penguin Bo. Penguin Modern Classics.
Sturken, M. and Cartwright, L. (2001) practices of looking: an introduction to visual culture. New York: Oxford University Press.
Week 2 Presentation: Is it Really Real
Week 2 Presentation: Is it Really Real?
Reference reading and video
[A] The importance of indexicality for photography.
[B] The iconic, indexical and symbolic characteristics of the photograph.
[C] How these ideas and visual practices inform your position on a presumed photographic veracity.
Within
[D] Do photographs hold more veracity than paintings?
[E] Which of these representations of Las Meninas do I find most authentic?
[F] Is this aesthetically/contextually specific?
[G] Why?
[D] Yes to a photographer photographs do hold more veracity
[E] If I consider myself a follower of Picasso and I would appear to be from my last assignment submission then of course I would be biased to Picasso’s representation as it allies to my practice of Abstract Impressionism.
[F] The context is side by side comparison on a monitor so both. There will be a loss of texture without the materiality
[G] I’m biased by my practise and preference as my work is often compared to art.
Baldwssari’s image looked like a scene of crime phot with the hand giving scale to a bullet
In my practice there are abstractions and imaginings. Colour a dominant red naturally fits with the theme. The layering always refers to landscape and doubles as a cultural representation of tartan even if sometimes vague or missing and if present low key in terms of presence.
Can I accept Snyder and Allen’s critique of the visual model of Icon creating truth and us learning to see as a camera? No, not exact agreement. We see as we see and we have learned how a camera represents. If we treat the photograph as transparent then we lose something of what is available to us and we have suspended belief.
As for expecting the photograph to be iconic, then if it can be viewed as such it make our experience simple snd straightforward and require less interpretation.
In my practice my originally intended audience should get-it and yet still impose their own iconic interpretation, as I witnessed. The interpretation may diverge from the authors intent and even if an author’s intent or titles guided interpretation. Right now the importance is how it affects the making as I am in early stage development.
I leave it to the media and regulators to decide what is shown regarding the burning pilot.I guess you want to read the image as propaganda and make an interpretation, like we were as bad in the past, and yet hope the image might be constructed.
Transforming into a kind of painting is my natural intent.
Subjective choices are addressed to the author of an image, but whether or not they are conscious of such choice is another matter. Personally, my trajectory took me along the path of image manipulation before using a DSLR camera. I do not suffer the same pains of many others of moral conscience and I am settled with this for as long as I do not make political point/propaganda.
In context there are guidances and rules, and sometimes laws and cultural aspects which the originator of the image should be professionally aware of by being given some briefing, and test perhaps but it is for the organising bodies or end supplier to determine for themselves. I am not responsible for them and their actions.
Indexicality is important for discussing photography. In releasing a shutter Indexicality is not necessarily in the mind of the photographer other than they might be making an image in a style they have seen and accepted in the past. Photographs originally constructed may serve as a model for another photographer to emulate.
Technically, all photographs within reason are constructed – an image of a dark room looks dark so has no construction until the light level allows something to be discerned.
I construct in a way that retains trace, and from which saturation and flow are processed and then by layering I introduce a consistent theme like landscape (or tartan).
Regards the Mandarin spoken it is more opaque to me as I have not learned the language only some epistemological aspects of its construction.
I take Snyder and Allen’s comments as a positive assessment and particularly as this is conveyed in a scientific manner I am used to consuming. My work may have fallen down against the analysis and would have perhaps had to have stopped, if it were not for an authentic approach, I took in the creation of my abstract art images. I perhaps was aware of the moral dilemma many face in presenting work so have been guided by such interations.
The iconic, indexical, symbolic photograph is in a modern age the preserve of the critic who selects amongst the outcomes of media portrayal in the main.
I’m good over my practice, and I would never knowingly create propaganda and hope images I make are enjoyable to look at and allow the viewer to take from the work as much as they like from aesthetic thought layers of meaning if they stop awhile and look.
Week 2 Independent Reading Photography vision and Representation
As a strategy with the current reading (Snyder and Allen Neil Walsh, 1975) I decided to jot down rough notes, where these are not for the reader of this blog, serving as a means of distilling out some reminders of the content, to trigger discussion in a task that follows in Canvas VLE.
Independently reflect on:
[A] Any key ideas you agree or disagree with.
[B] Whether or not photography is a unique medium or if it has conventions it shares with other forms of representation.
27 pages 27 points
144 Naturalism
145 Painting versus Photography
146 As documentary are the photographs true
147 Surreal with nudes in a scene. Visual peculiarities reminds viewer s looking at a photograph. Physical reality versus not gaining perfection
148 Photography closely related to art but different to traditional art. [A]
149 similarity between camera and the eye. Lens characterisation
150 Choice of equipment and how image made. [A] if public take snaps maybe not aware, but photographer would be.
151 The equipment and position. Comment about accidental firing of image.[A] Wrote recently about accidental firing.
It is about light physics not the subject. Subjects do not contain images. [A] True of my practice.
152 Moment in time, staying still and one eye.
The fovea and 150Hz – [A] Ah I wrote about this in module 1
Difficulty matching image to vision.
153 The rabbit duck figure. JM Cameron Alice Liddel photo taken below eye level.
154 Photo of rowing in lilies
155 JMC photo of Alice
156 Static dry goods image versus movement. Muybridges horse photo. We have learned to read fuzziness as movement. [A] With motion vision the spinning wheel appears to move backwards in video.
157 Maybe not hypnotic powers of the photographer. [A] sometimes a respectful and engaging personality is helpful.
From elsewhere photography akin to poetry or more so, music as a slice from a continuum.
Portrait and Landscape artists I’ve seen in action, painting, use tablet / iPad photographs as a reference to perspective or to recall elements that moving into and out of the scene etc.
P158 Photo finish camera
P159 ibid a trick photo also IR colour allocation so question of truth [B] not sure painting would be like this at all though not impossible if artist referenced the camera
P160 Exposure on face is correct but second person in the blacks
P161 ibid then for shaded face [B] a unique limitation of basic photography partly solved by exposure bracketing
P162 Rules for exposure [A] probably true for video as photography, but an artist could paint the perfect picture.
P163 Constraints [A] burdensome and strict.
Search for universal theory like Szarkowski instead show overlaps and difference between presentation in each medium.
P164 [A] The Kodak clinical photography manual ought to be a parallels to my practice.
Also see clinical photography guide (Nayler, Jeremy (Institute of Child Health and Great Ormond Street, Hospital for Children NHS Trust, 2003)
P165 [A] What is acceptable for taking photographs varies for acceptable results and that varies. James Dean at Cal’s grave demonstrates a number a wide number of critical approaches can be made.
P166 Photographer (Stock) probably had an idea of how he wanted to photograph Dean[A]
P167 Previsualisation must have taken place and the photographer known what kind of image to make. The scene is not one you would encounter normally in real life. [A] According to Barthes is the image appears contrived it loses effect. (Barthes and Howard, 1980)
P168 The photograph can be assessed on its own or in relation to other photographs, its subject matter and conventions it shares. [A] The contrast may bring out more meaning.
P169 Arnheim The documentary value of a photograph is not just determined Authenticity – Correctness – Truth. We should ask, who made it, what it means [A]
Bibliography
Barthes, R. and Howard, R. (1980) Camera lucida: reflections on photography. London: Vintage.
Nayler, Jeremy (Institute of Child Health and Great Ormond Street, Hospital for Children NHS Trust, L. (2003) Clinical Photography: A Guide for the Clinician, Clinical Photography: A Guide for the Clinician. JnPostgrad Med. 2003. Available at: http://www.jpgmonline.com/text.asp?2003/49/3/256/1145 (Accessed: 8 February 2019).
One presentation I saw was of portraiture with mask then as face markings then another presentation was of photograms of bee material as a contact method. From these if it is possible to follow we arrive at body contact/impression.
I attended the latter part, and watched the earlier part as a recording, such were the demands on my time (and still growing state of organisation). I comment on the work of the two Alumni who actually attended and presented rather than the three invited who didn’t all make it.
In two areas I’ve learned. The second first were the ideas around CRJ. I really get the necessity and have tried hard to improve structure of my own CRJ. Time permitting I still have to go back and read the alumni blogs which I will have previously read as I did this when locked out of the very start of my course. However, no excuses, I still have to relook at their CRJs. I can tell my needs concern some kind of workshop on the mechanisms available in WordPress. The Lynda.com resource we have has helped but I have no time for full immersion on aspects relating to web design.
in terms of the first aspect covered the actual projects self portrait and photograms, I gained something from both.
The former started as mask then moved on to painted marks in face, In my abstract practice I photograph bodily healing and minot trauma as such provides a place for the eye to rest. However, in the absence of trauma I can still photograph for bodily glow. At this point I changed concept to the metaphor for early photography. I had rested against something and it left a trace upon my body, this being read as metaphor for photography. It was still showing life’s glow, an after image of the object. This is my response to the marks placed upon the self portraits.
For the photogram, I find it quite indexical of photography and again my capture of after glow and the trace of the item making the mark is analogous to the placement of bee related objects on photo paper.
One the one hand this seems fanciful but does open a line of endeavour from my bodily parallel to photography. Metaphor and analogy are strong themes in my world.
Week 2 Forum: A Question of Authenticity
In Camera Lucida (1980: 89) Roland Barthes states that ‘In the Photograph, the power of authentication exceeds the power of representation’.
The question at first is telling but not necessarily too complicated to address and here we are reading this in the context of a semi-nude construction of a centaur and that has been devised to sway the discussion, surely.
So, given the photograph contains a trace of what was present (and perhaps is now from a philosophical standpoint is now dead), the photograph could without cognitive effort be taken at face value for what it is. This of course can be one the one hand a simple loss to the viewer who losses the opportunity to engage. On the other hand photographs used as political instrument of bias might simply be accepted as true.
Post modernists might take the modernist approach of Barthes as seen in other photographers work and use it as a springboard to make a post modernist point and this could be agreement but expressed as a montage or collage or as the example of Witkin the Centaur.
Authentication means there was scope when the photograph was made for the artist to give a modernist representation of what existed before the camera and no framing adjustments or lens distortions were used to deliberately mislead. It wouldn’t stop this happening in the reading by the viewer as that depends on what they bring, their culture and the time in which the photograph was read.
Representation, I used to see as the photograph being a most perfect portrayal or the best that could readily be obtained as a likeness to truth. Now I shift towards Barthes inferring that the image could be made in a way that is not the true thing we see but perhaps a metaphor for something else. Mapplethorpe’s flowers are about sensuality.
Any such photograph to which Barthes statement might naturally refer, and not the contrived one of the centaur placed in plain view of the question, we need to consider the context and then taking the centaur we cannot suspend belief. We know there is no centaur just separate images processed into one and no doubt taken at different times, so not a true photograph.
For my own practice it is highly metaphorical in intent and in presentation but still remain true to several key factors. An image in my portfolio is a trace. It does extract glow our eyes do not readily see and in doing so lifts colours. Sometimes shadow has a guiding effect in tonality in the end result and I have been known to control colour if consistency is required across a group or make separate groupings of like images.
Barthes
Week 2 Introduction: The Index and the Icon
Definition (and I’ll try not to reference using wikipedia in future): In semiotics, linguistics, anthropology and philosophy of language, indexicality is the phenomenon of a sign pointing to (or indexing) some object in the context in which it occurs. A sign that signifies indexically is called an index or, in philosophy, an indexical. Link
[A] What sort of ‘truth’ you think photography can / might offer.
[B] How this might differ from other forms of visual and written representations.
These musings relate to inqury [A] and [B] above.
From Berger (Berger, 2013) et al. Photography offers a truth insofar as the lens can capture the image. The subject and image are two entities. One writer Nadar wrote of Balzac’s “vague dread” of being photographed as it would detach and use up one layer of the body (Sontag, 1977, p.158)
In the case of Barthes, (Barthes and Howard, no date)none of the photographs of his mother sufficed as acceptable representation except a single image of her as a child, in which that younger face showed a kindness that he remembered seeing in her as his mother. The image seemed heightened by the presence of the brother alongside and parents standing in the background as soon they were to divorce.
In my abstract practice, the photograph contains the trace and after work in the digital darkroom, with post processing, the art retains the trace, unlike the painting where the association is less or non existent.
Photographs carry more credibility than other kinds of images and especially require interpretation (Barret, 2010)
Photojournalistic and I certain contexts (competition) wildlife (doing something) photography almost entirely relates to the truth, again insofar as the lens is able to represent it and the picture editor or judging panel are able to enforce their moral standpoints.
For reel film, inspection of the contact sheet, will show a more complete scope so surrounding images corroborate the truth. National Geographic require their photographer to hand over the whole card from their camera. Newspapers require JPEG images as having greater tamperproof ability.
Contextual specificity was mentioned above for wildlife photographs entered into wildlife category competitions.
[C] What sort of “truth” do you think photography can / might offer?
[D] Is this different to other forms of visual and written representations?
[E] Is this contextually specific?
[F] Ane any aspects of this important to your practice?
The following musings relate to inquiry [C] to [F] above.
Compared to a text, a photograph provides a representation and the meaning may alter according to the crop applied. A text or writing on the same subject may be limited in how much information is conveyed and would largely depend on the reader recreating a past like image in their mind. The photograph provides a new instance of such images and so is more capable of discerning a more exact feel for what existed.
My practice relates contemporary images right back to the same genetic ancestors over a hundred years earlier and without ever having seen them. The truth here relates to a) ancestor and person being correctly linked to family line and b) their being a true birth parent linkage across the years given that where secret adoption or surrogate mother situation may have occurred for example, these would break the narrative bond.
However, the process of identification across a century would still hold as strong an emotional bond, for me, and may vary by individual if they identify less with the past and have less concern for the future of their daughter and daughters sons – this relates to my reading of gentic connections.
Bibliography
Barret, T. (2010) ‘Principles for Interpreting Photographs’, in Swinnen, J. and Deneulin, L. (eds) The Weight of Photography. Brussels, pp. 147–172.
Barthes, R. and Howard, R. (no date) Camera lucida: reflections on photography. London: Vintage.
Berger, J. (2013) ‘Understanding a photograph’, in Berger, J. and Dyer, G. (eds) Understanding a photograph. London: Penguin Classics, pp. 17–21.
Sontag, S. (1977) On Photography. Penguin Bo. Penguin Modern Classics.
Apologies for that. I’m trying to instil a higher degree of order and finding it quite a challenge as (with any filing system, and this blog is a document filing system) one item might store in two locations. Ultimately it is better if readers can find stuff.
Note: the blog structure was eventually resolved at Week 4 of the FMP!
This has happened following discussion amongst fellow students at the new session Module Leader Group Tutorial. Having said that we have three Alumni visiting next week to talk and specifically mention about organisation
[A] Demonstrate how your work emphasises the characteristics of a particular case study;
[B] Note how these case studies may not fully represent the full nature of the photograph within context;
[C] Demonstrate that certain characteristics are more / less important to your own practice within its intended context.
Identify the inherent characteristics and contexts of the ‘photographic’ nature of your own practice. I reference the case studies (Cosgrove, 2019)
The inherent characteristic my practice is that using photography in the onward creation of a higher level representation as Abstract Impressionism. Elsewhere, I confirm the work is Abstract impressionism as opposed to Abstract Expressionism which exploits contemporary anxiety.
My photographs contain a trace the camera sensors detection of our bodily low and in some cases the repair process from minor trauma provides a source that creates some Image structure – something for the eye to rest upon. There is no direct image of trauma and no one is hurt deliberately in the making
In reading the case studies, this week, I can relate to all three cases: with Swarkowski I’m happy to accept the analysis of photographer, but I do wright elsewhere, but I feel with the advancement of technology the analysis does need updating; with Shore, there is a Focus on the photograph and yet there is overlap with Szarkovski – again with less criticism and before I find this analysis also interesting and useful.
[A] However, the case that really excited is the exhibition “What is a Photograph” curated by Carol Squires. Whilst criticism can be aimed at Squires for not actually answering the title of the exhibition and, for example there is no digital content, that did not put me off. For me what really mattered where the ideas of the contributors, who focused on the making and in particular by over painting photographs I felt there was a commonality of purpose with my own practice, where present and, with the latest Digital software, I have to perform destructive editing. By the time I make print I feel those correspondence between Squires exhibition in the making of my own work.
There are aspects of this generally that address the question can this be allowed? Is it photography? For me, it is the kind of work I want to make, as noted I was very excited. When I learned of the criticism over the curation I applied a brake immediately and almost stopped any further thought if my work would not be accepted within an MA Photography course for not being photographic – only being photographic in the initial making.
[B] It is due to the digital nature of my work, the post processing in the digital darkroom combined with the constraints applied to argument/thinking of Szarkovski, Shore and Squires, that sets my work apart.
[C] The characteristics of Photographer / Photograph apply to my work at the initial making stage. My photographs though are non pictorial, they are not perspective views and do not attempt to meet traditional photographic making characteristics. I tend to work more with light and exposure, with hidden levels of IR detected by a camera sensor and I have in mind what cannot be seen necessarily at all or be seen easily by eye. I bring this out in digital processing. Also, my work is design around intentional hidden levels of meaning so this although not mentioned as a characteristic is another element of the photographer as opposed to photograph and is important to me in the creation of work.
I can relate to the idea of the subject and the image, the banal being made beautiful by the camera as discussed by Sontag (Sontag, 1977)
Sontag, S. (1977) On Photography. Penguin Bo. Penguin Modern Classics.
Photography Photographies
This is my blog post on Photography and Photographies topic. Subject first tackled Szarkowski. Here I connect with my practice and attempt to answer posed questions.
My work transforms minor everyday trauma into art. So that which is before the lens creates a photograph which is separate to reality and then in post , the glow that our bodies emit is processed.
The first characteristic I would add is that of the accidental photograph taken by a person who has a camera and normally decides when to use it.
Another characteristic I might add (and I’m keen to explore in the background) is one broader acceptance of the therapeutic interpretation of the photographic.
Different end points or destinations for my work would likely call for adaptions. In a gallery or as an installation moving stills and sound may be effective. If published in an e-Zine this might equally allow moving image and sound. At first a book seemed to be how to publish my work, a book was the original intent, and the suggestion has returned. In that case I’d work more on the call and response titles in my portfolio. All these actions are a means by which the viewer may engage with the images and the connection with the ancestral past.
Mechanised production of the photograph (Szarkowski, 1980)for me becomes mechanised capture by mechanical and electronic means. It is the electronic is key for me as it is what allows creativity through the digital darkroom.
Szarkowski concentrates on the nature of the photograph and what he defines are taught in beginner and above photographic workshops.
Szarkowski seems to me to constrain the scope of his endeavour when analysing the photograph. He differentiates the photograph from a painting, but I’m aiming to create art. Either my work is moving away from the photograph and into a realm that might quickly attract criticism. I enjoy my work so wont easily be swayed by adverse opinion.
Szarkowski is set on promoting photography. I wonder that motivation he has. Could he be self serving ? or acting out of a sense of duty. Counter to his analysis my work is concerned with freedom of expression of ideas and of feelings. Photography for me is a means to an end.
I’m not opposed to Szarkowski’s analysis and in fact I’m quite interested in the presentation of his analysis. Maybe I’m happy with a dichotomy of views.
In respect of Szarkowski’s work time has moved on and by now I’m sure he’d have revised and republished. He may have acted as a Modernist but we have since moved beyond this witness the Industrial Modernism and expansion of technology.
The most popular camera on Flickr is the smartphone. Nowadays influence is not so much academic but is with the marketing department of the technology firm. Scope for photography is greater for smartphones especially in having storage and distribution including via connection to social media. There is a whole new area of study around social analysis and psychology as photography proliferates.
Szarkowski took an informed view in creating his work and that has to be admired. But it is time for a revision with wider scope and new concepts.
The idea of the invisible picture must have altered somewhat, from the time of film photography as digital cameras, including smartphones provide image live view as well as a histogram. As processing is immediate there is often scope to take a picture again.
Barthes is mentioned with regards the perceptual relationship. When I take a photograph I may retake or edit it to accord with the mind’s eye.
Szarkowski considers the limitation of the frame yet even in this a modern 360° camera will take in the all-round view. I mention this as it challenges the constraint.
I did take issue at Szarkowski describing work as pretentious failures. To me it sounds like tableau work opposes his ideas of the photograph so he uses a put down.
In thinking about the photograph my own thoughts turned to the camera obscura. I use this in comparison to the photograph. In doing so some of the effects of the camera fall way, such as image blurring or freezing. What then remains are perceptual effects. This might be red and white hoops on clothing looking pink. Other effects might be colour being misread in a field of other colours. The eye also automatically adjust for White balance. Therefore perception is important to consider.
Where Szarkowski claims that the photograph cannot have a narrative, to me it seems that groups of photographs can. My practice contains narrative and has signs. My work is symbolic and metaphorical. Also comment where Szarkowski notes Sontag’s belief on photography being able to create beauty even from the mundane, then in my practice too the quite unusual photographing of trauma can indeed lead to beautiful imagery.
Where framing has been identified I go along with it. And in fact I did try to alter the hard frame into more of a spy hole effect in my recent work, but have more to do.
Where time has been identified, I relate to this not so much as the moment in which I take the photograph so much as I take to opportunity to record minor damage in the present in order to relate it back to the past, across a century. I do this for purposes of identification and in order to close gaps in communication.
In terms of blur my images do capture this in terms of DoF. I don’t photograph as a practitioner would in the medical field and I’m unlikely to get fully sharp images. In fact the blur adds to the abstraction.
I enjoyed the comment on Viewpoint and the use of balloon flight to enable overview images to be made. What I picked up from this was how political considerations enter into photography, that being something I do not press.
In the discussion about detail, I look at my practice where detail is not so important as a lack of detail. The images I produce glow and just as the suns light can create effects, such as crepuscular rays and blue light and sunrise and sunset aesthetic, you do not and indeed cannot see the details of solar flares or other surface activity.
Where a level of detail helps is where a minor wound creates some structure that guides the viewers eye and allows it to settle.
If were to attempt to add to the list any characteristic I felt missing from Szarkowski’s analysis I might add: hue/saturation and exposure/shadow/tonality.
Shore and the Nature of Photography in retrospect in part is dichotomous with Szarkowski and also shares characteristics (Frame and Time).
Shore places emphasis on the photograph:
Physical – Depictive – Mental as characteristics.
Szarkowski focusses on the Photographer:
The thing itself – The Detail – The frame – Time – Vantage point as the traits.
As described by Shore, I tune into the world as it might be seen as a photograph.
In terms of the physical photograph. I do now print, but did resist this in terms of wastage, cost and struggle to control the image on paper.
Week 1 Forum: Where Are You Now?
This section allied closely to the development of my practice / Project and so is blogged in the Week 1 Development Project here and within Canvas (our VLE) here where I also respond to other Students practice.
Week 1 Introduction: Photography – The Shape-shifter
Within this Post on photography– the shape – shifter I provide my comments and take the three questions below and code them throughout my text
[A] context of practice
[B] Means of consumption
[C] How practice received
My practice is that of a digital worker operating in post within the digital darkroom. My practice could translate to 35mm film at the taking stage off my photographs. The processing I do perhaps works better at slightly lower resolutions with regards the software used.
[A] my practice falls into the category of the public display of private photographs. The work originated within family, was intended for family, is appreciated and understood by them. and so on. [B] The whole endeavour has changed, becoming much more externally focussed to the extent that initial discussion took place with a museum with interests related to the narratives. This is greater than just the book originally intended. It could also be delivered online.
[C] The Life’s Glow part of the practice is likely acceptable to the viewer. The related part that gains abstract focus from minor trauma could generate unwelcome responses of seeing somewhat weird ! or as disgusting skin photography. However, the message is that the genes that power the cells that effect the visible repair process are the genes that reflect back a century. Such things haven’t harmed the development of the work of Damien Hirst, so perhaps there is scope for progress with my practice.
The practice might benefit from being worked in Black and White. I have been practising the skills, but the whole thing is styled on colour saturation and would lose its identity. It is just that at times I wonder if the saturation is too much and perhaps needs to be toned down. I’m immersed in it so maybe I’m more sensitive to this.
[C] There is potential shock value to my work. That was me responding to the course in terms of having learned about studium and punctum.
[C] If my photographs were to make it in a museum, then potentially there is a shop that might sell prints? Even without such commercial sales, there is a question about how my work would sit alongside the sorts of goods a museum shop sells. This could cross “contaminate’ and either build the context or as in some of the Benneton adverts go awry, if I have no control over associations.
[C] Whilst there is no Pieta or like element in my work, the ideas have received religious comment. Once in the setting of the Howard exhibition (Howard Rachel, 2018)and second time with a Pentecostal Pastor Prince I met at a War Museum. This concerned more the making of the work but did include viewing of the early stage abstracted images. It did seem that the work was inspired (by God might be one reading – if that were so it is quite haughty in respect of my intentions).
[C] There may be some read across between area of medical science around DNA and the study of Dermatology.
[C] There may also be a nod towards the Evolutionary Debate and Creationism. However, my work spans only 100 years not the evolution of mankind.
[B] There seems to be secondary scope for my work to be used in education in the context of Genetics teaching? If used in a museum the intention would be to address an audience of learners.
Shape-shifting would be a natural outcome of presenting my final work in different contexts. The effect would be down to a matter of taste.
As mentioned Damien Hirst has set the stage and sustains public comment in areas where I see our types of work overlap.
If my work gained onward distribution e.g. to a newspaper or journal then IO feel the editor would have responsibility for preventing any clashes of content.
[C] I performed digital manipulation before ever owning a DSLR camera and so for me work has always had a baseline of manipulation. In a way that’s how I attempt to create art. However, I realise the moral debate in some circles. However, I remain true to my subject matter to maintain authenticity. Where this becomes tricky is from a curatorial standpoint if I did not maintain a proper trace between source imagery and the narratives so linked.
To communicate narratives I have to make some creative choices. Examples might be the incorporation of diptychs as a visual substitute for the text narrative that was created.
There are medical parallels to my work, not least starting with the conditions under which photographs are taken. The medical profession has methods, training and equipment for capturing best image. I have to work in an informal context and sometimes almost need an operator to capture trauma depending on placement, lighting et.
In a museum context a military historic theme would impinge on my work. There is a Great War background so that should remain compatible. I could hamper my taking the work out to other contexts, other audiences.
In terms of creativity, I may chose a layout that does things like, challenge the existence of the frame, insofar as that is possible. Carey has achieved this with some of her work (Barry Tim, 2016)using Polaroid push / pull techniques resulting in surfboard images.
[C] If my practice quality continued to improve (bearing in mind this latest phase is 3 months in the making) and I accepted an Editor / Editorial team challenge to publish in their journal, that might work, given the audience of Contemporary Photographers. This would be less risky to manage than newspaper.
When I look at the work of Benneton, to me it is clear from Toscano being moved on or moving on tht a limit had been stretched too far in their advertising subjects. Whilst individual images might stand, I feel the problem becomes one of aggregation and association. Pulling one advert can no longer resolve conflict if it is a wider attitudinal problem.
In as much as such weighty things of mediation and the slipperiness of images and how this could impact on my own work, I’m afraid that without this MA Photography Course, I would have remained naïve and become a lamb to the critics slaughter.
Howard Rachel (2018) Repetition is truth via Dolorosa. Edited by A. C. Beard Jason. London: Other Criteria Books. Available at: newportstreetgallery.com.
Although the blog may appear to have a gap, I discover I had written in two blog posts on this topic – here is the WebPage URL for the parallel post. Also, I did in fact become very busy in my image making and development of technique. Throughout this period I was conflicted over colour versus sombre black and white wthe latter I found difficult to accept until taking onboard the Death of the Author as predicted by Barthes. As reviewers took more to the black and white images I gave up resisting the obvioius move from colour.
During these weeks I made over 350 images. The photographs alone are not complete as I processed them individually through the digital darkroom to extract glow from the mix of reflected light, penetrating light that reflects from internal structure and residual Infra Red emission from wound or from body impression.
I’d adopted the latter after a slow winter start. However, various minor incidents including from sport then the warmer weather, all contributed to a deluge of photographs.
During this time I refined the control of lighting in taking photographs as now I was voluntarily following clinical guidelines. Colour casts in shadows in earlier photographs contributed to the range of vibrant colours my initial images became known for.
I also returned from a Face to Face meeting at Falmouth University. Through the Institute of Photography there I got to work with 35mm and 4 by 5 large format film. I also did a session of Mamiya Leaf digital medium format, but it was the film processing that led to my digital work moving over to processing of “image strips”. This led to greater consistency between images so from a set of 5 images 2 or 3 were likely to go together, I found. This was an amazing step forward from the classic single abstract image I used to obtain for my efforts. This helped too as the number of photographs in a portfolio has steadily increased, now standing at 20 images.
Another aspect researched is the use of artificial intelligence software in the form of a Topaz Gigapixel AI plug-in to help scale my small scale photographic subject to the large scale I now would need to meet the d of the Art as an Experience approach exemplified in Mark Rothko’s work I have been looking ever closer at. I’m getting there, but ultimately is a 3 minute of arc resolution for human sight with sensor and printer resoltutions may lead to a viewer standing back to see the image in which case the enveloping experience will be lost. This is an ongoing challenge.
Following an initiative between the EllisHall Gallery in Amsterdam and the University at Falmouth, I decided to re-purpose some photography from the intersectionof man and nature I’d made originally for a =n Instagram takeover. That work is now part of the initial website that is being created. Although an aside to my abstract expressionistic work, it did serve to re-inforce a principle. I had decided to use a commercial plug-in filter and generated a painterly look I enjoy (and so too others). However, I prefer to use my own bespoke settings over the ready made.
I guess this was aimed at extending work from the set of single abstract images to a body of work. After the Falmouth visit this had been overtaken by now processing digital images as a strip of images.
A very fruitful time, especially considering the high demands of reading art history alongside learning principles of critical review. The saving grace was in finding application to current practice. So too was obtaining an Amazon Prime account and giving in and buying books that proved tricky to access otherwise. Many of these are standard works and should serve well in the rest of the course. This has been a very demanding period and progress has only been maintained by a strict policy of placing priority on the MA Photography course over (almost) all else.
Week 3 Making Work
There has been an occurrence of injury this week, this being the first in three weeks of the current module. The injury was not my own but related and in tune with the theme of my practice.
As always, biological hereditary connection is key and for the subject photographed their line diverges.
As a development, starting this week, the title, Sons of the Matriarchy is used to simplify mapping to those caught up in a past major world events.
All three tiers of my work are exercised and as experiment these images are subject to future edit. The square format as in the last module helps unite. However, as presented here it is possible for images to work against each other. An intention of an edit will include placing images, as yet to finished and selected, in a straight line horizontal layout.
Healing variationsMix
These images are what they are, what derives from following the direction an image wants to move in whilst guided by the themes held in the authors mind. At this stage no control has been exercised over colour grading, a key element of development picked up during the previous module.
As a strategy I’d like to create the next set of images on an extended canvas. In the digital darkroom, any process step applied would apply to all. I cant say it would help gain consistency.
Week 2 Making Work
I started making work and prior to the weekly Tutor review had not quite got this far. Prompted by the meeting and seeing progress has been made by others I put down the reading of which there has been much and re-entered the digital Darkroom. Here is the first work I’m reasonably pleased with.
I have a subject hierarchy:
Trauma (healing)
Life’s Glow (life’s force)
When there is no trauma and during winter inactivity there has been none during term time, then there is no subject matter. Work then moves to a second level as complement usually or substitute. The kind of starting image I wanted was sparse. Both these methods maintain authenticity as the biology still underlies the imagery. What is viewable is trace from subject to photograph to image. Key is that the digital sensor sees where the eye does not pick up information. Colour is from within the photograph at levels that are low and brought out. I sometimes think by analogy how insect vision may have a much more lurid colour palette.
During this week I picked up on aspects of the Alumni projects and my work added another level. I capture Physical trace of marking on self, captured before it subsides (a footprint in the sand ready to be washed away). The added potency here is the action being fleetingly captured is meant to be analogous to photography – normally reflected light from the subject leaves an indexical trace in the photograph.
So now a third level / option as abstract and body/skin remains as subject
impression as image capture.
Inspiration came from an Alumni presentation I saw of portraiture with mask then as face markings then another presentation of photograms of bee material as a contact method. From these if it is possible to follow we arrive at body contact/impression as analogy of indexicality.
Needless to say, effort turned to practice and preparation rather than blogging about it as three (heavy) assignments needed to be prepared.
As I discovered from earlier course modules, this is where the deadlines loom and as the work goes into the melting pot alongside the multitude of readings and course learnings then work starts to alter again. Up until this point in a module we have the luxury of testing out ideas in a reasonably relaxed manner, taking onboard as much review critique as is available. Suddenly, in a flash of inspiration the hard lessons are learned and put into practice. For my work this meant giving up flagship colour work infavour of black and white imagery that was getting increasingly better readings.
Also too, I find I the experts get to the point rather quickly and I now recognise the essence of advice where before I was confounded by my own personal interpretation. I’m glad to be changing in my outlook and as a result I at least feel I am making great strides in progress.
In the lead to this point I have engaged fully in the video presentations. At first I thought I was perhaps helping others and quickly began to realise that engagement was helping me as much as anyone else. I had so many reminders of recent lessons we’d been taught.
I did seem to get into a controversy at antoehr couple of places on the course. One involved views on censorship that I left open to different interpretation – you can’t do that without repercussion or should I say lively debate.
Another point of controversy related to a stubborn I suppose resistance to adopting ideas of Mark Rothko. What is was, was my work had become highly emotionally taxing at the beginning of the course and it was only through abstraction that I felt I could carry the work. Various superstitions had crossed my path and then I started to learn of those with highly creative minds who finally decided to depart this world through suicide. Whilst for example I appreciated the work of Mark Rothko, did I really want to follow in his steps when I prefer to create y ideas independently and did not want it affected by issues of suicide that in no way fitted with the spirit of those whom I relate to in my commemorative work.
Ultimately I needed to take inspiration from Rothko, and I remain satisfied that if my practice again becomes overwhelmingly taxing emotionally, I do have other projects I can turn to that are much less demanding in that respect.
Note to self on visual side: return and add photographs selected as time permits – it has been a surprisingly busy period.
I had established a way forward in my first module on a Commemorative Historical project based on ancestors and common land of upbringing and livelihood. I had lived here as a child and shared in the culture. The project with its visits created renewed cultural connection. A deep sense of emotional tie resulted that now at times borders on being overwhelming.
As my work moved towards the end of my first module it changed form from Close-up photography mixed with Conceptual work.
Why did the project change?
It was clear that by the Final Major Project FMP stage there would be difficulty in sustaining the work. That’s not to say the work cannot complete satisfactorily in its original form – an illustrated book narrative had been the plan.
A challenge related to the Conceptual work. I transformed the cultural home location colour and texture, into attempts at atmospheric scenes from a far location in the theatre of war: scenes from the trenches and memories of home.
I’d practiced a method of abstraction that gave horizontal and vertical treatment to photographs of place, of being or of artefact. Edges might be added back in, for form.
I quite enjoyed the work insofar as my own needs were concerned. It seemed quite inspired and especially creative.
I was using ideas from filmmaking that were not felt to hold true to photographic work. In filmmaking you might stage a scene near London that represents Norway. Whilst this fits in with the storyline the equivalent in photography can be challenged in terms of authenticity. Perhaps now I understand in terms of Barthes, “a photograph is a record of something that has been” or words to that effect.
Both Close-up and Conceptual work had been carefully devised to overcome constraints of resource of time, cost, travel. Originally the work being made as a way of supporting an historical text narrative.
So how did the project change?
A style evolved of colour or saturation processing to create highly colourful and vivid work and sits alongside other more muted but glowing images.
The change occurred around assignment hand-in time, as these fresh ideas were sparked. This took the work to a different level. This had the purpose of connecting living individuals to specific others and narratives from the past. Given records of wounding and repeated return to action, connections are made across 100 years or more by abstracting starting photographs of minor everyday trauma.
The viewer is presented with sets of strikingly colourful images. A subset follows a red theme from my earlier Poppies are Red … project.
There is a process of identification with the past that helps to sort of bring it back to life. As descendants including the author have different degrees of connection to the particular ancestors, then we identify with specific individuals and narratives of their lives in a way that we can contrast and compare with.
This led to a Project “Poppies are Red …” and the limited trials I did on my photographs led in the direction of red themes which tied in with the theme and the project name.
The project for a while took on the title Life’s Glow.
With areas of minor trauma there is obtained a degree of visual structure to the work. The camera sensor is capable of detecting IR. In my work I bring down the colour before bringing it back in and in doing so appear to raise the level of glow within a photograph.
This uncovers visual aspects not seen by the eye alone and lead to a fascination surrounding the effects
Two methods of abstraction had resulted during the unfolding of the work. Now these can be combined where it makes visual sense. In one example this contains otherwise wildly saturated colours.
The effect of shadow:
When drawing colour back into an image, having deliberately drained it, I noticed an effect due to shadow. Shadow seems to alter the direction of the colour as it is brought back, perhaps having altered the low level hue which then goes off in its own direction.
I’m now in a position of continuing with refinement. This becomes necessary for reasons of visual consistency across the portfolio. In drawing comparisons with a painter and an abstract practitioners my work needs to to gain a level of improvement. Or at least that is what I seek.
Refinement is necessary to enable any move from a book context to a gallery context. What is acceptable in one medium may not be scalable to the other.
In retrospect it occurred to the author that a magical connection was being made that helped fill gaps in communication from those early years as a child.
In summary:
Stories of deep personal sadness and loss had been held back by surviving relatives. Individuals who were missing amongst them as contemporaries did not gain mention. Now those gaps are being filled and so their lives are not forgotten.
Where my Practice is Now
At the start of my third module I consider where my practice is now and that is in the genre of Abstract Impressionism. As new photographic work recently evolved, that remains within my chosen subject area, for me it is down to a process of refinement. I work to enhance scale, control colour and finish. I am on a trajectory of developing a personal style and I continue to match the standards of other practitioners I connect with be they painters or photographers.
Image Success
In terms of successful images and not so successful images, the early images were the most creative and tidy. Some images were made after the previous Module submission and so were new work made in the last break. However, a ruling that work had to be made from the first day of the new Module, meant some of my most creative work was out of scope, sadly. With these images my Portfolio edit may have strengthened. It would have strengthened as the reshooting and digital darkroom work did not result in the same level of creative images.
As I rely on everyday minor trauma, it would be unethical to deliberately cause damage. If there is no subject material for a while then there is no material. In these times I concentrate on portraying Life’s Force and the glow that we emit as means of identifying with those in the past.
My work is such that the steps in the digital darkroom cannot be repeated (without recording every step on video) so each image is unique. When I reshot, the out of scope photographs, this not only led to a loss of time, the results were not quite as strong. It is entirely natural to follow the flow of image creation in post but a challenge to set up a pre defined target image and try and craft it. There is a skill and learning process and it is intuitive and is made possible by knowing how to read the start image. In my very early work only one in 5 images say would yield results. Current work is more focussed in intent and more reliably creates results. But again the work is not repeatable as the techniques require destructive editing.
I’ve firmly believed the bespoke nature of this photographic work increases its ‘value’. Each edit of an image is unique. Whilst reprints can be made, the ability to process identically from the start is largely impossible.
Support to Visual Narrative
As my work moved away from illustrating a test narrative towards a stand alone work, it became important to find a way of supporting the visual narrative. Initially and for many weeks all means were open for consideration as I experimented with different approaches. I tried sound effects; thought of taking some research on a poet with cultural link and select lines of poetry as titles. In the end I decided on a Call and Response technique in titles and implemented these in my portfolio.
Contextualisation of Practice – three reviews or interviews for three visual references.
The sources I’d contextualise are painter Rachel Howard, the work of photographer Ellen Carey and the photography phase of David Hockney. My work is original and here I seek to contextualise as best I can ahead of the Module providing the scope for this research
Rachel Howard painter
Art Review (Januszczak Waldemar, 2018)
Rachel Howard in conversation with Anna Moszynska (Howard Rachel, 2018)
Ellen Carey photographer
Interview series (Carey Ellen and Lyle, 2009)
Interview for Aesthetica magazine (Barry Tim, 2016)
David Hockney as photographer
Television interviews (Hockney David, 1998)
Financial Times arts review (Hodgson Francis, 2015)
Artists website with bibliography (Hockney David, 2019)
Carey Ellen and Lyle, R. (2009) Ellen Carey: The Edge of Vision Interview Series on Vimeo, Aperture Foundation. Available at: https://vimeo.com/5376493 (Accessed: 21 January 2019).
Hockney David (1998) David Hockney on Photography & Other Matters (Secret Knowledge) – YouTube, Sky Arts. Available at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=coGPeckNQZw (Accessed: 21 January 2019).
Howard Rachel (2018) Repetition is truth via Dolorosa. Edited by A. C. Beard Jason. London: Other Criteria Books. Available at: newportstreetgallery.com.
Excuse any repetition during this edit. My work never lost continuity from its beginnings, starting at Falmouth as Poppies are Red … a Commemorative Historical piece with both close-up work and early abstract practice. The work was becoming Conceptual for reasons of practical constraint and resource. Practice is now closer to Surreal and has been throughout my second Module Sustainable Prospects. Behind the scenes I steer my work through “rules of genetic connection” which leads to specific narratives unspoken. In effect I link abstracted minor traumas to repeated woundings of my ancestors closing a gap of over a century to the Great War.
Communication Complete
Again excuse any repetition during this blog edit. There is an act of completing communication I had as a child with close others in those lands of my ancestors. Sadnesses and losses unmentioned were characterised only as gaps as is how these adults chose to communicate with me as a young child. Modern research tools show those gaps and factual narratives were derived from records. Now as an adult I identify with those I might otherwise have met or at least have heard mention of or connected to and whose losses went unmentioned. And now, I remember them. I remember them all. I have a growing sense of identity which those around me seem to also share in.
Variations in Ongoing Practice
I established above my strong intent in my endeavour to develop further and refine the finish of a work that has deep emotional significance and meaning to the author.
I also follow advice to continue shooting intuitively to see where this takes me. Developments are very interesting and yet do not engage at the emotional level I experience from the current practice.
Unease
An aspect of abstraction and in this practice, the recording of minor trauma, there develops an unease, a sense of wanting to change and take more conventional representational perspective photographs. In a sense I gain some refuge from the emotional wear and tear of the practice.
Return to Nature – Competition
And so I have done this. I have turned to several directions. I photographed nature and gained recent successes with a Highly commended print and two Advanced competition winning projected images. This tweaks the competitive side lost in studying photography. That may not be an appropriate direction for now but it was refreshing to go back to.
Return to Nature – Instagram Takeover
In photographing nature I also focussed towards the MA Photography. In a faltered attempt I started reshooting and nailing work for an Instagram Takeover. I reshot a theme of the juncture between large cultivated shrubs and the vital mechanical support introduced by park gardeners. To me there was a metaphor here of supporting the weak (in human society). These were big thoughts if not a step too far. As the body of work progressed the creative compass moved the images back towards digitally processed work. I re-entered the abstract world once more. I’ve not submitted the work to my Module Leader as regardless of how much I like the effect and overall consistency across photographs, I did not consider that using a filter created by someone else unknown to be a very good way to proceed. I prefer that I make my own effects and exercise a level of practice and skill.
I’m not done with this completely as I started yet another reshoot of the same cultivated gardens. Last time out I was confronted by a dog before being befriended by the owner. We teamed up and walked a lesser route to an early show of Witch Hazel flowers before parting company. As is so often is the case, my photographic intention was distracted. On that day light conditions which had been important began to pass then I was in danger of being locked in. I still have to return if I’m going to nail some conventional photography to my chosen narrative.
Street Photography – and a surprise
Now this is an area of practice I could be said to specialise in. At least I’m published and have exhibited in this genre and support teaching out on the streets of London. I let go of my Street endeavours a bit while studying the MA Photography. In the break. I went back but found I’d lost a bit of my mojo. Instead of piling in with energy and nailing lots of shots I had slowed down, wanting to make more considered work.
As my abstract work was becoming increasingly insular, it was really refreshing on a social front to reconnect with some street buddies over the Christmas “break”. The MA does seem to be changing me. During the street shoot a full reset of the camera ditched the less conventional settings after which I started to get into my Street photography again.
Street work as a backstop has the advantage of being sustainable. Whether or not remarkable enough work would result is open to conjecture.
Shadows Within – a return to a favourite project
As described above, my main abstract practice, turns out to be sustainable. This is true also of Shadows Within an ongoing recording of a variety of shadows I have photographed around the home over a period of time. This is a regular one I go back to often. I’m always amazed how a characteristic layout leads to the walls, floors and ceilings acting as if the inside of a camera (maybe mostly without the lens).
I happily record darker images alongside ends of rainbows and moving dots and patterns. It feels so kaleidoscopic, so alive. There is joy is in the making.
The light changes progressively throughout the day as well as with the seasons. The work goes straight back to my abstract preference.
Would I continue with this in the MA Photography, maybe not? No matter how much creative fun it is, there is nowhere near the beginnings of the engagement my main practice has. Shadows Within (so far) lacks a level of social comment such as I’d expect to need to engage in. This judgement is based on personal discussions with MA graduate and also in judging the very high quality of work I see by fellow postgraduates students at Falmouth. I’ve decided I’m not here just to have fun with photography.
What I do take from this is minor digital darkroom practice and recognition that whatever I do in photography, my imagination, my eye is constantly drawn back to abstract work. This reinforces something about my style. I ought to recognise and develop further in abstract to become accomplished.
A Gathering of Some Resources and Ideas
The following was under construction ahead of the 16 week Informing Contexts Module starting on 25th/28th January 2019.
A package of work was set before the start of the Informing Contexts Module, and just after my work for the Sustainable Prospects modules, Work was to be scheduled over the Christmas period. These work items are progressively blogged in this blog post.
This module will be based on theory and research. Books and referencing move to front on stage.
Art Reviews
On discovering a series of FT Art Review podcasts, I was drawn in. Over the Christmas break one managed to go back all the way to the earliest edition. Interest was 99% outside of photographic art, but nevertheless it is interesting to hear groups of critics and reviewers interact.
Exhibition
One exhibition was attended during the break at, the V&A Museum where they now hold the RPS collection. I tried out 10 questions to ask when analysing a photograph. With a bit of effort, the list, or actually the bare list, was committed to memory and review commenced. This analysis proved to be rather mechanical and slow. It must improve with practice. It will be necessary for discernment to weave it way into in one’s work.
Another London exhibition is being lined up.
Harvard Referencing with Mendeley and plug-in for Word
Within some technical constraints the user doesn’t control. Referencing is just about sorted or at least usable, reasonably automated and if nothing else consistent. Personally, it has been a struggle and held me back on my reading whilst bringing this under control.
I’ve practiced this more than once during the break as a recognised area of skills development. To be honest it does drive me to distraction. However, I need to master citations and bibliographies (books, website, photographs and journals mostly) and before too much more reading and researching has taken place.
The software has been set up on computer, and not without challenges (like software debug level intervention). This in part is a repercussion from the failed computer technology and change of system following a disaster during that very hot summer we had in the UK.
What with getting the tools working I still had to manually create a lot of entries putting my time at the service of the software where really it should be helping me work more efficiently.
I’m not at all confident that these tools will serve me well enough yet. It is early days whilst exploring first uses. Let’s see how it goes. Citation and Bibliography creation is now getting easier.
Up till now, I’ve gotten by using manual referencing and to a large extent my creative development has been independent of any other practitioners. No matter how original I aim to be, it is still a requirement of the course to bridge my work to photographic practices and practitioners and more so now with the start of a more highly research intensive Module, Informing contexts.
Learning Outcomes and Assessment Criteria
I did read through these during December (last month) and it is probably time to go over this all again to refresh.
Reading Lists
Module Information Form MIF
From the Module Information Form MIF is a recommended reading list. There will be other sources within Talis so the MIF list is not exclusive.:
BARKER C. (2011) Cultural Studies: Theory and Practice. London: Sage
BARTHES, R. (1980) Camera Lucida. London: Flamingo
BATCHEN, G. (2002) Each Wild Idea: Writing, Photography, History. Boston, MA: MIT Press
BURGIN, V. (1986) The End of Art Theory: Criticism and Postmodernity. London: Palgrave
DURDEN, M. (2013) Fifty Key Writers on Photography. Abingdon: Routledge
ELIKINS, J. (2007) Photography Theory. Abingdon: Routledge
EVANS, J. & HALL, S. (eds.) (1999) The Visual Culture Reader. Milton Keynes: Open University Press
FONTCUBERTA, J. (ed) (2002) Photography: Crisis of History. Barcelona: Actar
GEFTER, P. (2009) Photography after Frank. New York: Aperture
HEIFERMAN, M. (2012) Photography Changes Everything. New York: Aperture
LEVI-STRAUSS, D. (2005) Between the Eyes: Essays on Photography and Politics. New York: Aperture
STURKEN, M. & CARTWIGHT, L. (2009) Practices of Looking. Oxford: Oxford University Press
There is a good deal of referencing and citation involved with the Module so I took an action towards this early and have downloaded the available RIS file for the resources list and I’ve loaded it into the Mendeley database for use with the Word citation plugin as required. The idea is to be organised and save time later on. As deadlines eventually loom, this action should avoid panic setting if trying to retrace vital readings.
This is divided into a list of subheadings each with multiple resources linked.
There is more than a tentative connection between advertising photography and this BBC Radio 4 Woman’s Hour feature. I was captive as it was on the radio in the car – honest.
There is an interaction between two women, both of whom suspend reality when out shopping in upmarket stores and a lady who is an ex-shop assistant. One lady feels guilt about entering a shop and suspecting the shop recognise her immediately as not intending to purchase any good and imagines security following her around. The other lady imagines the security presence as her body guard. What is revealing are the stories they make up in their minds fantasising. One even turns to a sales assistant as the phone rings, “Sorry it’s a call from Victoria Beckham”.
Photography in advertising may be designed to encourage the viewer to imagine their life with the product – reality being suspended.
I started out reporting back on webinars etc. week by week wondering whether or not to consolidate the blog entries, which is precisely what I’ve done here now.
There is a slight twist in structuring of the blog I’ve not been able to avoid. It’s like this. We were advised at the outset yet as we all know from paper filing systems, (we do all remember paper filing systems, yes?), you often get a document to file that should appear on more than one place within the cabinet drawers.
We kind of solved problem with electronic storage with the uptake of relational database management systems where referential integrity is maintained. That is not meant to impress. It is just that having suffered learning about it in the day I now try to find one opportunity each year to mention the terms. Apologies for that.
Anyway, in a blog such as this there is no relational control as it is down to the author and the capabilities or constraints of using a blogging platform. Stop!
Decision. What I’ve decide to do here is transcribe my written notes from my course notebook and rattle off salient point from each webinar listed. I still have the last two of the series to watch or catch-up on this week. I did have a family bereavement at week 1 of the module, but no excuse – I did continue to give the course priority (much to the exasperation of others?) as the “show must go on.”.
Reading
I found time for reading or, as termed in some circles, for standing on the shoulders of giants.
Susan Sontag, On Camera
I had to re-read this especially as there are sections covering: photography defining of beauty, photography as art, the difference between painting and photography and even the beauty in camera makes of even the mundane. Important stuff regards my abstract work. Talking of which, the style of writing by Sontag is made difficult as it consistently showcases the wide vocabulary of the author. In my case I keep having to pick up the dictionary to try and follow the metaphors used. I do find it a bit unnecessary but do understand that photography, as a new art, does need to be written about in such a style to give photography academic provenance. Is that it?
Marita Sturken and Lisa Cartwright, practices of looking.
I’m sure at postgraduate level this work is elementary, but it is still defining of visual culture and one chapter was recommended reading last module of this MA Photography. What I get from this book is a hot dip in the language of visual culture. Every time I’ve read the work I start to sound like I’ve swallowed a dictionary or perhaps sound more informed? At least people do look attentive to the new found knowledge when quizzed about photography. I do appreciate some of the psychological interpretations of gaze in this work too. That is a bonus. Sturken is quite good for stirring a bit of informed argument, as there are many interpretations of the world and some hold these dear. It’s good, the photography should gain some standing. I return to the work time and again.
Recommended Reading
I think this module I did manage to just about read everything put before me. Well all of the must reads.
I’ll take a highlight here on the subject of fashion photography and lifestyle magazines. As photography has been democratised, for where I stand it is good to learn of the growing movement of editors looking farther afield for personal work with a difference. So not exclusively the work of a seasoned pro, but photographer with ideas, fresh ideas. Although I’m not going to spring up next in fashion or magazines it is great to know that a tidy social media presence can fall before an editor.
In this vein of fashion and lifestyle, I discovered a piece of research or more precisely a detailed category comparison of print and web for a new lifestyle magazine versus the established Harpers Gazette. There is scope for new work as long as it targets its audience well. Simplicity in all things lifestyle was the winning major theme. We all have less time. Hipster fashion abounds as does the art of the back story.
Week 12
I have yet to watch.
Week 11 Talk and Q&A with Tim Clark
I have yet to watch. Was this postponed?
Week 10 Francesca Genovese
Important stuff (advice) if you are categorise your work as fine art.
Week 9 Presentation with Amy Simmons
A lovely insight how to breakthrough the the art editorial world, with a cheeky challenge attached at the end – create a treatment. I did that with sketches and layout design and didn’t post it back to the forum. Note to self.
I did feel rather smug at this presentation as it followed on directly from the pricing estimate of the following week and I’d managed to anticipate some snags and address them in my estimate so was broadly in keeping with Amy’s advice.
My other professional career is wide and varied, and gave full immersion in bid work so maybe a head start there. Win rate is often quoted in such circles and can be quite low. I’ve been lucky winning nearly everything bid for. How do these things happen? One thing I didn’t do last week was underbid and leave myself at potential risk of loss.
Week 8
Week 7 Live Talk and Q&A with David Chancellor
David has gone a long way on a self funding basis although now he does get commissioned. There could be a lesson here for us starting out.
Something common with his work is an element of blood and gore. Culling of wildlife ( for its own good as the elderly are removed from the population) versus the minor trauma abstracted in my portfolio. It’s not all about really good taste, but about issues of meaning or importance.
Week 6
Week 5
Week 4 In Conversation with Maximus Barnett
It is brilliant to see success and how it is brought about (focus and specialisation). Good also to learn how to approach with your own work increasing the chances of matching up with a picture editor. At least as far as I’m concerned having studied a bit on journalism (specifically hyperlocal journalism in my case).
Other Speakers
Colin Pantall
The political stage is not one i’ve encountered before. Pantall in photographing China for a Magnum publication has managed to weave around the glare of officialdom as we hear how states like to promote a vision of life that may not often tie up with the realities.
My personal opinion only, but maybe China (as many other countries including Britain) should be open to admission of truths, especially as a means of gaining broader acceptance in the world.
I recall comparison being made. Other photographers such as Parr have documented the country too, but each photographer brings their own style. There is room for more than one book on a single subject, so we should be encouraged to make our own work even if others have been there before us.
Jane Hilton
Hilton made it to the USA with her work. Having gained a film commission through the BBC it was amazing to hear how she was sent out with a BBC producer and film setup and was required to transfer her skills from stills to video.
If I’m honest, I have to admit to had already watched the resulting tv documentary in the day. I say admit as the subject is legal prostitution in a US state. I always have concerns about exploitation and so too does Hilton. The talk was maybe a glimpse or insight into a type of work that is constrained by or to gender. Knowing what you cant or don’t want to photograph is maybe as important as thinking you know what you do want to photograph.
An adVICE I liked about book publication was captioning. Hilton realises the failings of captions (viewer doesn’t pause on the images) so she put a slightly cryptic piece at the end so the viewer has to do some cross-reference work to match up captions.
I imagine the audience was like myself rather surprised to learn of women going into the trade due to having a sex addiction. Racey stuff indeed this photography business.
Clementine Schneiderman
Who would have thought that a young French national would visit Wales and stay in the Valleys?
The subject of Elvis fans had scope for falling into the category of a plastic version of the real. However, a certain sadness descends upon the subject and the lives of the people showcased? It was fascinating to see the subjects and how they obviously influence each other at the human level: friends dressing alike for Elvis conferences and children adopting the Elvis culture from parents. The thing going for the work is that Elvis is a well known phenomenon in the media so there is both subject and interested audience.
Showing a genuine interest in her adopted land has been acknowledged through those Welsh Art Council grants that were forthcoming. Not a strategy to be copied lightly.
And inspiration too, for those students intent on PhD research in photography. For me personally, yes there is a definite appeal in doctoral study but I realise too I need to up my game, get out there on a public stage and keep learning theory. Anyone that does go that route I’d be happy to stay in touch with in the future.
Simon Roberts
Being resourceful was demonstrated, as Roberts tapped into his wife’s Russian speaking skills. The post crash Russia work created put Roberts on the photographers political map and led to him being invited by Westminster to photograph a general election.
You have to listen to Roberts live to pick up on his skill. There is all the interest around photographing on the rooftop of a van but behind this are some serious perspectives sic. Yes actual perspective is altered as he looks down upon a scene and captures environmental details. He links several stories within his image into one theme. I tend always to simplify so it is great to see scope for busy photographs (as long as the content is consistent). But listen to Robert guide you through his photographs. He picks up on every detail. And that is the essence of a photograph, a picture of something in all its detail. A far cry from ny abstract work at present. I might get over it one day (next study module?)
Laura Hynd
What is there not to love about Hynd? That play on vulnerability, the beauty of her work. The naivety of the elements of the video work. It is not as all as I make it sound and maybe the whole is part of the branding both personal and work. So a rather clever approach to the market backed by the number of commissions obtained.
Alec Soth
I’ve followed his work so it was great to get a background on Sleeping by the Mississippi and other works.
It was interesting to hear him being pushed to reveal new work and his thoughts on the perils and gains of collaborating. I’ll keep a watch on that work where he gave cameras to children for a limited time to show their world from their perspective.
Other others
So many other talented and influential speakers to write of. That’s it, I draw a line here and hand in my assignment. I will return to give more detail.
A portfolio of images has been submitted. The challenge this time has been to create a consistent look to the set. The portfolio has dropped close-up photographs this time and only abstract images are present. This gives greater consistency as does adopting a square format throughout.
Abstract presents a challenge in maintaining narrative. The way I’ve gone about tackling this is to display on a single line. This way control is maintained of viewing sequence where a grouping would allow a potentially clash.
What I decided was to place images inline in groups of three with a blank tile punctuating the sequence. This gives scope to introduce a rhythm as in a poem or song.
The next decision was to use captions and I decided on a call and response method which with some repetition adds to the narrative. When assembling my work I decided also to read the captions and record as an audio track added to a screen version of the images. This proved quite powerful and attracted someones attention. attention of is something I’d like to explore as an installation.
As the abstracts are predominantly red, when printed I was able to tune the room lighting and in doing so noted a dynamic was introduced, a perceived movement within the images. This is something I’d take further with an installation and I’ve not discovered the impact without doing my own printing (calibration required control of the lighting).
Over the summer an unplanned change of platform took place and so a new set of tools were adopted for this production task. Regardless of the software being much easier to use, it is still distracting learning new controls whilst constructing a new workflow. Nevertheless is was a surprisingly enjoyable experience and apart from a few stumbles over my words during recording the process went relatively smoothly.
A benefit of the MA Photography course in having these assignments is that time is available to consider and review the content and this enhances motivation. As usual it is difficult to get it spot on throughout this process. I detect other students have similar experiences. As the deadline approaches, it is towards the end that I find I force the issue and make a late breakthrough.
My thinking had been challenged throughout as I needed to simplify. There were several strands running together that ranged in degree of difficulty to resolve and present. It is necessary to communicate at the level an audience will engage with. The breakthrough emerged and yet I was rather nervous of falling into a trap – sometimes authors wax lyrical about their work in ways that just don’t match up to the reality.
So with trepidation, I began to unwrap the whole thing and got it down to a base level I’d hope others could engage with. The motivation for my work is expressed more clearly as a transformation of childhood experiences of family culture into a more rounded adult view. When those around me engaged me in conversation as a child, I understood as a child. As an adult I can recognise the gaps and begin to use existing knowledge to expand out into the gaps. As an adult, I can also begin to create visual references that help complete my understanding of their experiences including loss unspoken.
In the process I took onboard the comments received in review. I’d like the work to be perfect but realise I’m learning and hopefully improving the strength of the portfolio work in each module.
One thing I’m happily surprised about is the consistency of the subject. I could so easily have wavered onto some other branch of work. However, I still feel it is my destiny somehow to complete the work and so that has eased the decision making. Support from a wider family has been immense as they connect emotionally with the work and love to see the images I made and now make. In this respect the work is gaining traction with requests starting to come in from them for selected copies of the work. Although I cannot charge them for the work, I asked one to give to charity a small amount for each print they make.
Printing – is so important
Printing loomed large as a big thing. I was printing successfully before the summer but it all fell away with that change of platform. Software compatibility issues and default installations had held me back even after attempting to calibrate end to end. I took out the weekend before last to investigate what was behind such dark colour prints and I resolved it on my own. It was a manufacturer caused problem but with dogged determination it was solved. Now the abstract pictures that glow on screen print in entirely the same way on paper! I’m really pleased with the results and totlly enjoy getting back to tangible manifestations of my work.
Tutor advice to a student was taken onboard. I can now handle, order and re-order the prints, write on the backs, and basically enjoy them. I feel that print and more to the point, control over the print workflow will become increasingly important as the MA Photography course progresses. I kind of knew that but it is exciting to get back on the printing track. Watch this space.
In order for my progress to be reviewed in Week 10, I’ve attached below a draft of current work in progress. I am enjoying making new images, even if trial and error is a large part of it. I thought experimentation was coming under control yet as I curtail wider attempts like long exposure, I still have pursued other realms: framing (as a reaction against the conformity of unifying squares and in greying images and technique layering to calm things down as part of my anti-kitsch movement.
Technical layout (with InDesign)
Control has now been gained so instead of those quad layouts published over past weeks and to be honest, in the last module, those pixellated versions of full resolution files that got published (in despair), I’m now happy to more or less have full control over layout. Thank you to the Falmouth Software Teaching Team for advising back in early September.
Simplify, simplify is the mantra (I agree. Let the photographs do the talking). Even when avoiding bells and whistles there was still a key lesson to learn. Yes a tutor could see why I grouped images but still it is better to have one image per page – I’m working on it. Some images come alive on a larger scale.
Although expansion of PDF pages to larger size works well, I presented via Canvas where sadly the expansion does not have a control. I’ll write that off to experience.
Narrative Simplification
As a string of three developed or developing projects there has to be a history and how difficult that is to hold back. I do let the pictures talk nowadays and invariably I get asked to explain, which is good. If interest is expressed then respond is the idea. I usually give the following pitch:
“Bravery and sad events unspoken. Now 100 years on, as tears are wiped away, I remember them (I remember them all), through the glow that is life’s force.” Michael Turner
The challenge is in taking it a step further. I learn and relearn not to mention the 100 years, instead I should focus on the future to enable link-back in time (usually to world events).
The second challenge is not to mention the mitochondrial DNA. Genetics is complex, highly complex and for some viewers/listeners it has been intimidating. Instead l should link to the viewer through common experience, which of course I get, but to enact this is much more of a challenge. At this point I fall back on the emotional baggage – I cannot directly reference the past as it affects me too deeply. However, I will say it has drawn a family together. Nowadays, abstraction is my “therapy”, my means of remaining connected without the baggage.
There is strong authenticity at a personal level and yet I cannot ignore the degrading of the work if it were ever deemed to be kitsch. I understand the work is not kitsch and yet I have reacted to the possibility. The main factor is the toning down I have wanted to see in my highly saturated colour images. Trying to be clever, and not always a good idea, I have met with some success in review in terms of combining monochrome images and colour images. Some of my colour work now only focusses on a specific point of interest (signposting) and the remainder of the image is toned down. I suppose a form of colour popping. This can also be seen as cliched. Getting balance right is a very tricky skill to master but one worth persevering with. Anyway, as I look at the bright images on screen so much, too much colour can make the eyes seek rest.
Narrative
I was asked by a fellow student to consider this and without reply I quietly took this away for improvement. I have grouped images that go together as already mentioned but I also reverse time order. Again I fell foul of the work outside of term time being discarded by the course rules. I returned to the earlier style and placed those images at the end or out of order in a sense. For me the narrative was always the researched written narrative, that I was illustrating. Now my work has taken on a life of its own it will have to stand on its own. If though, I take a recent inspiration, Ellen Carey, her work is presented as thematic groups and development phases. As abstract work, what is the narrative?
Colour Grading and Colour matching and Print
I’ve gone back to print, hurrah. Now with a different technical platform and sadly with an attendant loss of control over colour profiles. This has forced the agenda over colour control in my images which I’ve wanted to refine for a while now. It has been great to read up on technique but I invented my own technique. The question is how far to go as there is no branding or product colour consistency required.
Degree of Difficulty
Trying to photograph an elbow is tricky in close-up/macro/magnified. Try and photography one’s own elbow – I think you get the message. This is the photographic challenge and so I set-up a comparative trial: DSLR v flexible bridge camera v Smartphone with lens add-on. There is a convenient method, the latter and the other two methods give results in some circumstances. I mention this as the value of work is aided by overcoming such constraints.
Review images – web version
“Photographic seeing meant an aptitude for discovering beauty in what everybody sees but neglects as too ordinary.”
Sontag, Susan. On Photography (Penguin Modern Classics) (p. 89). Penguin Books Ltd. Kindle Edition.
I enter this week mindful of the end of module assignments that need to be handed in: the draft oral presentation was reviewed and has taken onboard numerous amendments and I have been sleeping on it (for rather too long); the portfolio of abstract photographs of the new work I have been making is a growing body of work that I’ll need to edit and place within my portfolio; the CRJ which is this blog has extended week on week and as the work this module has been more business orientated I’ve gone back over some research for parts that need further building upon.
Meanwhile in going from Week 8 into Week 9 I have been quite pleased at the continuity that occurred as if by chance in that the Week 8 work estimate I made anticipated ahead many of the points emphasised by Amy Simmons Art Producer in the Week 9 video.
Meanwhile, on the subject of Treatment – the request Amy made at the end of her video, I’ve been active making sketches / illustrations / diagrams and decided to make a method of my planned photographs suiting the requirements of Landscape, Square and Portrait and constraints of upper left Copy and lower right Logo.
I haven’t committed my answer yet as clearly a simpler approach is better. Meanwhile I am driven to risk something more thoughtful and showing enterprising spirit that might differentiate my photography from others work. I probably need to corral some of my existing photographs and cannibalise them into the examples in my Treatment submission. I don’t think there is really enough time for this.
I have taken a bit of time to go back to my photographic interests outside of the course and will be hosting a light painting workshop later in the week.
It has been refreshing to listen to a talk by Ted Paterson and Morag Leeming who have lived and worked on dual signed work in an area of Scotland I have gone back to repeatedly over the past few years and which was the start of my current practice.
In complete contrast I listened to a colleague’s live practice presentation on Still Life, Allegory, Vanitas and Momento Mori. I’d had some prior exposure and had looked into still life lighting techniques. It was great to reinforce that growing knowledge and the inspiration of Caravaggio and Pieter Claesz.
CaravaggioVanitas – Pieter Claesz
Apart from that, on a practical level a change of computing platform has led me to the need to re-calibrate for print. It can be quite a lengthy prospect setting up especially as the software hiccuped. I took advice from another colleague and will be tracking down profiles from the Epson international site in Australia. I really must get back to creating tangible results for my work.
Lastly, I’ve gone back to competition, which I let wither and with a bit more focus managed a third place equal in Advanced competition. I’d let this slip of late due to personal circumstances and in giving the MA Photography priority.
Another area I’ve let slip outside of the course and that I’ve yet to reconnect with are the various groups I shoot with in and around London missing three events in the space of a fortnight. In a sense it is better I learn from the course to concentrate on shooting according to a defined practice with preset objectives and I can go back to the social side of shooting as and when there is time.
Jumping ahead a little to Week 8 – I still have the previous week to blog – I was busy taking onboard review comments for the draft Oral presentation when two guest lectures popped up out of the blue. Well at least I’d not spotted either in the schedule until one was almost ended and the other had finished earlier that day. I put them on the back burner until the recordings became available. I was also engrossed in research on the contextual side. Susan Sontag in On Camera discussing art in terms of painting versus photography.
Week 8 Tell a Story
Commission: Promotion of local woodland walk.
Post the summer holiday period, promote getting out into the Autumn countryside.
Setting off
Inner World
Homeward Bound
This is the sequence with the end collage update following comment by another student regarding the intent behind the final collage. I’d allowed an opening of dog with walker so needed to end on the them of returning home. I did this by including the spotty dogs in the final collage.
The alternative I considered was to drop the idea of dog walking and go for a much more subtle narrative of into the woods – within the woods – exiting the woods. Here is the original end collage:
Into the Open
In the end I considered the popularity that dog photographs are met with on the internet and parked the more subtle approach I’d had as often the viewer might not pickup on the subtleties.
That was quite a week. It started with cutting out a studio opportunity to give me some breathing space for drafting the Oral Presentation. Next, the task looked identical to the previous Oral – the wording was the same, and all that had changed was a shift in my practice. We had that resolved by the Tuesday pm, with a letter of clarification and an update to the task description. So two and a half days leftover which we were to create a bright shining new presentation.
I learn that the experience comes around once a module or twice a module if we count draft and final versions
I was on the bounce from a previous experience, which was tainted with shooting away in remote areas of Scotland. The transfer to mobile was quite sudden and unplanned (not my fault/nothing I could be but buckle down). The technology went horribly wrong. Nasty, nasty nasty. Do I want to remind myself? No. It is in the past. However, it has stayed with me and affected my approach to these Oral Presentations. In a sense, this task had become a first time experience, learning new tools on a new platform. Last time I created the whole piece, the day beforehand in – I never planned to do this but being horribly constrained, it happened that way. So this time, even the reduction of timeframe to two and a half days was a luxury.
Being the visual type, I was now really pleased to be able to collate photographs with ease. Before, every click had been painful. Next was the changeover of platform and software tools. Even what tools should I use? This I would have answered the last module, and this is why I reckon it felt like starting over, instead of building on past experience.
I had favourite methods but was not able to use them last time (mobility issue) or even this time (change of platform). A wilderness or a stage for experimentation? Rather than dawdle, it was a case of make a decision. I went native with the supplied software, the wrong software. It was a great way of working that at last, I seemed to be enjoying. A quick test demonstrated the file should translate.
So yes I overdid the bells and whistles through unwittingly selecting a theme with too many visual elements available and that I also used. Too much for typical Photographic taste. Post review that was quickly rectified. I should have known better by now and yes I keep seeing others sites with the most minimalistic appearance designed to make the photographs sing, or something like that.
A significant part of the exercise was presented in the presence of time pressure. Now the Oral creation involves a narrative and photo narrative, but it also consists of a production task. With time for just one run through, how was this going to succeed? How do you aim and achieve a specific file size limit and speaking duration? These metrics are critical in the context of the task set.
In came a quick piece of creative thinking. Put the main punch of the presentation, the bit/content that had to be there, put it at the beginning. Then follow with the supporting development of photographic practice. I was only a few minutes over, and an edit sorted that. A massive PDF saved to a smaller size, a fraction of that allowed. At once relief but also there was some scepticism over resolution. I accepted the comfort and whether turning a blind eye or not, was happy at the superficial level that individual pixels didn’t show. This is part I deem to be the production task. Given to an expert to work on, they’d size and check and do the technical posting. As an all in one mission, that experience has to be gained.
When it came to the actual timed review, the disconnect in the timeline was noticeable – my ruse had been discovered. Post review I’ve got time to swap back into time order. It’s easy enough to change the time order – simply swipe up or down a list of slides. However, it’s a more significant task to do than that. With alterations resulting from the review, the timings and file sizes alter, and the job has to be resized to take on board all of the changes.
In reality, and I kind of knew this from extensive experience, it’s a case of allowing time to do the Oral draft task twice with multiple practices runs being necessary to meet timing and size constraints. I must go back to completely finish that off. I’ve been somewhat distracted by my photographic reading – I went back to Susan Sontag On Camera and dived into Fashion Photography and Kinship lifestyle magazine from past and current research recommendations.
I was pleased to have gotten together a consistent look to my images and will ditch those horrible default frames that add nothing. I faltered in delivery on basically checking whether there was time left to fit in the full slide deck which marginally there was. The practice is necessary. Having time to practice is also required.
I thoroughly enjoyed the task, even if left to last in order (the creeping pressure that lasted the whole session) and heightened time pressure due to starting late. Others presentations and reviews gnawed into the available time. It was a great relief getting through it, and then as a bonus, there was clear and purposeful advice I’m able to work with.
I’ll crack on with that.
On the subject of potentially compromised image resolution, there is something to add – I certainly worried about it and was picked up on it last time. PDF file size reduction works but can be visible. For this course, a piece of work was done by the University by the software training department. I tried it out during late summer. What it means is InDesign if available, can be set up to use full resolution images and the reduction can be made there. I was shown the method called save to an interactive PDF. Small file size with uncompromised image resolution.
As I have not used any visuals here so far, I will post the updated draft when I’ve got it in order, I’ll include one photograph from my non-DSLR digital processing era. From this, a lot of my later abstract image references developed. It is a really dirty image, designed to grab attention and was photographed on a cold December night in London’s Oxford Street and taken through the misted upper deck window of a London bus.
In Week 5, we were presented with a task of producing some co-authored work.
Co-authorship Take 1 and 2
I set off to a meeting in a nearby town to establish contact and begin the co-authorship task. I arrived seemingly prepared, yet as is often the case in my photography, chance intervened and plans altered.
I found there to be a lively gathering and was strategically placed to enter the conversation. But, it was someone else who gained my attention first. The subject was broached, yet I knew that this potential coauthor wasn’t really a candidate. They’d travelled, and I’d not reasonably be able to get to the location and photograph in good time. I could have persisted and made something from the situation, but I still had in mind my preferred choice of co-author.
In the event, I was only able to take part in the snatches of conversation with them, so this attempt fell flat. Lesson learnt.
Take 3
A nearby scenic location had earlier come to mind as a potential area to conduct this weeks task. So having set aside the time, I set off and went to get a feel for the place on an actual day before approaching a member of the public. It was a great October day, but the light was wrong, being rather bright and contrasty and it would have been too much. I decided to wait until the hour before sunset to return and go on the lookout in a shop or cafe for an opportunity to find a co-author. It would be more comfortable in a more captive setting to strike up a discussion, but I was prepared to take the risk. I’m confident in talking to others I’ve not met before and usually get into easy conversation reasonably effortlessly. As time passed, and the onset of more sympathetic lighting conditions, an unexpected request came in via social media.
Take 4
Someone who’d seen my current work made contact as they had a request. Having recently lost a family member, they enquired about having one of my abstract colour treatments applied to this person photo. A discussion was fairly general at first, and as I realised the opportunity to co-author, I got into gear and suggested a suitable starting image, one I had in my catalogue from back in 2015. As the live discussion unfolded, I went into multitasking mode and trialled the application of my current signature style in post. Initially, the treatment I applied was too heavy on the particular portrait, thinking this might support discussion and help create clarity as feedback would likely follow, and it did.
The tonal change was requested which happily aligned with an intermediate stage of post-processing, so a new version was made available without delay. We arrived at the colour image below. As the discussion was on a trajectory of toning down, I decided to take the source image to the next stage and created a dreamy monochrome also below. It felt for me more in tune with the circumstances of the loss. I worked on and offered another image as a trial option, but the choice had already been made, so I was able to halt further processing.
Next, my request for captions was made, but initially, this was declined. Understandably more time to think would be needed in such a sensitive situation. Then almost by return my co-author got inspired and came back with song lyrics as captions. I understand the power of linking music to an image but wasn’t familiar with the choice of lyrics. I agreed with the form of words and some corrections needed for accuracy.
Fig WK5 – 1 Visions of you in shades of blue
Fig WK5 – 2 Hello darkness my old friend
Things then became more progressive. My co-author now wishes to make a canvas using both images and plans to have a couple of sets made.
Summary
I attempted to stick to the brief. In the event, I went with the spirit of co-authorship even if the subject matter involved being constrained to using an already existing portrait.
Developments were made in different areas of the project: Print, Macro/Microscopy, End to end image file management, Post improvements in technique, Colour Calibration and Colour Management. I planned to work on colour and have started to make inroads now that I routinely measure it as a standard practice. I currently make custom filters to add or remove casts. There is more to do as are there are other methods. There has to be a purpose, and for me, it is to build consistency across a portfolio, to pull images towards a signature direction. That is coming along.
I also questioned rectangular (square) framing and developed a method of more directly guiding the gaze. I’m not happy yet with this as a widespread effect The idea was bubbling away, and I was waiting for an opportunity to reframe like this, and when I chanced upon the work to Ellen Carey, I decided to act. Carey reframes as a result of the Polaroid push-pull method and creates an attractive surfboard look in some of her (colour) monochrome prints. So far I’ve opted for a sort of keyhole kind of approach, but having developed the technical method that scales (photographing and tracing in Illustrator and passing the result as a layer into post), then it is down to homing in on a durable style. It can even derive from freehand sketching rather than starting with the making of a framed photograph. There are two examples in my portfolio:
Narrative development has also taken place. Abstracts in my collection are displayed in a line to prevent overload or clashing of images. The metaphor I heard in tutor group meetings was of poetry or song or from writing punctuation. I went ahead and as a start now group in threes with white tile rests. That tackle visual narrative.
A further development designed for impact is call and response captioning, which can be seen in my portfolio. Repetition in the captions helps the narrative, and as a trial, I recorded audio of the captions, and it begins to add drama as it starts to drive the images along in slideshow.
I’m surprised how much this has come along. I still work with stage 1 abstract and stage 2 abstract, and overall, it is still down to developing further skill and judgement basically through practice.
The personal nature and physical inaccessibility for the subject matter led to the trial of a smartphone camera (clip-on lens), articulated mirrorless bridge and DSLR with autofocus bracketing. I want to use the latter for quality, but the smartphone versatility wins out consistently. I don’t really want to have a smartphone-based portfolio if it can be helped. Practical considerations may constrain what is practicable. There are techniques for smartphone use that can be improved get the results I’m looking for in an image before I abstract it in the now usual way.
Week 4
Work diverted off into a minor project and freed up my thinking for a short while. This was much appreciated, having been focussed so intensely on my main work abstracting images of which more below too.
Microscopy Experiment
Fig W4 – 1 Microscopy project
I’d intended to work in the garden in a certain way expecting to create long exposure images. So much for having a plan in the end though. I was influenced by a commercial course I reviewed for the Studios and Training Centre, where I hang out as Studio Manager.
After some test shots, I changed tack to microscopy instead.
I was surprised by how working freely allowed intuition to take over. It pulled together several strands of practice. After a recent period of abstracting, I felt the need to shoot straight images for a while if only for some relief. Photography has to be fun at least at this stage and hopefully later in time too.
A chat I had during the summer at the Institute of Photography at the Penryn Campus hinted towards microscopy. This was arrived at through my discussing Cellular repair and DNA. I wasn’t thinking scanning electron microscope so much as solving the more practical consideration of print size for small areas of physical trauma abstracted.
The technique thus moved over to a smartphone fitted with an x15 clip-on lens. I practised this with much joy using: an x15 magnification lens combined with x10 optical zoom along with a method of steadying and remote release and I was good to go. I’ve stuck with x1 optics for now as it gives enough magnification for my purpose.
As for the results, well you can see above.
Working outdoors at high magnification and in a breeze was a technical challenge, and the images were medium/good quality. It made sense though to add an oil filter effect as a post process with sympathetic treatment. This too helped to further tie together the images as a set. In terms of my practice, this represented progress in gaining a consistent collection of photographs.
I could have diverted for a lot longer to gain a much more extensive catalogue to create a body of work. Mindful of time, I stopped. I had what I wanted. As the season continues to change the source subject material has now drifted towards decay with the approaching winter.
Long Exposure Experiment
My thoughts on long exposure resulted in some abstract work later in the week.
Fig W4 – 2 Long Exposure
Fig W4 – 3 Long Exposure
I feel this kind of technique could work alongside the Great War theme behind my work. I’ll see if it fits my project or not.
Project Abstract Development
Abstracted images this week adding to the ever-growing catalogue of this work.
Fig W4 – 4 Abstract Collection
Bottom row – minor trauma/healing abstracted
Top row – experimental abstract images
Week 3
This week I was highly conscious of getting a rush out of recent developments in my work which so far had gone without Tutor or fellow student review. Up until this week, I was still challenged by issues affecting the VLE and so the change I made in my direction in the last week of the previous module meant I had an increased investment and increased volume of work that had not been seen or commented upon.
The Digital Possibilities challenge using Instagram gave the ideal opportunity to go out to the broader world. This combined with two reviews, a Tutor review and a presentation I gave to the Contemporary Group of the RPS at Regents University. I took the risk and let the world see what I was creating and was fully prepared for all of the feedback.
Fig Wk 3 -1 Early Project Abstracts Reviewed
Developmental comments were gratefully received and were consistent across Tutor review group and RPS Contemporary Group. While a number of the images gain appreciation including via @fotographical at Instagram the trouble is in the complexity arising in talking to the pictures as scope stretches across commemorative historical, narratives, Scottish regiments, mDNA, X-chromosome.
Development suggestions range from captioning, including some prose or poetry. The main point is the realisation of the need to simplify the intent. A great example is Chloe Dewe Mathews work Shot at Dawn, A straightforward concept everything talked about relates directly back to the title, and the pictures are also directly link to the title.
The research behind the work is also substantive, and the viewer is left to imagine the persons missing.
Week 2
Past Event Connected through DNA
A significant development occurred only quite late on in my chosen project (in the last fortnight of the term).
This was when chance and research led me to link to the past via family DNA. This substantive change in strategy gives something significant to list in this section of my CRJ blog. I have begun to link past trauma to minor cuts and bruises and bodily repair processes, experimenting with making abstract art from this.
At this stage of writing, I only log the development and intend later on to think further on this. The subject is already covered in my recently submitted project proposal in August 2018. Events moved rather fast, and I reached publication ahead of going through this part of the blog.
I was faced with choosing amongst options that could have overtaken this approach.
Separate Options for Project
I’ll list here the other options and give some of the contexts as these ideas developed before I abruptly shut them off. It is feasible that the possibilities might become reinstated is one thought but would need to go through a critique process before adoption as the subject matter needs to be appropriate to the academic course, the MA Photography that I’m taking.
OTNT: Old Town – New Town contrasted with the same for a location on the edge of Metroland.
I had tried to get something going on my Old Town – New Town OTNT work for a town on the edge of Metro-land and another nearby pairing. I did shoot for this and at first found I could almost summarise the work in a single session – of course, this would have been hopelessly optimistic but not too far removed, perhaps. I didn’t see the subject extending to a final major project. I was in part put off by discovering a contact who worked as a professional journalist and who had blogged on one half of the subject I’d arrived at.
Their blog has become relatively inactive, and they had no problem with my processing my work even if there is a location overlap.
Emotional Charge
I use this heading to indicate an element I feel has to be in some measure a vital part of my project work and which can carry a toll when intensity is maintained. For the Commemorative Historical project, this has proven to be high impact positively up to the point of introducing the DNA signposting element as I call it, which steers the work much more towards the analytical. For the OTNT option, the work has not carried any toll and is mostly a photojournalistic in approach. That’s not to say that photojournalism is neutral. Clearly, in some circumstances it can give a great deal of risk or danger.
From practice, in working the Commemorative Historical project, the experience of sustained or recurring emotion does create strain.
As the Commemorative project is heavily loaded emotionally, it can create a great feeling of authenticity. The OTNT juxtaposition, by comparison, lacks the bite.
Sustainability Factors
The Final Major Project needs to be chosen to support continuous shooting. This can average up to 10 hours per week. This did seem feasible with the OTNT option. All of the subject matter, mainly the locations are close to hand and available to shoot all year round. Shooting schedules can be controlled for outdoor lighting, seasonal or other environmental conditions. By comparison, the original Commemorative work depended heavily on distant location visits to build the narrative.
OTNT is more easily sustainable while providing more day to day shooting opportunities.
In the interests of time and knowing I have to complete the original project either within or outside of the MA then I had or was forced to cut down options to create a more intense focus and so stood down further thought of OTNT.
Other Considerations
Another consideration ( and mentioned elsewhere) was being associated with a freelance journalist who already blogs in one of the areas so our work might overlap.
I also felt that a single shoot as already done would characterise the areas reasonably well without too much additional shooting be required. Here is an example edit. Images were made in the Positions and Practice module.
A National Charity Based Locally and a New Way Forward from the Old Town – New Town OTNT Project
OTNT started to develop towards consideration of my embedding, that is working within a national charity based locally. From a period of research conducted earlier out of interest, I could now envisage creating narratives an aspect I’ve grown to accept as an essential part of my proposed work.
While in the interests of time this work was suspended. OTNT had not gone away though and has now moved focus.
During the Assessment Period between Modules, I was able to reconsider this again. In fact, as the charity publicity kept falling before my eyes and an open day was planned that fell happily with my busy routine, I did get to make the next step. On a location visit, I’d planned for a quiet end of the day, I had the great fortune to meet and spend an extended period with the marketing manager.
We had a wide-ranging discussion around a photographic project I had in mind and almost “had my hand bitten off”. From the reaction, the proposal appealed to them very much indeed, and they were very willing to open up avenues of narrative for consideration.
I had also wanted to know the richness of the visual environment (drab browns and dull grass as it happened) and I wanted to learn of any photographic challenges that might be met. With earlier techniques in mind from a museum visit (Perth), I took along my camera, remote release and tripod.
Even with a bright day outside, the workshop environment provided a different challenge to an earlier museum shoot and in a way demanded different kit. I’ve been able to re-assess in part regarding natural lighting and would need to return to try again then if still a challenge I’d need to take in lighting and possibly battery powered to avoid trips on any leads. I might also move over to tethered shooting and use focus stacking to manage DoF.
The Effect of the Camera – Adapting to the environment
The camera had the effect of drawing in an eager helper when really the subject called for slowing down and concentration. This is simply part of photographic life and calls for tact when there is a need to maintain focus on the task.
Way Forward
I’m now waiting for the start of the new module and communicated this to the charity. I need time to review this prospect within the MA. I have done a lot of research on operations, and narratives and so on, and naturally, I discovered even more on my visit. The keys to progressing this are getting some critique and being able to manage my time when focussing on project work. There is quite a lot of developmental work I can see is needed for success and in reality, as my work evolves, there are potentially three projects hanging here in the balance.
In Canvas (the VLE) I posted on my beginnings in photography. I began by posting images of the rural environment I was to explore as a young child and to which I returned in my photographic project work.
Fig WK4 Show and Tell – 1 to 4 Inspired by the Rural Landscape and Home Town Camera Obscura
I noted another influence by way of the camera obscura I visited taking in the experience while viewing the busy riverside town, with tourists and a tidal river with a mini waterfall. I contrasted this with the fact that early television if anyone had one, was black and white.
Fig WK4 Show and Tell – 2 Inspired by Camera Obscura in Home Town
I then recounted the experience of having my work office operate as the camera club shop at lunchtimes and my fascination with the customer’s needs and apprehensions usually over a stuck film for which a solution could be found.
My interest in photography remained mostly theoretical as I’d only ever borrowed a basic camera and it was a while before I saved up for an SLR camera which I still have and is currently loaded with film.
Fig WK4 Show and Tell – 5 Photographic Beginnings
My digital photographic work is very recent, but my experience of digital technology is quite deep and longstanding from my career – I started out in the research laboratory of a computing firm. For me, experimentation was to the fore as I started out with a few 3MP smartphone camera images. With these, I learned to work creatively in post. I also learned to program pictures.
I dedicated myself to reawakening skills from an earlier age, and I was more than ready for DSLR camera photography. Gaining an ability to express myself through stills has been the primary thing for me, and I love to create images I hope might be considered as a form of art.
Image reviews
My latest abstract work has been put out there as to seek an early review of trauma abstracted. Many viewers like colourful images within the sets.
Fig WK4 Show and Tell – 5 to 20 Current Abstract Practice
This is quite a cohesive and ever-growing set. Within the MA Photography course, I’ve not presented thus to date, preferring to explore as I find a voice.
Talking to the images is the main challenge due to discussing numerous strands – commemoration, history, family, genetics, abstract art.
In review, it was apparent that discussing my work prompted a bond between two members of the audience and myself. In separate reports, age was a disengaging factor. Slightly younger reviewers do not associate well with the Great War. I’m likely the same over earlier events of the Boer War although I’m probably more tuned into ancient battles, Culloden being an example.
In the work of Chloe Dewe Mathews, a project title has three words “Shot at Dawn”. Everything talked about relates directly back to the title as do the visuals. So an excellent example of the simplicity of the concept, even if the commissioned work required to travel and use of a larger format film camera and lots of research of records and map positions. So the task is substantive.
The work of painter Rachel Howard I often refer back to. This is because of a similarity of look and visual content between the paintings in the series Repetition is the Truth via Dolo Rosa. This work features repetition and places the viewer in the position of thinking each new image looks like the previous and may require an examination to determine what is different. The theme of repetition is a success. The work is substantive due to the large scale nature of the paintings and the control used to maintain repetition.
I now relate my work to that of an abstract artist
Rapid mini project.
Coming soon a write up on a water droplet themed series of close-up (x15 magnified) images. Given the challenge of a breezy day and outdoor shooting at high magnification, I did capture some quite sharp work, but in post-processing, I decided to process the images with an oil paint filter and in doing so increased consistency when moving from one picture to the next. I’ll place the result in the Project development area of the blog.
Fig WK4 Show and Tell – 21 to 24 Microscopy Mini Project
Paulo is course leader in photography at London Metropolitan University, has had several Arts Council grants and works with Anthropologists on a migration work. It was as much a chance encounter as anything at The Regents University, on Saturday but after her giving a presentation I was able to spend time during lunch and again after my own showing of current photographs. Let’s be clear there is no comparison as her work is top-notch, and I am currently developing my visuals, and I work in a totally different way.
However, I was glad to be able to engage in discussion and picked up many points of areas of development I can pursue. A point of inflexion was that both our sets of images come alive once there is some spoken narrative. Paulo carefully selects an edit to build and maintain engagement and picks stories that bring home the gravity of her work and personal connection is clearly demonstrated.
Gary Fabian Millar (thank you, Sophie, for making the association)
Gary Fabian Millar does work or has done work for some time in fact that in abstract style is not too dissimilar to my earlier adventures into abstract imagery.
I think any similarity is in the look of our work. Beyond that, our techniques and end products are totally different. I’m a digital worker compared to Gary, who works more practically with the physical: making photograms, working camera-less and producing textile artefacts.
What I might take from researching his work is triggering or reinforcement of some ideas I’ve yet to promote within my work.
Nature of Creativity
Creativity happens in a burst of energy for me, during which my output is highly productive. I often wonder if I can repeat the work as I take from it intuition and do not record the simple steps. This makes each work unique and even going back to the same starting position I’d not be able to fully recreate an image.
Creativity I have learned has its ups and downs, and I no longer am surprised to discover others have had the same or similar idea as myself. In passing, I mention my informal series of crafted small planet images based on closeups. In Gary’s work, I spot he too has created several planet style images, and there are other areas of overlap.
I think my efforts are a nod to the cult radio series H2G2, where a character is engaged in custom made planet building. It was just a passing phase for me.
This was a while ago but serves to illustrate further: I explored combined portraits, three into one. This can be done in-camera, or in post-processing and through my established interest, the latter is always going to be my preferred approach. I say this because if I can, I like to introduce technology into my work. It is an expression of who I am and my professional background. Anyway, having experimented earlier in this manner, I guess I should not have been surprised to find the identical style imagery done by an Associate of the RPS in one of the journals.
My current work abstracts minor trauma, and while others have explored what I might term blood and guts, I tend to bring out the beauty of the healing process and the warm glow of life within. I’m wondering about controlling the intensity of light in my work to represent life.
Part of what I do seeks an element of medical observation as the type of processing I do amplifies structure otherwise unseen by the naked eye.
Extensions I’d like to try to my work and supported by review comments pre and post the Week 3 Tutor Webinar, would be the addition of context. I want viewers to take what they wish from my series of abstracts without my literal explanation and let the pictures speak more. I’d intend to increase the variety of media from the text (of poetry perhaps relating to a place and make my images sing similarly), a series of stirring titles or outtakes from recognised work, or write my own lines – I like to write my own stuff with feeling or effect I suppose. I’d maybe also extend to audio as I always strongly associate sound with visuals and hope an audience might too.
I mentioned below doing a comparative campaign on Instagram, yet in the event, time was at a premium, so I took forward the Campaign Flyer approach.
I put the flyer out on Instagram (on a personal account @foto_graphical I have reserved for the serious photography items). I put the flyer out on my photography Facebook FaceBook
Beyond this, the image QR code references my portfolio site, where there is more background information. I then put out there a series of Abstract images that reflect my work made for this module.
Week 3: Digital Possibilities
Here we are Week 3 already, and a digital campaign is in the making. It will appear at foto_graphical on Instagram.
The campaign starts week commencing Monday 8th October 2018. Advance information leaked – campaign image in the making at present to be themed on Black Watch (Royal Highland Regiment). There’s a proposed face off too, between a commemorative historical theme and a more rough and ready theme believed to play on the common mishap of the busted zipper #bustedzip – this won’t be as racey as it might seem (I hope).
The audience is targeted, of course. Various representative roles in the world of photography I’m bound to aim for (a requirement really of this weeks work), but, and there always has to be a but, I really target you all in a public campaign, and maybe there is some fun to be had. Who says learning has to be all serious? I suspect someone might just step in on that.
Campaign Case 1 Commemorative Historical
It would be great to air the build-up work for the project on this MA Photography course I’m thoroughly engrossed in. How good would that be? Well, no expectation here as the appeal is designed to simmer away and bring others their own link to relatives past in connection with a chosen event from history. While I major on narratives from the Great War, others can choose their event, probably something they heard a distant family member was tied to. Then they can discriminate amongst any close relatives and compare. It might be expected that they all feel (or reject) a connection with those in the past imagining equally right connections. However, the information supplied will allow them to determine who is a manifestation by mitochondrial DNA (mDNA) and X Chromosome and who amongst them switches to a different family line altogether – male blocking just won’t keep out of it.
Well, that’s the seriousness of the two cases.
Campaign Case 2 Popular (Trivia)
Why a second case. Again it is vital to contrast and compare. Hopefully, there is more to learn by this even if my motivation is to promote Case 1. I’m sure marketing professionals would recognise the approach.
With Case 2, it is just that the internet is awash with the popular, maybe that much-loved pet, cats photos are everywhere, aren’t they? Memes are popular too. So giving this campaign option a fair go it is bound to win, won’t it? What does winning mean in this context? Well more likes or follows on Instagram.
It is already out there the Busted Zipper. Type it into a search engine and straightaway the topic unfolds in all directions from memes to YouTube videos including handy tips on zipper repair.
The idea comes alive for me as a result of three recent coincidences:
Railway station pick up, where a suitcase bound with a belt had a good go at spilling personal effects on a platform and concourse.
The wardrobe failure – yes, crawling around in the studio and a trouser zipper gave out. Why does one only notice on returning home? It must be that others see but are too polite to draw attention.
Unpacking a wheelie case to find that although the little travel padlock was intact or should I say secure, the zipper track had burst open.
So that’s the narrative behind the choice of subject. How is this campaign going to work? I favour a hashtag competition, where followers outdo each other in hashtag creativity relating to the subject matter the Busted Zip #bustedzip.
I’ll seed the competition with examples: #embarrassed, #redface, etc
It’s an unabashed race to the most follows and likes.
There has got to be an educational purpose around all this, but why not too have a bit of fun and enjoy the campaign competition? That’s a rhetorical question by the way.
We were challenged to think about our Audience and Market and about the future. My work is currently in the abstract but as a theme of sports emerged in the discussion I’ll begin here with a retrospective
Rugby Union Retrospective
There have been several opportunities to dabble in sports photography. In particular rugby union has afforded me practice in photographic technique and practice helped establish the limitations of shooting action. The work I did do got a reasonable coverage internationally which seemed an accomplishment at the time especially considering it was mainly an unplanned entry into the genre. Shooting was in my own style of introducing an art approach with a bit of respectful humour. My market covered players and playing staff. Management liked to have a record of events and players loved to see themselves in action! Payback was not monetary so much as that of gaining practice experience. Reflecting back now reinforces how social and any collaboration element were really important. The opportunity sprang up quickly and sustained for a while on an opportunity basis.
K for Kick
An opportunity was also created to photograph from the stands at an international track cycling event. This was quite entertaining but did not sustain my interest at a professional level. It was quite good getting the chance to sample both rugby and cycling. My sustainable interest is in other areas of photography.
Contemporary Abstract and Abstract Expressionism
Contemporary abstract is a recurring theme for me and for which my audience would be the thinking observer/viewer. I’m not ready for this audience yet as I develop and refine the art. I’m finding my way and gaining confirmation over validity. During the Sustainable Prospects module I’ve reached out in several ways to gauge the validity of this work as art through:
Exhibition attendance – helps establish the accepted standard
Showing images to individuals in ad hoc setting helped too. At the time of writing both excitement and criticism occur in equal measure.
Presentation at group level – established some consensus.
Market
The market for Abstract work ought be art gallery, exhibition or book. Up against trained professional artists though I’d say there is a long journey yet. In my favour is growing acceptance of a wide range of photographers resulting from a proliferation of cameras and relative affordability of post processing tools.
Personal work in abstract provides an opportunity for self expression. Images presented before the camera often have potential for abstraction. This is a personal outlook.
I strive in my current work to obtain a larger set of images that stand together, Colour palette, saturation and square format, provides a level of consistency. Clearly my approach is still in early days of development.
Abstract and Surrealist Imagery
Sale potential
Working an abstract signature style did result in a recent request to apply this to a portrait. The work was appreciated. It was shared and resulted in positive comment. Personal service works quite well although audience is limited to one or two potential sales. I enjoy being able to create empathy like this.
Commercialisation is possible to a level.
I’d pencilled in two opportunities to “force” a sale during the week but decided against it.
A level of commercial opportunity exists through the Studio account for art web support. On this MA Photography course I place the whole of the emphasis on personal work.
Development
Current research through reading is helping to evolve my work and leads to quite frequent bouts of experimentation. An interest is currently developing in the Surreal. All photography is, or becomes surreal as the camera creates surrealism through the act of framing and by capturing the fleeting.
Work at present is leading to a deeper passion for contemporary abstract art images. Potential audience and market can be re-examined as this develops. Already I look back on the blog posts as a baseline for change.
My best work, continues to fall down the gaps, as the flashes of creativity experienced have so far occurred in natural order, in very close proximity to module start dates but not close enough to qualify for publication. As a continued source of frustration, I’ve tried to slow down to coordinate with study module dates. Potentially, what has happened is that inspiration is drawn from within, without necessarily referencing the Module content, only due to circumstance
Scope
Having got the above out into the open, let me turn to two areas a) the continuing development of practice in Abstract Impressionism, and b) the following up of advice to simply continue shooting, following one’s intuition.
Abstract Expressionism
Stage I Art
This is the area in which I initially linked the beauty of the bodily healing processes to soldiers from the family who were wounded, and repaired and who repeatedly continued on into battle in the Great War.
Let me see if I can illustrate developments. Initially, I’d concentrated on impressions from the battlefield alongside the soldiers perspective on memories of home. My initial technique was Conceptual in using relevant images of colour and texture that in my artistic judgement provided scope for post-processing into the abstract. I preferred methods, including pixel stretching. Both vertical direction, representational of the environmental conditions and horizontal, representational of the landscape. Then combined, there is a layered intent similar in form to patterning found in Scottish tartan that might be missed by the viewer but conveniently supports the underlying Scottish theme.
This is just a base level of processing into image layers. These are then recombined with the original image in which line edge effects are enhanced. As required, layers are hand-painted using masks. The impact I obtained at first I found to be visually stunning. Through planned shooting, I had a wealth of relevant images within my personal catalogue. Overshooting proved necessary as the success rate can be low as not all source images provide enough inspiration for abstraction.
This was the first area of creativity excluded by the course. However, the technique was well practised and is available to reuse,. Having said that it does take time to read the base image and in the application of skill when applying post techniques. Often, and in favour of the work, the methods are not wholly repeatable. If I worked the same image again, the outcome would be different. I like that in this digital age. Although not a deliberate act of destructive editing, practically to resolve this, it might take a video recording of the creation process to accurately capture the steps.
Stage II Art
This is the next development in abstraction, and by chance, I discovered that post-processing colour beta value and applying simplification recreated an effect I’d long ago practised and had enjoyed. As I photograph minor trauma concerning mitochondrial DNA as the cellular powerhouse and generational link and do so in terms of the beauty of bodily healing, I find this technique can work really well in bringing out a healing glow alongside a feeling of layering and looking into the image. I like this direction a lot. One or two copies have immediately given this result. As experimentation continued, other trauma made for highly saturated representations of colours. An outcome obtained here is in drawing out areas of interest that the eye alone would miss. The camera records surface features and layers in post-processing that we do not ordinarily see. Again there is the same channelling of post-processing towards destructive editing.
Two more steps to go. The first relates to potential garishness in colour saturation which is not readily eliminated. A jury is out for me on this, but I may use this as a signature theme. Otherwise, I should experiment in further degrees of subtleness. In this sense, the image continues as a crafted piece of work, which I think adds to its value.
The second step is possibly reasonably intuitive, which is to cross, that is combine, stage I and stage II art. In fact, this has now been tried, and I like the outcome as it does tone down colour saturation which can overwhelm the senses. In retrospect that could be quite representational of any hurt suffered. The crossing does give the mellowing effect and refinement I thought I was looking for. Either way, there is no loss from learning how to control an image.
Technique
There are challenges when photographing even minor trauma not least in my project, is getting relatives onside. As a photographer, I’m more acutely aware of those minor accidents to self as they can hurt. Now instead of saying ouch and moving on, I immediately go for the camera, and as a person, my reaction has already been conditioned to this. The challenge is in photographing when a position may be challenging to deal with. There are circumstances where a smartphone camera is ideal, yet pixel resolution might show. Turning to macro techniques increases the challenges already faced as equipment becomes cumbersome and unwieldy in the circumstances. Problem-solving though is a part of photography to be enjoyed, isn’t it?
Image Audit
Not mentioned thus far, I feel I need to instigate a method of auditing from original file through to abstract. Earlier techniques were non-destructive, and most of the working could be preserved in saved layers, but no longer is this the case. I do need an audit method even if only for my own sanity if publishing later on.
Developments in Ongoing Shooting – the intuitive part
This topic ran parallel to my project and welcomed as it gives another frame of comparative reference compared to abstracting images of trauma.
This also hopefully demonstrate I’m active in photography in other ways throughout the current module.
Lending Support
I had an interlude photographing trees or large shrubs where gravity was getting the better of them, where the intervention of a gardener meant metal supports were provided. I found a temple garden where this was common. The plants flourished as nature adapted to the support provided. An initial motivation in the shooting was around the interesting triangular composition. This evolved into observations of how successful the ways are in which the assistance was provided. Then I tried to liken this to the support society gives to those in need. Thus a parallel is opened on a social or political comment.
The photographs were the first pass, and as the lighting was bright and contrasty. I would need to return with cloudier skies with more even light to obtain the desired exposure.
National Charity Engagement
This is an area I previously mentioned in a tutor group and which was viewed as a good thing in providing a backup project if the current work cannot proceed for one reason or another. It was also advised I be wary of being used as a photographer to the charities own ends.
Preliminary test shots were made, and I was due to go back when the time was right – here note the earlier comment about progressing a little too soon. Meanwhile, though, I managed to have a long discussion with one of the volunteers who was very helpful. I’d talked in terms of continued interest. And during our discussion, various narratives unfolded although at least one I’m sure I’d seen in their publicity somewhere. I gained a broader understanding of how I might embed. Without causing interference to the working processes. No further photographs have been taken at this stage.
This week, the work is predicated on the assumption that as students, we intend to start-up in business. If we go with the premise, it is necessary to realise, of course, that some already operate professionally, and others do not intend to go this route. In my case, I considered this in-depth back from 2010 to 2011 and made a firm decision not to start up in the end. Mostly this was based on the fact that my efforts would be mostly philanthropic and as borne out by an income and expense graph, that showed the venture operating at an ongoing loss. Meanwhile, I’d be putting myself at risk in litigation, a sphere extending from the USA. It was also a time when technology was moving apace, and the major players were in hard competition, changing offerings by the month while mopping up business in the area of the market I’d spotted in advance. Okay so that was a bit of history and includes a firm decision, and in some respects, viability findings carry forward into photography practice.
For me in photographic practice, I continue to seek to fulfil the philanthropic ideal, and as such, I registered with the society as a volunteer worker, alongside providing support to a commercial organisation that supports education towards the organisation’s charitable objectives.
My actual photographic practice is basically an adventure into personal work as a means of self-expression. I attempt to finesse and create images of artistic merit, that in contemporary terms are creative images that carry layered meaning. I resist stifling this creativity by distracting myself through a business start-up.
For the purpose of this week of the course then, I’ve gone ahead and engaged knowing that I’ve written my piece for practice only. If work does take off, then I will be well prepared being reminded about forms of business and how to manage them, and I’ll have gained a bit of current practice and be confident of how to get going if circumstances arose.
Nevertheless, and unspoken, it is probably true that as photographers, we do personally represent ourselves. We express ourselves and endeavours whether that be as an actual inaugurated business or not.
Okay, let’s see how this works structurally and content-wise. Structurally, and I need to get this out of the system at the start, I’m doing a week by week blog entry on this headline topic. When I see other examples of other students work say, I might reform and change, if it can be done more efficiently.
Content-wise I’ll match up with the topics and Talis and revisit at each appropriate step.
Here we go then.
Will Hartley taught me (probably most of us) something.
Guest Lecture with Will Hartley
This guest for me resonated immediately because as a pre-university student Will studied nearby. I liked the advice offered and I’ll tighten up my act when supporting studio work. Another point that resonated was his having studied in Wales. A short but intense Community Journo course I did was with Prifysgol Caerdydd – ah, Newport not Cardiff.
I kind of figured before this course that I might fall nicely into a Picture Editor role (dream on) with John G Morris being a personal hero if I may be allowed such. There again, I would enjoy digital editing too if time allowed, and I have other unformed plans to go freelance. How good would it be to give up some time studio hosting for more practice at assisting or even grow practice at filming? For what it’s worth, I tend to think that human vision is more akin to video and ultimately an attractive prospect. Mind you, there is a good deal of talent out there already. I diverge, but please forgive, this is inspired by the lecture.
Advice to focus on personal practice was given and is genuinely inspirational really. I’m acutely aware the method breathes life back into the photographer’s job. I had for a short while taken to creating boards planning out this area of practice and keep it in reserve. One time the method failed me in trying to do 3D photography in a London graveyard, the subject in the main was nearly always too flat. But at least I tried and can eliminate this idea. I might spot the specific item that I know now that it can be effective with. Trail and error but on my own time. Another diversion I know but I’d love to build in 3D work to a project as it really draws in a viewer who can linger within the image examining detail – with the right subjects it can be rather entertaining and maybe qualifies academically under the banner of semiotics.
I liked the way editorial work was described as a shared workload when giving over editorial Instagram or web resources of contributing authors (including photographers. Given trust can be established, it is a smart idea to share the workload. I liked the balance between writing and photography mentioned in the talk. I liked how thought was given to the concepts that run alongside photographs.
Post this MA I could envisage making a studio and training centre print magazine. It’s the sort of thing delegates would likely pick up and peruse over lunch or after a visit.
I have a suggestion in reply to Max’s what can we do question. While I like novelty and am certain multimedia could be somehow incorporated into the editorial scene, one perhaps more sensible thing would be to feature poetry. Can you imagine opening up to a whole raft of new contributors and like Viveca Koh on this in her fellowship book submission, there could be everything from her work through to budding poets in school? Serious contributions with substantial cultural work in line with culture identification and development. This is really important to society. I might just pinch my own idea there.
___ ends for now with more to follow on other things from this week ___
Write-up responses to what you have seen, read or watched
Reading list: Photography Changes Everything
So really here, some notes to self in ramping up this area of the CRJ. The discussion below leads to a diagrammatic representation when capturing context.
Leaving behind the Positions and Practice Module and moving forward into the second module, Sustainable Prospects, I need to develop this area of the blog.
I had begun with notes I kept in word-processed files and that were made purely for my own interest and as such they were not of a publishable standard without further work. I’ve used the first module to setup a blog and get used to it’s structure and operation which we were allowed to do as the CRJ was not initially a marked assignment where now it is becoming so.
My moving from a scientific and management background into arts education will and has required a period of adaption especially as a number of the terms are unfamiliar, not only as definitions of the scope of what we need to write about, but also as a practice, these are areas that seemed unfamiliar to me, until I stopped to think through what the purpose might be.
I guess in my earlier design work with systems and processes, there is a way of working that entails the creation of a Context Diagram (CORE is an example although it was used for capturing COmmon REquirements). Perhaps at a philosophical level, the thinking approach is not too different between system thinking and the arts? If I proceed with the concepts I know and build on or adapt them for this course as required. It is a way of starting, meaning I can offer something forward and it can be reasonably structured and give Tutors or others scope to decide if my approach satisfies what is normally expected, without my going overboard.
It may still be summer and the break, but there is soon a new module to study on the Falmouth Flexible MA. Up next is the study of Sustainable Prospects.
Adobe Certified Associate Visual Design with Photoshop
Meanwhile, I’ve put the time to reasonable use, doing some catching up from the first module. I then got myself down to the Falmouth Penryn Campus.
As a Falmouth Flexible postgraduate student studying via a virtual learning environment (Canvas), it has been good to get out, see the campus, meet other postgrads, including Alex from the second year of my course and writing and illustration and media students. We worked for our Adobe accreditation in Photoshop. We were instructed by software trainer Susannah Travis ably assisted by Lisa Wallace, who is taking on the teaching.
I wanted to broaden my skills from Photography to other areas of visual design. We studied very intensely and touched on areas of web design, illustration, page layout and video.
I managed to touch on the subject of InDesign PDF interactive files. I need to improve image resolution (as pixelation was evident in my experimental work in abstract expressionism).
InDesign has more control over export file size and resolution than Acrobat only.
Full print resolution files can be used at 300 PPI with great user control over file size reduction.
The (Photographer’s) Apprentice
I’ve been working with a professional photographer, and Managing Director of the Studios and Training Centre based near London (end of the Metropolitan line).
I had planned to spend a day working in support of a training course on still life but plans changed. Instead, I can readily relate to prior experiences.
Another option is to do something with other activities during the Assessment Period:
A) Adobe certification training in Visual Design with Photoshop (mentioned above)
and/or
B) An Open Day “interview” with the marketing manager for a national charity. We established the charity would willingly use my photographic support.
I didn’t think I’d catch-up by this point (with technical circumstances previously mentioned).
Well, I’d never have planned it this way. Working up to the 11th hour to get my project proposal assignment completed and then with little time to spare assembling a work in progress portfolio.
The work was quite challenging, but there again, I suppose it is meant to be. It can be quite a balancing act, trying to get some decent resolution images together within a file size constraint. If I did this again, which am sure I will do shortly, I would allocate time for image sizing.
Well, there we are, it’s down to experience, that’s something we certainly gain in abundance.
For the project proposal, the most extraordinary thing for me was managing to summarise the bulk of the work in just 600 words when there was a 1500 word allocation. Of course, when I looked through my notes and mind map, there was still plenty to add, and I got there.
In retrospect, you’d think that starting early and building in contingency would solve the deadline problem. However, the information we gain in support is progressively administered to us. First attempts can be added to with each passing week.
My planned project ideas seemed so confident at the beginning, but then my plans were shaken from the foundations. I seriously began to doubt my choice. In my own terms, the Academic worth needed to be apparent. What sustained the original was a degree of preparation combined with a planned commemoration in Perth Scotland. I had considered project ideas that were totally different, but something in my soul took me back to the Commemorative Historical work. I thought more and more seriously about what would be needed to make it work.
A breakthrough came with the introduction of genetic analysis that has enabled me to bridge between the present generations and those who took part in a significant world event, over 100 years ago. The original commemorative history I’d focused on, has been retained, but for reasons of story. The DNA side has caused several changes not least, shifting emphasis to my maternal line on learning how mitochondrial DNA and X-chromosomes pass between generations. The focus remained on the same world event. I’m aware still that the whole thing could be thrown up in the air as I progress through the course and I steep myself in photographic theory and art.
Quite a revelation for me in terms of my approach was the example set through an, in conversation, interview with Ian Walker, surrealist and academic critic. Ian is a seasoned critic and demonstrated, by Guest Lecture, how I needed to strengthen my own analysis and critique. Ian can discern what is surreal from what only looks surreal. Also, not all of the work of a particular surrealist may be to one’s taste giving room to express a personal view. Ian also demonstrated how fairly everyday settings, containing the right elements, introduce the surreal. For me, surrealism had been simply an example of artists freedom of expression while pushing the boundaries of public acceptance.
Genetics can be a very complex area to grasp. In light of this difficulty, I reference a BBC documentary on the subject.
I watched it several times over a few years back. In video form it provides an explanation of genetics in action as a body under constant invasion, acting in defence and under repair.
Here also for anyone interested is Wolfram Alpha (a web page – there is also an app) showing how to calculate genetic relationships in this example for my:
Click the link, wait for the computation and click more for genetic detail. This has examples and you are invited if you wish to select other relations and compute these.
Original post:
Hello, I’m back again and on my quest to catch up as the course is starting to go well again. I’ve ditched some troublesome IT equipment that was causing me to spend a lot of time resolving technical issues. Many of these were deep and blocked progress. Faults from overheating computer eliminated, I could start on the content of the course.
I guess some students will have found a project that evolves and runs quite nicely. I started off with firm ideas but had these shaken at the foundations. Criticism came from various angles: of photographic theory and academic or general worth.
I make commemorative historical work on my relatives, the Cosh brothers who fought and died in the Great War. The Cosh’s still underpins my work, which has taken on a new direction in:
A) analysing DNA connection. DNA brings a great deal of focus on my father as a living manifestation of these people past. Regards my siblings, in particular, my sisters have a percentage chance of relation, which I do not have. Such is the nature of human biology.
B) in connection with this a strong theme in the Cosh story is of wounding and injury, repair, and dusting down, and going back into battle as many did. I’ve taken this theme and have begun establishing family member DNA analysis and seek to photograph the beauty of our bodily repair mechanism. I then make abstract expressionistic art from the photographs. I shall place these alongside some original photographic work to give contextualisation.
C) in doing this work on behalf of others, I considered my own connection. The Cosh’s are directly in my father’s genetic line. To make my photographic imagery more pertinent, I turned to the maternal ancestral line. I sought out descendant males on my mother’s side. Those again who fought in the Great War. This maintains consistency, and now makes me, in living flesh, a manifestation of these people.
If I am to shake my father’s hand, I am connecting with the last living expression I know of the Cosh brothers. And now my own body biology is not unique within my siblings, an expression of the soldiers and their stories in my Maternal line.
What began perhaps naïvely as a parallel to commando comic portrayal of military endeavour has taken on a more profound significance. My surprise has been the whole aspect of diaspora and the uniting effect this work has on family members, and this has grown in importance.
Of course, my family are an audience for this work, and through the tentative connection, the Black Watch (Highland Regiment) Association has expressed an educational interest, particularly in the academic narrative. There are distant relatives, more connected than I, who migrated to Buffalo, New York State at the beginning of the 20th century, ahead of the war. As they remain unknown to me, there is potential outreach to them.
Finally, though there is a broader educational standpoint on genetics. The technicalities of mitochondrial DNA and X chromosome can be challenging to understand at times. My visual project now serves to illustrate how others might seek out living connection to events in their past. I recognise that many like to leave the past in the past. Personally, I have gained a deep emotional connection with the past. Outcomes within my family, my diaspora, are that of healing and helps us understand who we are and what makes us what we are today.
Well here we are Week 9 and the Oral Presentation has been submitted (redirects to my portfolio site).
Fingers crossed for good luck. Best wishes to fellow students. This is our first assessment. There are two more during August (which begins tomorrow. Where does the time go when you are engaged in something like this).
I’ve been catching up with the Guest Presentations on research theory and abstract photography. In the first Welby’s presentation challenged my thinking as of course I thought I already knew plenty on the subject.
Welby presented a broad range of methods. broader than the formal methods I’d previously learned.
He focussed on methodologies appropraite to the arts. Thank you, Welby.
I have been working through the course in reverse order while catching up from being away on my project.
I was quietly provoked by the Finnish Abstract work presented by Laura Nissenen. The student audience had been given direction earlier in the course to find something meaningful in Abstract if they were going to continue with it. In a sense this put them off continuing. Laura’s advice was to go ahead anyway and follow one’s path. In my case I’m on an
earlier module. Did I want to be hammering out the argument in favour of abstract work in the future modules? While work should continue to evolve (and intuitively is the word on the street following Sian’s recent lecture), then I probably need to be applying constraints at the soonest.
Maybe Abstract, in my case, is self-involved and what I do needs to reach out more. I intend to run Abstract and Close-up photography side by side on my proposed project. These methods are creative and stand-in for not being able to recreate large scale scenes from France and Flanders and as a research question and benchmark these methods on a defined narrative project already researched. I know at the outset, the outcome cannot be definitive, but it seems increasing more so with the time that it is my destiny, after all, to do this work. I would hope any failings would not be critical. and that to make findings more widely definitive continuation of this research would need to take place in a variety of other contexts than my historical, anthropological one.
So my last week shoot took place at the Black Watch (Royal Highland Regiment) Association Castle and Museum in Perth. Thank you to all the accommodating staff who gave access to the archives and more particularly put up with me popping up with my camera all throughout my time there. Although the volunteers are not necessarily connected to the former regiment, their welcoming ways, and how they took time out to talk with me was outstanding.
There was a quiet, moving ceremony for the Black Watch soldiers that fell on that day 100 years earlier. Eight thousand crosses had already been laid and 1,000 more remained and for only three months of war. I represented my family and laid a simple wooden cross with a poppy in memory of Adam Cosh. The cross was laid alongside three others on that day. It was quite apt. Adam’s elder sister is my great grandmother Helen. As permitted under Scottish Law, as a child, I laid laid her body to rest in the cemetery on the hill between Gelston and Castle Douglas.
In the soldiers’ prayer is the line, “To fight and not to heed the wounds”. This was quite moving when read out as both Adam and his brother Richard were wounded, time and time again and continued to fight to the end. As perhaps the last of a group of true warriors, repeatedly returned to battle until finally the price was paid.
In the case of Adam, he perished in the last battle before the opposing army consolidated and retreated, abandoning their lines and the tide of the war began to turn towards its conclusion.
Others families I listened to during the visit, had impactful stories of their own to tell. In one case the family had only a few words, merely naming and identifying their family member. They reached out to help make links. Another with an interest in nursing, rightly represented the efforts of nurses and also recalled how women stood in the streets of Dundee, wailing at the loss of a whole generation of able-bodied young men. The current generations combine in being the last to retain the connection with people from this historical past.
Royal patronage continues — the castle and museum displays marker stones to this effect.
At last, my draft presentation is ready to view and is available here:: Oral Presentation
Further refinement is necessary to shorten the play length by 40 seconds and to rebuild the file with lower resolution photographs to get the filesize down.
The present draft shows an audio symbol throughout and serves to mark this for me as an early draft.
Beginnings – I came back to photography later on
Experimenting with media, a TEST ONLY file Beginnings been made ahead of the review presentations and serves to explain how I was gripped by photography.
Love is Real Not Fade Away
The following link Taster is an end to end production TEST ONLY at this early stage, ahead of the review of our presentations.
Summary
Some media have been combined that provide a 30s clip relating to the project. Now I’ve tested out the tools on desktop and have worked out the linkages and controls I can now focus on incorporating salient content.
I was asked to write a related piece, a conversation recalled from many years ago about the subject of my new project. I place the text here alongside the Taster video. The length of text means it will be excluded from the Oral.
I wrote this:
Scottish Roll of Honour, Scottish National War Memorial, Edinburgh Castle
circa 1976. On the return home and now with my Father, and him talking about the visit I’d just made there. The Memorial is a great outpouring of the Scottish people for the many relatives lost in the War.
…
Father:
Did you see the book?
Their names are listed there.
I went with my Mother when I was just a young boy. We looked through so many pages. And found both their names, Richard Cosh death 29 Nov 1914 The Black Watch (Royal Highlanders) Pte, and Adam Cosh death 19 Jul 1918 The Black Watch (Royal Highlanders) A/Sgt.
It was a long time ago and I didn’t know them. We’d never met.
I’d only heard my Mother talk about the boys. The Brothers that died in the War.
I went back once to see them again. It was with your Mother.
The book was still there and we found them. We saw their names.
… about Richard and Adam Cosh, The Black Watch Regiment (Royal Highlanders).
Inscription:
“The souls of the righteous are in the hand of God, and there shall no torment touch them.”
Although this has been a difficult aspect of the course for me to hone, it is clear now that the project would need to meet the course requirement but specifically enable me to work week by week adding more work to the portfolio, shooting, editing and generally developing the work whilst creating engaging work to a very good standard.
I say this given my first selection of project which initially was deemed to imply multiple location visits, many more than would be practical to conduct within economic and other constraints. Being prepared to explore and research a wider range of possibilities, yes something much more local and accessible had to have a great deal of practical appeal yet maybe the possibilities lacked the initial motivation and engagement and may be produce lower levels of viewer interest.
So far then, I relate to a very personal family story, 100 years on from the loss of two brothers from southern Scotland who died on the battlefields along the Belgian and French border in 1914 and in 1918. I felt this had such deep-seated and personal impact at first that this had to be the wrong choice for a project that required wider acceptance. But going back over it there is a genuine level of engagement and a sense of authenticity, that I would hope other families remembering their lost ones may perhaps relate to. I’ll return to this further on after a look at the reserve option. Yes two projects, each in competition with the other whilst I determine the true feasibility of them.
My more local option of contrasting a town in Metro land with its Old Town, compared with another town close by that also has an Old Town. These are not to be confused with areas that implement government strategy for new town development. These are towns that have old towns. An experimental shoot seemed quickly to draw out comparison so potentially not a large enough body of work here. Originality was a challenge because further research showed the work of a professional freelance journalist had already taken place nearby and so the kind of template design I wish to work to I saw had already been used.
When looking at this as a potential cluster project, a series of smaller projects taken together, another option emerged relating to a UK wide charity with workshops and a shop in the area and for which I was predisposed to engage with having loosely researched the topic over a two-year timeframe. I’d once made contact and would need to re-establish this to determine if I could be embedded as a photographer at their location, whilst also trying to assess the value of the work that could be made and whether this would be strong enough. As smoothly as I would wish this to go, there is a challenge already apparent. Within the area I had stumbled across one of their meetings with a thriving audience and professional presentation setup, whilst I also noted promotional aspects displayed locally, and saw their presence again, this time on the web where they employed a storytelling approach. Finally, they turned up in a feature within a local village publication. Summing these observations indicates a strong publicity element is already present and indeed this is essential to their continued operation. So perhaps less scope existed than I originally thought to make a valued contribution through image making and narrative. Also, the work would involve a documentary or photojournalistic approach and for me these might end the project with less creative work than I’d wish and that would be needed to satisfy our postgraduate degree level requirement.
What I’ve resolved to do is as indicated, hedge my bets and take both the centenary and the charity options forward into a feasibility assessment and decide on a more focused and singular direction based on further interaction with the subjects including trialling the image making at a practical level.
As noted, here is some further evolution of the centenary project. The first intention is to create art from photographic practice, through image manipulation, and handpainting on layers. This from practice efforts had already and quite obviously proven to be time-consuming and I regularly find myself quoting a success or hit rate of let’s say one in 20 photographs which prove to be amenable to such processing given that a good result is needed. I now take this as part of the centenary project and liken the proposed art to chapter divider pages although at one stage mistakenly I compared the introduction of these images to be somehow equivalent to illuminated texts where the initial page character is in fact a drawing, but this was going a stretch too far. However, another likening occurred to me from the filmmaking world and film shorts that led me to a photographic theme that could run parallel within the centenary project. No nothing to do with actually making a film, but just a lesson learned from watching shorts. Stay with this and I’ll explain. There are common visual constraints shared. If I were to photograph artefacts representing pieces from a century ago I’m likely to be scuppered by the background present whether that be a museum environment or even studio. The film I’m thinking of not unlike others I’d seen chose a post-apocalyptic theme. Well of course this handily masks the background as trees and shadows and an element of mist quite obviously save the student filmmaker the cost of implementing a more extensive backdrop. In my case I decided on working close-up. The effect is similar, it’s just that here I’m eliminating distracting backgrounds. This can be done by hard cropping although I plan to use a high quality macro lens for close-ups.
Whilst this is all very convenient and actually quite practical, there has to be more to it and this is what I envisaged and seems to fit. When we’re placed in a wide-open environment whether it be the fields of France or the fields of Galloway my take is that our minds cut out those wonderful landscapes and our attention is drawn to the detail. In the context of an army fighting in WW I these details would be many, so many as to provide almost endless material. It could be the rifling of a barrel from an artillery piece, spokes from its wheels, even the eyelets and laces of a soldier’s boots. This is more than a mere convenience it is how we focus, that thumbnail sized area at arms length. That’s how much we really see and what we see and what they saw on this scale are the things that really matter, visual images that define their world. I’ve taken some initial photographs as proof of concept and hope this supplementary work will in fact become additive to any art produced and hopefully I can exhibit my own style of picture taking and create interest for the image viewer or indeed book reader.
Getting to this point has not been easy at all. Having received a jolt from shortened timescales and clashing priorities of a location shoot in Scotland and the re-planning that has been necessary, I feel now that I have a plan even if I have hedged, and the next challenge is the oral assessment. More of that elsewhere. I know the project element is perhaps only a one third part of the assessment but for me there was a conflict in priorities which first had to be resolved. I now believe I can explain with a certain coherence my development in digital photography, its influences and now an onward progression into the project discussion.
Although this has been a difficult aspect of the course for me to hone, it is clear now that the project would need to meet the course requirement but specifically enable me to work week by week adding more work to the portfolio, shooting, editing and generally developing the work whilst creating engaging work to a very good standard.
I say this given my first selection of project which initially was deemed to imply multiple location visits, many more than would be practical to conduct within economic and other constraints. Being prepared to explore and research a wider range of possibilities, yes something much more local and accessible had to have a great deal of practical appeal yet maybe the possibilities lacked the initial motivation and engagement and may be produce lower levels of viewer interest.
So far then, I relate to a very personal family story, 100 years on from the loss of two brothers from southern Scotland who died on the battlefields along the Belgian and French border in 1914 and in 1918. I felt this had such deep-seated and personal impact at first that this had to be the wrong choice for a project that required wider acceptance. But going back over it there is a genuine level of engagement and a sense of authenticity, that I would hope other families remembering their lost ones may perhaps relate to. I’ll return to this further on after a look at the reserve option. Yes two projects, each in competition with the other whilst I determine the true feasibility of them.
My more local option of contrasting a town in Metro land with its Old Town, compared with another town close by that also has an Old Town. These are not to be confused with areas that implement government strategy for new town development. These are towns that have old towns. An experimental shoot seemed quickly to draw out comparison so potentially not a large enough body of work here. Originality was a challenge because further research showed the work of a professional freelance journalist had already taken place nearby and so the kind of template design I wish to work to I saw had already been used.
When looking at this as a potential cluster project, a series of smaller projects taken together, another option emerged relating to a UK wide charity with workshops and a shop in the area and for which I was predisposed to engage with having loosely researched the topic over a two-year timeframe. I’d once made contact and would need to re-establish this to determine if I could be embedded as a photographer at their location, whilst also trying to assess the value of the work that could be made and whether this would be strong enough. As smoothly as I would wish this to go, there is a challenge already apparent. Within the area I had stumbled across one of their meetings with a thriving audience and professional presentation setup, whilst I also noted promotional aspects displayed locally, and saw their presence again, this time on the web where they employed a storytelling approach. Finally, they turned up in a feature within a local village publication. Summing these observations indicates a strong publicity element is already present and indeed this is essential to their continued operation. So perhaps less scope existed than I originally thought to make a valued contribution through image making and narrative. Also, the work would involve a documentary or photojournalistic approach and for me these might end the project with less creative work than I’d wish and that would be needed to satisfy our postgraduate degree level requirement.
What I’ve resolved to do is as indicated, hedge my bets and take both the centenary and the charity options forward into a feasibility assessment and decide on a more focused and singular direction based on further interaction with the subjects including trialling the image making at a practical level.
As noted, here is some further evolution of the centenary project. The first intention is to create art from photographic practice, through image manipulation, and handpainting on layers. This from practice efforts had already and quite obviously proven to be time-consuming and I regularly find myself quoting a success or hit rate of let’s say one in 20 photographs which prove to be amenable to such processing given that a good result is needed. I now take this as part of the centenary project and liken the proposed art to chapter divider pages although at one stage mistakenly I compared the introduction of these images to be somehow equivalent to illuminated texts where the initial page character is in fact a drawing, but this was going a stretch too far. However, another likening occurred to me from the filmmaking world and film shorts that led me to a photographic theme that could run parallel within the centenary project. No nothing to do with actually making a film, but just a lesson learned from watching shorts. Stay with this and I’ll explain. There are common visual constraints shared. If I were to photograph artefacts representing pieces from a century ago I’m likely to be scuppered by the background present whether that be a museum environment or even studio. The film I’m thinking of not unlike others I’d seen chose a post-apocalyptic theme. Well of course this handily masks the background as trees and shadows and an element of mist quite obviously save the student filmmaker the cost of implementing a more extensive backdrop. In my case I decided on working close-up. The effect is similar, it’s just that here I’m eliminating distracting backgrounds. This can be done by hard cropping although I plan to use a high quality macro lens for close-ups.
Whilst this is all very convenient and actually quite practical, there has to be more to it and this is what I envisaged and seems to fit. When we’re placed in a wide-open environment whether it be the fields of France or the fields of Galloway my take is that our minds cut out those wonderful landscapes and our attention is drawn to the detail. In the context of an army fighting in WW I these details would be many, so many as to provide almost endless material. It could be the rifling of a barrel from an artillery piece, spokes from its wheels, even the eyelets and laces of a soldier’s boots. This is more than a mere convenience it is how we focus, that thumbnail sized area at arms length. That’s how much we really see and what we see and what they saw on this scale are the things that really matter, visual images that define their world. I’ve taken some initial photographs as proof of concept and hope this supplementary work will in fact become additive to any art produced and hopefully I can exhibit my own style of picture taking and create interest for the image viewer or indeed book reader.
Getting to this point has not been easy at all. Having received a jolt from shortened timescales and clashing priorities of a location shoot in Scotland and the re-planning that has been necessary, I feel now that I have a plan even if I have hedged, and the next challenge is the oral assessment. More of that elsewhere. I know the project element is perhaps only a one third part of the assessment but for me there was a conflict in priorities which first had to be resolved. I now believe I can explain with a certain coherence my development in digital photography, its influences and now an onward progression into the project discussion.
I have learned to use the triangle approach in assessing aspects of photography, such as power and impact.
Also, I’ve become aware of objectification of the subject and amongst other gazes, the male gaze. I’ve taken on board aspects relating to minors amongst other vulnerable groups, including people of disability. I’ve taken on board how the photographic supply chain runs through various parties from photographer/sponsor to end-users along with an element of repurposing of the original intent.
I also read (or re-read) the AOP Publication Beyond the Lens, which in a sense although a realistic portrayal of photographic practice does invite a slightly cynical view of the economics of the profession. Remuneration is very much in decline for the individual photographer.
I joined a group just in time. The other two members had established a framework for exchanging images of place and other places with the intent of creating an imaginary third place from these.
The lead for the idea had been impressed by the camera-less work of artist Susan Derges. Moreover, it was necessary to catch up with the artist’s work. Fortunately, the group had done the artist research, and so we settled and watched two feature videos.
We met online as a collaboration group and soon after the practical work was started outside in dappled sunlight. Soon a set of images were created and contributed to the group.
In a broader introductory exercise, everyone had contributed a single image with accompanying text/sentence. I’d chosen loneliness, an epidemic of the current age in which the lonely and the rest of society seem destined to drive themselves apart.
So back in the dappled light, I picked single petals of a daisy, buttercup and violet along with a single strand of grass and tip of a fern frond. Somehow I felt I’d managed to incorporate the loneliness theme. I took my version of a petri dish, in this case, an inverted cake tin lid, from Betty’s, the contents of which had been rather good I recall. I’d wanted to include water and pick up surface tension effects on edges, reflections and texture from the tin and shadow in the water. Ultimately I flooded the dish and watched for the natural elements to group together. I tried to force this I suppose and only served to start to clean the canvas as it were, so ultimately images homed in on single elements.
So I had set up a macro lens and was soon photographing. Initially, I started with single water droplets on the tin and looked for the observer in the reflection (from Derges the observer observed) but the droplets soon dried out. Another droplet was placed almost directly on top of the water stain. As I worked in the outdoors, dust and pollen fell onto the miniature set. A couple of reasonably deep themes emerged, signs of things past, now replaced and dust as a metaphor for our mortality and pollen as a metaphor for renewal and replacement.
At this stage, I was shooting images with layering in mind. All contributors did this. We then layered the layers where each image was two layers in its own right.
Probably the effect was busier than the more simplified images captured by Derges, but with a more extended project, we could have worked to simplify.
Here is an image from the collaboration in which I was mindful of Derges work, e.g. of Gibbous Moon and Ash (trees). In the following, one photographer’s image with marigolds, a more subtle background from another photographer’s image of rock texture, layered with my photograph based on water droplets.
The collaboration had been seamless as we synchronised our efforts, and as a postgraduate group, we adapted easily to the need to cooperate and help each other. We recognised and adhered to deadlines. We attended three webinar meetings, including the final presentation with other groups and our module tutor. We received a reasonably warm reception for the final work, which was viewed as an ultimate collaboration in stills photography.
Interdisciplinary practice already present in my practice. How this might be expanded through other disciplines, media and critical contexts.
Interdisciplinary practice
The Cinemagraph and Slo Mo video are two practices I’d be reasonably comfortable to incorporate alongside my photographic work – of course if it made sense to do so.
Week 1 The Global Image: How does the global nature of photography relate to my practices?
A current portfolio in the abstract relates to the centenary commemoration of fallen soldiers from World War I 1914-1918. A Visual narrative supports a book. A standalone book of images is envisaged or set of images accompanying the text.
The narrative is of brothers Richard and Adam, initially living and working in rural Scotland. It portrays how their environment led them on to the dire conditions of the battlefields of mainland Europe where they perished. When surviving austere social and economic times in rural farming communities, the brothers had previously and separately visited Canada and lands to the east beyond Europe.
The visual images of this portfolio are intended to be abstract creations derived from photographs related to place and are intended to characterise the light, shade, textures and colour tones present. Where in retrospect we traditionally view such past in monochrome or at most recoloured images, those people in their time, still experienced the fullness of their lives in the full presence of colour. Historic monochrome imagery alongside a keen appreciation of colour in our present-day lives is something we share globally. Colour would have been seen by ancestors a century ago. A strong intent is to feature colour within this portfolio.
Themes interwoven within this narrative are idealism, romanticism, in particular, bringing attention to the limitations this presents and will go on to incorporate religious elements in the symbolic or cultural aspect. Again these should translate to the global perspective.
Perception and change are also relevant to this work. From our present-day vantage point, our beliefs and our standards have changed over a view of this past. Global cultures will vary in a variety of ways, this resulting from different stages of social, cultural and economic development and so the portfolio should read differently in different parts of the world.